DTR-20.7 - Receiver Integra - Free user manual and instructions
Find the device manual for free DTR-20.7 Integra in PDF.
| Product Type | AV Receiver |
| Brand | Integra |
| Model | DTR-20.7 |
| Amplifier Channels | 7 |
| Rated Output Power (8 ohms, 20-20kHz, 0.7% THD) | 65 W per channel (2 ch driven) |
| Surround Mode Output Power (6 ohms, 1kHz, 0.9% THD) | 115 W per channel (reference) |
| Dimensions (W × H × D) | 435 mm × 174 mm × 326.5 mm (17-1/8" × 6-7/8" × 12-7/8") |
| Weight | 8.8 kg (19.4 lbs) (North American) / 9.0 kg (19.8 lbs) (Others) |
| Power Supply | AC 120 V, 60 Hz (North American) / AC 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz (Others) |
| Power Consumption | 430 W (standby: 0.1 W North American, 0.15 W Others; network standby: 2.6 W) |
| Supported Audio Formats (Network/USB) | MP3, WMA, WMA Lossless, FLAC, WAV, Ogg Vorbis, Apple Lossless, DSD, Dolby TrueHD |
| HDMI Inputs | 6 (IN1-IN3 support HDCP2.2) |
| HDMI Output | 1 (4K 60Hz, ARC) |
| Wireless Connectivity | Wi-Fi (802.11 b/g/n), Bluetooth 2.1+EDR |
| Room Calibration | AccuEQ with supplied microphone |
| Multi-Zone | Zone 2 (analog audio or powered speakers) |
| Bi-Amping Capability | Yes |
| A/V Sync | Yes (adjustable per input) |
| Speaker Impedance | 6 Ω to 16 Ω |
| Maintenance | Clean with a dry cloth; avoid liquids. |
| Safety | Do not short-circuit speaker cables; use correct impedance; disconnect power before cleaning. |
| Spare Parts & Repairability | Contact authorized Integra dealer for service. |
Frequently Asked Questions - DTR-20.7 Integra
User questions about DTR-20.7 Integra
0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.
Ask a new question about this device
Download the instructions for your Receiver in PDF format for free! Find your manual DTR-20.7 - Integra and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. DTR-20.7 by Integra.
USER MANUAL DTR-20.7 Integra
The Basic Manual includes information needed when starting up and also instructions for frequently used operations. The Advanced Manual has more detailed information and advanced settings.
CONTENTS
Front Panel 3
Rear Panel 4
Display 5
Step 1: Connections......6
1 Connecting speakers....6
- Speaker layout 6
• Height speaker types 6
- Instructions on how to connect speakers....8
2 Connecting the TV and players....9
• HDMI cable connection 9
- Connecting Components without HDMI 10
3 Other connections 11
Step 2: Initial Setup....12
1 AccuEQ Room Calibration 12
2 Source Connection....13
3 Remote Mode Setup 14
4 Network Connection 14
Step 3: Playing Back....16
1 Basic Operations 16
• Part names and functions of the remote controller .... 16
2 Network Functions....17
3 AirPlay ^ 17
4 Bluetooth ^ 18
5 AM/FM Radio 18
6 Multi-zone....19
- Making Multi-zone Connection.... 19
• Performing Multi-zone Playback 20
7 Quick Setup Menu....20
8 Other useful functions 21
Troubleshooting....22
Specifications 23
Table of image resolutions....24
Resolutions supported by HDMI....24
Supplied Accessories ....Back cover
Features
• Equipped with 7 ch amplifier
• Supports playback in Dolby Atmos format which provides 360-degree placement and movement of sounds including overhead sound
• Dolby Surround listening mode expands 2 ch, 5.1 ch or
7.1 ch source to available speaker configurations
• Equipped with 4K compatible HDMI IN/OUT jacks
• Supports the HDMI Standby Through function which allows signal transmission from players to the TV in standby state
• Supports HDCP2.2, a strict copy-protection for providing high quality content (HDMI IN1 to IN3/HDMI OUT)
• Supports ARC (Audio Return Channel)
• Supports USB storage playback
• Supports variety of network functions such as Internet Radio, DLNA, AirPlay etc.
• Supports Wi-Fi and Bluetooth
• Bi-Amping capability
• A/V Sync Function to correct deviation of audio and video
- Multi-zone function which allows you to play a different source in another room from the main room
• 32 bit DSP (Digital Signal Processor) with excellent calculation performance
- Music Optimizer™ for compressed digital music files
- Phase Matching Bass System
• Automatic speaker setup available using supplied calibrated microphone (AccuEQ Room Calibration)
- Supports playback of MP3, WMA, WMA Lossless, FLAC, WAV, Ogg Vorbis, Apple Lossless, DSD, Dolby TrueHD via network and USB storage device (the supported formats will differ depending on the use environment)
Refer to the back cover for supplied accessories.
En-2
Front Panel
① On/Standby button: Turns the unit on or into standby mode
② Dolby Atmos indicator: Lights when playing Dolby Atmos.
③ Tone and Tone Level buttons: Adjust the high tone and low tone.
④ Remote control sensor: Receives signals from the remote controller.
⑤ Display
⑥ Listening Mode buttons: Allow you to select the listening mode.
⑦ Dimmer button (North American models): Switches the brightness of the display.
RT/PTY/TP button (Australian models): Can be used when receiving the station transmitting text information.
⑧ Memory button: Registers or deletes a station.
⑨ Tuning Mode button: Switches the tuning mode.
⑩ Display button: Switches the information on the
display.
⑪ Setup button: Used when making settings.
⑫ Cursor buttons, Tuning▲▼ button, Preset◀▶ button and Enter button: Move the cursor and confirms the selection. When listening to AM/FM broadcasting, tune in to the station with Tuning▲▼ or select the registered station with Preset◀▶.
⑲ Return button: Returns the display to the previous state.
⑭ Master Volume: Allows you to adjust the volume.
⑮ Zone 2 button and Off button: Controls the multi-zone function.
⑯ Zone 2 Level ▲▼ button: Allows you to adjust the speaker volume of a separate room.
⑰ Phones jack: Stereo headphones with a standard plug are connected.
⑱ Hybrid Standby Indicator: Lights if the unit enters standby mode when the HDMI Standby Through, USB
Power Out at Standby, Network Standby or Wakeup
from Bluetooth function is enabled.
⑲ Input selector buttons: Switch the input to be played.
② AUX Input Audio/Video jack: A video camera or such other device is connected.
② Setup Mic jack: The supplied speaker setup microphone is connected.
Rear Panel
① RI REMOTE CONTROL jack: An Onkyo product with RI jack can be connected and synchronized with this unit.
② TUNER AM/FM (75Ω) terminal: The supplied antennas are connected.
③ USB port: A USB storage device is connected so that music files stored in it can be played. USB devices can be supplied with power when connected with a USB cable.
④ COMPONENT VIDEO IN jack: Component video input jack
⑤ ETHERNET port: Used for LAN connection
⑥ VIDEO IN jacks: Composite video signals are input.
⑦ RS232 port: Connected to the home control system.
(*)
⑧ IR IN A/B, IR OUT jack: Connected to the multiroom remote control kit. (*)
⑨ 12V TRIGGER OUT A/B/C jacks: Allows you to connect a device with trigger input jack to enable power link operation between the device and the unit. (×)
En-4
* Special devices or cable connections are necessary to use the control functions 7. to 9. Contact the specialized stores for more information.
HDMI IN/OUT jacks: Digital video signals and audio signals are transmitted between the unit and the connected devices.
⑪ Wireless antenna: Used for Wi-Fi connection or when using a Bluetooth-enabled device. Adjust their angles according to the connection status.
⑫ SPEAKERS terminals: Speakers are connected. To use the Multi-zone function, connect the speakers in the separate room to the ZONE2 speaker terminals.
⑬ AC INLET: The supplied power cord is connected.
⑭ DIGITAL IN COAXIAL/OPTICAL jacks: Digital audio signals are input.
⑮ AUDIO IN jacks: Analog audio signals are input.
⑯ PRE/LINE OUT ZONE 2 jack: Audio output jack connected to the power amplifier and pre-main amplifier for multi-zone playback in a separate room.
⑰ PRE OUT SUBWOOFER jack: A subwoofer with built-in amplifier is connected.
PRE/LINE OUT ZONE 2 jack: Audio output jack connected to the power amplifier and pre-main amplifier for multi-zone playback in a separate room.
⑰ PRE OUT SUBWOOFER jack: A subwoofer with built-in amplifier is connected.
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Display
① Lights in the following conditions. "Z2": Zone 2 output is on. / "HDMI": HDMI signals are input and HDMI input selector is selected. / "ARC": Audio signals are input from ARC compatible TV and TV input selector is selected. / "3D": Input signals are 3D, / "USB" (*); When input is "NET" and USB is connected and selected. / "NET" (*): "NET" input is selected and the unit is connected to the network. / "DIGITAL": Digital signals are input and the digital input selector is selected. / Cursor indicators: NET or USB is controlled. * , "USB" and 'NET' will flash if the connection is not correct.
② Stays lit when headphones are connected.
③ Lights when playing NET or USB.
④ Lights according to the type of input digital audio signals and the listening mode.
⑤ Stays lit when Music Optimizer is enabled.
⑥ Lights in the following conditions. "AUTO": Tuning mode is auto. / "▶TUNED◀": Receiving AM/FM radio. ▶◀ flashes while tuning is automatically performed. / "FM STEREO": Receiving FM stereo. / "RDS" (Australian models): Receiving RDS broadcasting.
⑦ Flashes when muting is on.
⑧ Lights in the following conditions. "SLEEP": Sleep timer has been set. / "ASb" (Auto Standby): Auto Standby is on. / "ch": Channel is being set. / "Hz": Crossover frequencies are being set. / "m/ft": Speaker distances are being set. / "dB": Speaker volume is being set.
⑨ Displays various information of the input signals. Pressing Display displays the type of input digital signals and the listening mode.
Step 1: Connections
1 Connecting speakers
Speaker layout
Important: The power cord must be connected only after all other connections are completed.
① ② Front speakers • To enjoy the Dolby Atmos listening
3 Center speaker
4 5 Surround speakers
6 Subwoofer
7 8 Back speakers
⑨ ⑩ Height speakers (Front High)
Height speakers (Rear High)
123456
• 7.1 ch: ①②③④⑤⑥+⑦⑧ or
①②③④⑤⑥+⑨⑩ or
123456+10:12
⑦⑧ speakers, ⑨⑪ speakers and
⑪② speakers share the same speaker
terminals. Select either of the groups.
mode, height speakers or back speakers need to be installed. There are a variety of height speakers apart from this type. see the next section for details.
- To use the multi-zone function, see "6 Multi-zone" in "Step 3: Playing Back".
Characteristics of speaker types
①② output front stereo sound and ③ output center sound such as dialogs and vocals. ④⑤ create back sound field. ⑥ reproduces bass sounds and creates rich sound field.
Connecting 7⑧ speakers, 9⑪ speakers or 1⑫ speakers enables playback in 7.1 ch configuration. 7⑧ (back) speakers improve sense of envelopment created by back sound field as well as seamlessness of back sounds, providing more natural sound experiences in the sound field. 9⑩ or 11⑫ (height) speakers produce surround effects on a height plane. This unit can perform optimal sound field processing for the type of height speakers actually installed and registered in "Initial Setup".
Height speaker types
Installing speakers in ceiling
natural_image
Line drawing of a living room interior with furniture and ceiling lights (no text or symbols)Ceiling speakers, etc. are used for maximizing effects in Dolby Atmos or
Dolby Surround listening mode. Install Top Front speakers so that they are positioned at a point between directly above the listening position and directly above the front speakers. Install Top Middle speakers so they are directly above the listening position. Install Top Rear speakers so they are positioned at a point between directly above the listening position and directly above the back speakers. You can select (a)(b), (c)(d) or (e)(f) on the unit. For connection with the unit, use the SPEAKERS BACK or HEIGHT terminals.
- Dolby Laboratories recommends placing the speakers as described in "Installing speakers in ceiling" to obtain the best Dolby Atmos effect.
Using Dolby Enabled Speakers
natural_image
Interior layout diagram of a room with lighting equipment and a TV, no text or symbols present⑨ ⬠ Dolby Enabled Speakers (Front) ⑩ ⬡ Dolby Enabled Speakers (Surround)
A Dolby Enabled Speaker is specially designed to be used as a height speaker. There are two types of Dolby Enabled Speakers; one type is designed to be placed on top of other speakers such as front speakers and surround speakers,
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
and the other type is designed to be integrated with normal speakers. Dolby Enabled Speakers placed with their diaphragms facing toward the ceiling create higher effect in the Dolby Atmos and Dolby Surround listening modes by providing sounds echoing off the ceiling. You can select (9)(6) or (1)(1) on the unit. For connection with the unit, use the SPEAKERS BACK or HEIGHT terminals.
When playing Dolby Atmos, the speakers required depend on how you have setup your back speakers or height speakers. The following shows combinations of speakers for reproducing Dolby Atmos.
| Connection pattern | Back or Height | Front | Center | Surround | |
| 1 Back | ◎ | ○ | ◎ | ||
| 2 Front High | ◎ | ○ | ○ | ||
| 3 Rear High | ◎ | ○ | ○ | ||
| 4 Top Front | ◎ | ○ | ○ | ||
| 5 Top Middle | ◎ | ○ | ○ | ||
| 6 Top Rear | ◎ | ○ | ○ | ||
| 7 Dolby Enabled Speaker (Front) | ◎ | ○ | ○ | ||
| 8 Dolby Enabled Speaker (Surround) | ◎ | ○ | ◎ | ||
◎: Required, ○: Optional
* Connection of a subwoofer is optional.
Important:
Connect speakers with 6 Ω to 16 Ω impedance. Using a speaker with less impedance than the supported value may result in failure.
flowchart
graph TD
A["Speaker Configuration"] --> B["Back or Height"]
A --> C["Surround"]
A --> D["Front"]
A --> E["Center"]
B --> F["Subwoofer with built-in power amplifier"]
C --> G["Line Input"]
D --> H["Surround R"]
E --> I["Surround L"]
style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
style C fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
style D fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
style E fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
style F fill:#dfd,stroke:#333
style G fill:#dfd,stroke:#333
style H fill:#dfd,stroke:#333
note right of A: Right back or right height
note left of A: Left back or left height
note right of B: 7.1ch (or Bi-AMP)
note right of C: 5.1ch
note right of D: 7.89
note right of E: 4
note left of A: A speaker configuration where only one back speaker is connected is not supported.
note right of B: A speaker configuration where only one back speaker is connected is not supported.
note right of C: A speaker configuration where only one back speaker is connected is not supported.
note right of D: A speaker configuration where only one back speaker is connected is not supported.
En-7
Connectors
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Instructions on how to connect speakers
Cut and remove the plastic coating from the end of the speaker cable, twist the core and connect it to the terminal. Be sure to make correct connection between the unit's jacks and speaker's jacks (+ to + and - to -) for each channel. If connection is wrong, a bass sound may become poor due to reverse phase. Up to two subwoofer with built-in power amplifier can be connected to the SUBWOOFER jacks. Set the cut-off filter selection switch of the subwoofer to DIRECT. If the subwoofer does not have a cut-off filter selection switch but has a cut-off frequency adjusting dial, turn it to the maximum frequency. If your subwoofer does not have built-in power amplifier, you can connect a power amplifier between the unit and the subwoofer.
- The speaker setting is 7.1 channels at the time of purchase. You can change it manually or by using automatic speaker setting.
- Short-circuiting the + cable and - cable or contacting the cable core to the rear panel of the unit may cause failure. Also do not connect two or more cables to one speaker terminal or one speaker to several terminals.
When using commercially available banana plugs: tighten the speaker terminals to the end and then insert the banana plugs. Do not insert the core of speaker cable directly into the hole for banana plug of speaker terminal. (North American models)
Step 1: Connections
En-8
2 Connecting the TV and players
flowchart
graph TD
TV["TV"] -->|HDMI IN| A["1"]
TV -->|HDMI OUT| B["2"]
TV -->|HDMI OUT| C["3"]
TV -->|HDMI OUT| D["4"]
TV -->|HDMI OUT| E["5"]
TV -->|HDMI OUT| F["6"]
A --> G["1"]
B --> H["2"]
C --> I["3"]
D --> J["4"]
E --> K["5"]
F --> L["6"]
G --> M["Game console"]
H --> N["Personal computer"]
I --> O["Streaming media player, etc.Satellite/Cable"]
J --> P["Streaming media player, etc.Satellite/Cable"]
style TV fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style Game console fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
style Personal computer fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
HDMI cable connection
The unit has many HDMI jacks on its rear panel and each of them corresponds to an input selector button of the same name on the front panel. For example, a Blu-ray Disc player will be connected to the HDMI IN1 jack and the BD/DVD button on the front panel will be used to listen to the playback sound (if the player is CEC compliant, input will be switched automatically when play is started). If you add another Blu-ray Disc player, you can use any other jack than HDMI IN1. It is possible to change assignment of the input jacks and input selector buttons. For how to make settings, see the Advanced Manual.
To connect the TV and the unit, connect the HDMI OUT jack of the unit and the HDMI IN jack of the TV using a HDMI cable. With this connection, it becomes possible to display the setting screen of the unit on the TV or transmit
video/audio signals from the player to the TV. If your TV supports ARC (Audio Return Channel), it is possible to play the TV sound with the AV receiver's speakers with this connection only. If your TV does not support ARC, you need, in addition to the HDMI OUT jack connection, a digital optical cable connection between the digital audio out optical jack of the TV and the DIGITAL IN OPTICAL jack of the unit or an analog audio cable connection between the audio output jack of the TV and the AUDIO IN TV jack of the unit.
● Audio connection with a TV not supporting ARC
* Select an appropriate connection for your TV.
The unit supports the HDMI Standby Through function that allows video and audio signal transmission from players to the TV even if the unit is in standby. You have to
En-9
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
modify the settings to enable the input selection link with CEC (Consumer Electronics Control) compliant device, connection with ARC compatible TV, and HDMI Standby Through function. See "2 Source Connection" of "Step 2: Initial Setup".
- To enjoy HDCP2.2 protected video, connect the player to one of the HDMI IN1 to IN3 jacks and connect the unit and the TV via HDMI. You will be unable to view images protected by HDCP2.2 if your TV does not have a HDCP2.2 compatible input jack.
- To play 4K or 1080p video, use a high speed HDMI cable or high speed HDMI with Ethernet cable.
Connecting Components without HDMI
If your AV component does not have HDMI jack, use an available jack of your component for cable connection with this unit.
① A player with a digital audio out jack can be connected.
Digital optical cable (OPTICAL)
* As the digital in optical jack of the unit has a cover, push in the cable against the cover as it is turned inside.
Digital coaxial cable (COAXIAL)
② A player with component video output jacks can be connected.
Component video cable
* Its transmitted video has higher quality than that of composite video cable.
③ A player with a composite video output jack can be connected.
Composite video cable
④ A player with analog audio out jacks can be connected. When using jacks ② and ③ for video input, connect to the audio input jacks corresponding to the jacks connected at ② and ③. (For example, when video input connection is to the ② BD/DVD jack, the audio input connection should also be to the ④ BD/DVD jacks.)
It is possible to change assignment of the input jacks and input selector buttons. For how to make settings, see the Advanced Manual.
To enjoy multi-zone playback with a player, connect player to ④
Analog audio (RCA) cable
Step 1: Connections
Video upconversion function
Video signals input to the VIDEO IN jack or the COMPONENT VIDEO IN jacks will be upconverted to HDMI signals and then output from the HDMI output jack.
flowchart
graph TD
A["Computer"] --> B["COMPONENT VIDEO"]
B --> C["Video"]
C --> D["Computer Monitor"]
B --> E["HDIM"]
E --> F["HDIM"]
F --> G["Computer Monitor"]
B --> H["HDIM"]
H --> I["HDIM"]
I --> J["Computer Monitor"]
style B fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style C fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
style D fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
style E fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
style F fill:#cff,stroke:#333
style G fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
style H fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
style I fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
AV Receiver
- When you upconvert video signals input to the COMPONENT VIDEO IN jacks and output them from the HDMI OUT jack, set the output resolution of the player to 480i or 576i. If the input has 480p/576p or higher resolution, a message prompting you to change the resolution setting will appear. If your player does not support 480i or 576i output, use the VIDEO IN jack. - If multiple video signal inputs are put into one input system, HDMI signal output is prioritized.
En-10
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
3
Other connections
AM/FM antenna connections
Connect the antennas to listen to AM/FM broadcast. When listening to the broadcast for the first time, adjust the antenna position and orientation to get the best reception.
Network connection
You can enjoy Internet radio, DLNA and AirPlay by connecting the unit to LAN. The unit can be connected to the router with an Ethernet cable or to the wireless LAN router with Wi-Fi connection. In case of wired connection, connect the Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port. See "4 Network Connection" of "Step 2: Initial Setup" for Wi-Fi settings.
flowchart
graph TD
A["Wi-Fi® CERTIFIED"] --> B["Router"]
B --> C["Internet radio"]
B --> D["NAS"]
Headphones connection
Connect stereo headphones with a standard plug (1/4 inch or 6.3 mm) to the Phones jack on the front panel. Sound from the speakers will be off while you are using the headphones.
- If you selected any other listening mode than Stereo, Mono and Direct, connecting headphones will switch the listening mode to Stereo.
Power cord
This unit includes a removable power cord. Connect the power cord to AC INLET of the unit and then connect to the outlet. Always disconnect the outlet side first when disconnecting the power cord. When the unit is turned on, a large instantaneous current may flow affecting functionality of the computer and other devices, so it is recommended to use a separate outlet.
Step 2: Initial Setup
"Initial Setup" automatically starts on the TV when you first turn the unit on.
Settings proceed in the following order:
1 AccuEQ Room Calibration
• Automatic calibration for optimum speaker settings
2 Source Connection
- Checking that each input source is connected correctly - HDMI link function settings
3 Remote Mode Setup
- Settings required to operate other AV Components with the Remote Controller
4 Network Connection
- Checking network connections - Wi-Fi settings
Firmware update notification: If the unit is connected via LAN and there is firmware update available, the "Firmware Update Available" message will appear. To execute updating, select "Update Now" with the cursor buttons of the remote controller and press Enter. When "Completed" appears, press ON/Standby on the main unit to turn the unit into standby mode. Then updating will be completed. (The unit automatically turns itself into standby mode after about 3 minutes even if you do not press ON/Standby, and updating will be complete.)
En-12
Before Start
Setup is performed as a series of responses to questions asked by the unit. Select the item with the cursors of the remote controller and press Enter to confirm your selection. To return to the previous screen, press Return.
- Switch the input on the TV to that assigned to the unit.
Select the language first. Next, a summary of the initial settings is displayed. Select "Yes" in this screen and press Enter on the remote controller.
![File Edit View Name: 1234000000 Address: 1234000000 (the printer is required) File Edit View Tools Help File Edit View Tools Help File Edit View Tools Help File Edit View Tools Help File Edit View Tools Help OK Cancel 备注: [ ]](/content/2026/05/885491/images/fdaab57174f28b2399fc8ed31e34210f8f61cc7ea03d11daff8ed97a2955f810.jpg)
Re-doing Initial setup: If you terminate the procedure on the way or change the setting made in the initial setup and want to call up the setup wizard again, press 📄Receiver and then Setup on the remote controller, select "8. Miscellaneous" - "Initial Setup", and press Enter.
1 AccuEQ Room Calibration
The test tone coming from each speaker will be measured to enable setting of the number of speakers, volume level, each speaker's optimum crossover frequencies, and distance from the primary listening position, and also enable correction of distortion caused by the room acoustic environment.
- You cannot return to the previous screen during speaker setup, even if you press Return.
- Place the speaker setup microphone.
When the screen above is displayed, before starting the procedure, place the supplied speaker setup microphone at the measurement position by referring to the following figure.
* Correct measurement will not be possible if the microphone is held by hand. Measurement is not possible if headphones are being used.
* The subwoofer sound may not be detected since it is extremely low frequencies. Set the subwoofer volume to around the half of its maximum volume.
* Measurement may be interrupted if there is ambient noise or radio frequency interference. Close the window and turn off the home appliance and fluorescent light.
- After placing the microphone at the measurement position, select "Do it Now" with the cursors and press Enter.
- When "Please plug microphone that came in a box with AV receiver" is displayed, connect the microphone to the Setup Mic jack of the unit.
- Select the settings for the connected speakers, the type of the height speakers, and other appropriate settings.
When the screen above is displayed, set the items with the cursor buttons on the remote controller. Refer to the on-screen diagram for "Speaker Channels", which changes each time a different number of channels is selected. When all the items have been set, press Enter on the remote controller. After that, follow the guidance displayed on the TV screen to operate the unit.
- Refer to the content of an item, which appears on the lower left of the screen when the cursor is on the item.
- The test tones sound from the connected speakers and automatic speaker setting starts.
Measurement will be made 3 times or more for each speaker. It takes several minutes to be completed. Keep the room as quiet as possible during measurement. If any of the speakers do not produce the test tone, check for disconnection.
- During measurement, each speaker outputs the test tones at a high volume. Be careful of sound leak that may disturb your neighbors, or be careful not to frighten young children.
- When the measurement is completed, the measurement result is displayed.
Press ▶ on the remote controller to check the settings. Press Enter with "Save" selected. To have the settings reflected for all the speakers, select "On (All Channels)" in the next screen and press Enter on the remote controller.
- Select "On (Except Front Left / Right)" to disable just the front speakers.
-
If there is an error message, follow the on-screen instruction to remove the error cause. If the subwoofer was not detected, turn the volume of the subwoofer up to maximum and then select "Retry".
-
When "Please unplug setup microphone." is displayed, disconnect the microphone.
2 Source Connection
You can check the connections on the different inputs and make HDMI link function settings.
- When the Source Connection start screen is displayed, select "Yes, Continue" with the cursors and press Enter.
Step 2: Initial Setup
- Select the desired input to check the connection and press Enter.
Start playback of the selected device. If connection is correct, video/audio of the input source selected on the unit will be played. - After checking the connection, select "Yes" with the cursors and press Enter.
- If you select "No" and press Enter, the error cause will be displayed. Follow the guidance to remove the error cause and check the connection again.
- Select "Yes" with the cursors and press Enter on the remote controller to check the connection of other inputs or select "No, Done Checking" and press Enter to skip.
If you select "Yes", you will return to the screen of step 2.
If you select "No, Done Checking", you will proceed to step 5.
- Set the CEC link function.
Select "Yes" to enable the HDMI link function with CEC-compliant equipment, then select "Yes" again in the next screen.
If you select "Yes", the connection with ARC compatible TV and HDMI Standby Through function will be set to "On" and enabled.
3
Remote Mode Setup
You can enable operation of the other components using the remote controller of the unit. When the Remote Mode Setup start screen is displayed, select "Yes, Continue" with the cursors and press Enter on the remote controller. Follow the guidance to select the desired Remote Mode button and in the keyboard screen, enter the first three characters of the brand name of the device you are going to program and search for the remote control code. The guidance will also explain how to set the remote controller.
4
Network Connection
You can check the network connection and make the Wi-Fi setting. When the Network Connection start screen is displayed, select "Yes" with the cursors and press Enter on the remote controller. If you select "Wired" in the next screen, you can view the LAN cable connection status. To make the Wi-Fi setting, select "Wireless", press Enter on the remote controller and follow the sections below.
En-14
Make the following preparations.
Wi-Fi connection requires an access point such as wireless LAN router (*). Write down the SSID and password (key) of the access point if they are shown in the label of the main body. If the access point has an automatic setting button (may be called differently according to the manufacturer), you can set up without inputting the password. For how to use the automatic setting button of the access point, refer to its instruction manual.
✗ The unit supports Wi-Fi connection with 2.4 GHz access point.
1. Select the method of Wi-Fi connection with the cursors and press Enter.
Scan Networks: Use this unit to search for and connect to a wireless LAN router or other access point. Use iOS Device (iOS7 or later): Select this method to let this unit share the Wi-Fi settings with your iOS device and establish a Wi-Fi connection with ease.
■ If you selected "Scan Networks"
2. Select the SSID of the access point to be connected with the cursor buttons and press Enter.
When the SSID of the access point appears on the TV screen, select the desired access point.
- If you changed the initial setting of the access point to skip password entry, step 3 is unnecessary.
- If you changed the initial setting of the access point to hide the SSID, see "When the access point is not displayed".
3. Select and set the authentication method.
The "Enter Password" screen may be displayed automatically if the wireless LAN router does not have an automatic setting button.
When this screen is displayed, select and set one of the three authentication methods: "Enter Password", "Push Button" and "PIN code". See below for details of and
Step 2: Initial Setup
how to set each method.
Enter Password: Enter the password of the access point to establish connection.
① Select "Enter Password" with the cursor buttons and press Enter.
② Enter the password (*) on the keyboard screen, select "OK" with the cursor buttons and press Enter.
* Select "Aa" and press Enter to toggle between upper and lower case. Select "-" or "-" and press Enter to move the cursor to the selected direction. Select ✕ and press Enter to delete the character at the left of the cursor position. To select whether to mask the password with "+" or display it in plain text, press D on the remote control. Press +10 on the remote controller to switch between upper and lower case. Press CLR to delete all the input characters.
③ If the security method of the access point to be connected is WEP, select "Default Key ID", select "OK" and press Enter.
Push Button: Use the automatic setting button of the access point to establish connection.
① Select "Push Button" with the cursor buttons and press Enter.
② Hold down the automatic setting button of the access point for the necessary seconds, select "OK" with the cursor buttons and press Enter.
PIN code: Select this method when the automatic setting button of the access point is beyond the reach. Select "PIN code" with the cursor buttons and press Enter to display the 8-digit PIN code. Register the displayed PIN code to the access point, select "OK" with the cursor buttons and press Enter. For how to register the PIN code to the access point, refer to its instruction manual.
4. Select "Yes, Start to Check" in the network connection confirmation screen.
Step 2: Initial Setup
When the access point is not displayed Select "Other..." with the ▶ cursor on the remote controller and press Enter to display the keyboard screen. Input the SSID and password. Make the following settings according to the router setting.
■ WPA/WPA2 method Select "WPA" or "WPA2" in "Security Method", select "OK" and press Enter.
■ WEP method Select "WEP" in "Security Method" and select "Default Key ID". Then select "OK" and press Enter. • If encryption setting has not been made on the wireless LAN router, select "None" in "Security Method", select "OK" and press Enter.
■ If you selected "Use iOS Device (iOS7 or later)"
2. On the iOS device, go to "Settings"- "Wi-Fi" and turn on the setting, then select this unit in "SETUP NEW AIRPLAY SPEAKER".
3. Tap "Next".
4. Select "Yes, Start to Check" in the network connection confirmation screen.
* Privacy policy
A confirmation screen asking you to agree to the privacy policy is displayed during network setting. Select "Yes" and press Enter to indicate agreement.
■ When connection is successful
"Successfully Connected" is displayed on the screen.
If the screen is not displayed, try doing the setting again. If "Push Button" connection with the wireless LAN router does not work, try "Enter Password".
■ Terminating initial setup
After finishing the initial setup, keep "Finished" selected and press Enter on the remote controller. Connection and setting of the unit is now complete.
Audio output of connected players
To enjoy digital surround sound including Dolby Digital and DTS, audio output should be set to "Bitstream output" on the connected Blu-ray Disc Player or other device.
Depending on the settings on the Blu-ray Disc Player, there may be cases when Dolby TrueHD, Dolby Atmos, and DTS-HD Master Audio is not output according to the format of the source.
In this case, in the Blu-ray Disc Player settings try setting "BD video supplementary sound" (or secondary sound) to "Off". Change the listening mode after changing the setting to confirm.
Step 3: Playing Back
Step 3: Playing Back
1
Basic Operations
- When using the remote controller to operate the AV receiver: The remote controller of this unit has the remote mode function for controlling other devices. You cannot control this unit when the remote controller is in the remote mode other than RECEIVER mode (for controlling this unit). Be sure to press ③ Receiver to select the RECEIVER mode before starting operation.
1. Turning the power on.
Press ① ◎ Receiver on the remote controller to turn the power on.
- Switch the input on the TV to that assigned to the unit. Use the TV's remote controller.
2. Select the input on the unit.
Press the ② Input Selector button for the player you want to listen to. Press TV to listen to the TV's sound. You can also use the input selector buttons on the main unit.
- Input will automatically be selected if the TV or player is CEC compliant and connected to the unit with HDMI cable.
3. Select the desired listening mode.
After pressing ③ Receiver, press the ⑥ listening mode buttons to switch the mode so that you can enjoy different listening modes.
- Adjust the volume with ⑪ VOL.
Part names and functions of the remote controller
① ◦ Receiver button: Turns the unit on or into standby mode.
② Remote Mode/Input Selector buttons: Switch the input to be played. Furthermore, by registering a particular remote control code to a button, you can switch the remote control mode to operate other equipment by pressing that button.
* Phono button can not be used with this unit.
③ Receiver button: Switches the remote controller to the mode for operating this unit.
④ Cursor buttons and Enter button: Move the cursor and confirms the selection.
⑤ Setup button: Displays the screen for making various settings for this unit.
⑥ Listening mode buttons: Allow you to select the listening mode.
Movie/TV button: You can select a listening mode suitable for movies and TV programs.
Music button: You can select a listening mode suitable for music.
Game button: You can select a listening mode suitable for games.
Stereo button: You can select a listening mode for stereo and all channel stereo sources.
- For details on the listening modes, see the Advanced Manual.
⑦ Dimmer button: Switches the brightness of the display.
⑧ Zone2 button: For use when the unit is connected with a pre-main amplifier or speakers in a separate room and sound is played there.
⑨ Music OPT button: Turns on/off the MUSIC OPTIMIZER function that improves the quality of the compressed audio.
⑩ Muting button: Temporarily mutes audio. Press again to cancel muting.
Volume buttons: Allow you to adjust the volume. This button also cancels the muting.
⑫ Return button: Returns the display to the previous state.
⑬ Q button: Displays the Quick Setup menu that allows you to quickly access the frequently used setting items including sound quality adjustment.
⑭ Display button: Switches the information on the display.
2 Network Functions
You can enjoy sources such as Internet radio by connecting the unit to a network. For details on the operation, see the Advanced Manual.
- OSDs (the feature to show information such as setting menus on the TV) are not displayed when the OSD language is set to Chinese. Operate by confirming the display on the main unit.
Press NET on the remote controller to display the NET TOP screen on the TV. Select the item with the cursors of the remote controller and press Enter to confirm your selection.
* To return to the previous screen, press Return. * Available services may vary depending on your area of residence.
Internet radio services
The unit comes preset with Internet radio services such as Tuneln Radio. After selecting the desired service, follow the on-screen instructions, using the cursors to select radio stations and programs, then press Enter to play.
- Network services or contents may become unavailable if the service provider terminates its service.
dlna DLNA
You can play music files stored in the computer or NAS device connected to the network. Select the server with the cursors, select the desired music file and press Enter to start playback.
- This unit needs to be connected to the same router as a computer or NAS device.
Home media
You can play music files in a shared folder on the computer or NAS device connected to the network. Select the server with the cursors, select the desired music file and press Enter to start playback.
- This unit needs to be connected to the same router as a computer or NAS device.
USB
You can play music files on a USB storage device. Connect the USB storage device to the USB port on the rear of the unit, select the desired folder or music file with the cursors, and press Enter to confirm and start playback.
3 AirPlay®
You can enjoy the audio from iPhone®, iPod touch®, iPad® and PCs with iTunes.
Important: This unit needs to be connected to the network through the same router as the iOS terminal or PC.
■ Playing music files from an iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad
Update the OS version on your iOS device to the latest version before connecting it to this unit.
-
Press NET on the remote controller.
-
Tap the AirPlay icon, select this unit from the list of devices displayed, and click "Done".
- The AirPlay icon is displayed in the control center if you are using iOS 7 and later. To display the control center,
Step 3: Playing Back
swipe from the bottom of the screen of the iOS device.
- If the AirPlay icon is not displayed, confirm that this unit and the iOS device are both connected to the router correctly.
- Play music files from an iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad.
■ Playing music files from a computer
• AirPlay is compatible with iTunes 10.2 or later.
-
Press NET on the remote controller.
-
Turn on your computer and start iTunes.
-
Click the AirPlay icon of iTunes and select this unit from the list of devices displayed.
-
Play iTunes music files.
- If "6. Hardware"-"Power Management"-"Network Standby" is set to on in the Setup menu, then once AirPlay starts, this unit turns on automatically and the "NET" input source is selected. Even if this setting is "Off", if the unit is already on then the "NET" input source can be selected. - Due to the characteristics of AirPlay wireless technology, the sound produced on this unit may slightly be behind the sound played on the AirPlay-enabled device. - Information such as the name of the track is displayed on the unit's display during AirPlay playback. - There may be some differences in how operations are performed depending on the iOS or iTunes version. - The on-screen displays are not displayed when the OSD language is set to Chinese. Operate by confirming the display on the main unit.
Volume: The volume of this unit and the AirPlay-enabled device are linked. Take care that the volume does not become too loud when you adjust the volume on the AirPlay-enabled device. You may damage the unit or the speakers. Stop play on the AirPlay-enabled device immediately if the volume becomes too loud at any point.
4 Bluetooth®
You can wirelessly enjoy music files stored in a smartphone or other Bluetooth-enabled device. The coverage area is 48 feet (15 meters).
- The Bluetooth-enabled device needs to support the A2DP profile.
- Note that connection is not always guaranteed with all Bluetooth-enabled devices.
■ Pairing
Pairing is necessary when connecting the Bluetooth-enabled device for the first time. Before starting the procedure, learn how to enable the Bluetooth setting function and to connect with other devices on the Bluetooth-enabled device.
- Press Bluetooth on the remote controller. The unit begins pairing and "Now Pairing..." is displayed.
- While "Now Pairing..." is on the display, complete connection on the Bluetooth-enabled device in the nearby area within about 2 minutes.
If the name of this unit is displayed on the Bluetooth-enabled device's display, select this unit. Paring will end after a short time.
- If a password is requested, enter "0000".
- You can pair with another Bluetooth-enabled device by pressing and holding the Bluetooth button until
"Now Pairing..." is on the display. This unit can store the data of up to 8 paired devices.
■ Playing Bluetooth-enabled devices
If the unit is on and the Bluetooth-enabled device is connected, the input will be automatically switched to BLUETOOTH. Play music in this state.
- It may take about a minute until connection is established when the unit is on since the Bluetooth function takes some time to start up.
- If the volume setting on the Bluetooth-enabled device is
En-18
low, the sound will not be output from this unit.
- Due to the characteristics of Bluetooth wireless technology, the sound produced on this unit may slightly be behind the sound played on the Bluetooth-enabled device.
- The on-screen displays are not displayed when the OSD language is set to Chinese. Operate by confirming the display on the main unit.
5 AM/FM Radio
The Basic Manual explains the method using automatic tuning. For manual tuning, see the Advanced Manual.
- Press Tuner on the main unit several times to select either "AM" or "FM".
- Press Tuning Mode on the unit, so that the "AUTO" indicator on the display lights.
- Press Tuning ▲▼ on the unit.
The automatic tuning to a radio station starts. Searching stops when one is tuned. When tuned into a radio station, the "▶TUNED◀" indicator on the display lights. The "FM STEREO" indicator lights if the radio station is an FM radio station.
Registering a radio station: You can register up to 40 of your favorite AM/FM radio stations.
- Tune into the AM/FM radio station you want to register.
- Press Memory on the unit so that the preset number on the display flashes.
- Press Preset◀▶ on the unit several times to select a number between 1 and 40 while the preset number is flashing (about 8 seconds).
- Press Memory again on the main unit to register the station.
When registered, the preset number stops flashing. To select a preset radio station, press Preset◀▶ on the main unit or CH +/- on the remote controller.
Step 3: Playing Back
- To delete a preset station, after selecting the preset number you want to delete with Preset◀▶ on the main unit, press Tuning Mode while holding down Memory on the main unit. When the preset number is deleted, it disappears from the display.
AM/FM frequency step setting
It may be necessary for you to change the frequency step to tune the radio in your area. Change the step with the following procedure. Note that when this setting is changed, all radio presets are deleted.
- Afterpressing 📄Receiver on the remote controller, press Setup.
- Use the cursor buttons to select "6. Hardware" and press Enter.
- Select "Tuner" with the cursor and press Enter.
- Select "AM / FM Frequency Step" (North American models) or "AM Frequency Step" (Australian models) with the cursor and select the frequency step for your area.
6 Multi-zone
You can listen to audio in a room (called Zone 2) other than the one where this unit is located (called the main room).
■ Sources you can playback
• External players (*1)
- NET (*2)
- Bluetooth
• AM/FM Radio
* 1 Only analog audio signals can be output to Zone 2.
* 2 DSD and Dolby TrueHD audio signals cannot be output to Zone 2.
Important: Connection with external players
To listen to a player in Zone 2, you must connect using an RCA cable. Some players may require analog audio output setting.
Making Multi-zone Connection
There are the following two methods of connection:
a. Connecting with a pre-main amplifier or a power amplifier in a separate room
b. Connecting with speakers in a separate room
■ a. Connecting with a pre-main amplifier in a separate room
It is possible to play 2 ch source in a separate room while 7.1 ch source is being played in the main room.
Connect the PRE/LINE OUT ZONE2 jacks of the unit and the line-in jacks of the pre-main amplifier in a separate room with an RCA cable.
- Settings are required in order to control volume and sound quality on this unit. To adjust it with the unit, press Receiver and then Setup on the remote controller, select "3 Audio Adjust" - "Multi Zone" - "Zone 2 Out" and set the setting to "Variable". If you connect a power amplifier, be sure to make the setting and adjust the volume on this unit.
Step 3: Playing Back
■ b. Connecting with speakers in a separate room
Connect the speakers in another room to the SPEAKERS ZONE2 jacks of the unit using speaker cables. Note that 5.1 ch will be the maximum (*) in the main room during Zone 2 playback. No sound will be output from the back speakers and height speakers.
* In this case, the Dolby Atmos listening mode cannot be selected.
flowchart
graph TD
A["Zone 2"] --> B["Main room"]
B --> C["Sensor 1: L, R"]
C --> D["Sensor 2: TV, Radio, Display"]
style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
These settings are required: After connecting the speakers, press Receiver and then Setup on the remote controller, select "2. Speaker" - "Configuration" and set "Powered Zone2" to "Yes".
Performing Multi-zone Playback
It is possible to perform playback in the main room and a separate room at the same time, for example by playing the Blu-ray Disc player in the main room where the unit is placed while playing Internet radio in a separate room. It is also possible to perform playback only in a separate room.
- With external players, it is possible to play the same source or different sources in the main room and separate room.
- With "NET" and "BLUETOOTH", you cannot select different inputs for the main room and separate room. For example, if "NET" has been selected in the main room and then "BLUETOOTH" is selected as playback source in the separate room, the input in the main room will change to "BLUETOOTH" accordingly.
- You cannot select separate network services for the main room and another room with the "NET" input.
- When listening to AM/FM broadcasting, you cannot select different stations for the main room and separate room. Therefore broadcasting of the same station will be heard in the both rooms.
Playing Back
- Press Zone2 on the remote controller, point the remote controller at the main unit and press ⏻Receiver.
"Z2" lights on the main unit display and the multi-zone function is enabled. (Zone 2 is now on.)
- Press Zone2 again on the remote controller and press Input Selector of the input to be played in a separate room.
- If you turn the unit to standby during multi-zone playback, the Z2 indicator is dimmed and the playback mode is switched to playback in a separate room only. Performing steps 1 and 2 while the unit is in standby also switches the playback mode to playback in a separate room only. To play the same source in the main room and separate room, hold down Zone2 for approximately 3 seconds.
To control on the main unit: press Zone2 and within 8 seconds, press the input selector button of the source to be played in the other room. (To play the same source in the main room and separate room, press Zone2 twice.)
To adjust the volume on the main unit
To adjust the volume, press Zone2 on the remote controller and then adjust with VOL▲▼. Alternatively press Zone2 Level▲▼ on the main unit. You can mute the sound by pressing Muting on the remote controller.
To adjust the sound quality on the main unit As for the operation, press Zone 2 on the main unit and press Tone several times to display "Bass", "Treble" or "Balance" on the main unit display. Display the desired setting on the display and adjust it with + or -
To turn off the function
After pressing Zone2 on the remote controller, press ☐Receiver. Alternatively press Off on the main unit.
- If ZONE 2 is on, power consumption during standby becomes larger than normal.
- While ZONE 2 is on, the RI linked system function (interlink between Onkyo components) is disabled.
- Pressing Input Selector on the remote controller while you are using the remote controller for Zone 2 will switch the controlled target to the main room. To control Zone 2 again, press the Zone2 button to enter the Zone control mode.
- If ZONE 2 is on, power consumption during standby becomes larger than normal.
- While ZONE 2 is on, the RI linked system function (interlink between Onkyo components) is disabled.
- Pressing Input Selector on the remote controller while you are using the remote controller for Zone 2 will switch the controlled target to the main room. To control Zone 2 again, press the Zone2 button to enter the Zone control mode.
7 Quick Setup Menu
You can perform common settings on the TV screen while playing.
- Press Q on the remote controller.
The Quick Setup menu is displayed on the connected TV's screen.
| Quick Setup | BDDVD | |
| Listening Mode | MOVIEVTV | |
| Audio | MUSIC | |
| HDMI | GAME | |
| Information | ||
Step 3: Playing Back
- Select the item with the cursors of the remote controller and press Enter to confirm your selection.
• To return to the previous screen, press Return.
- Select the setting with the cursors buttons of the remote controller.
■ Listening Mode: Select the listening mode from the categories of "MOVIE/TV", "MUSIC" and "GAME". After selecting the Listening Mode, press Enter button to confirm.
- It cannot be set when audio is played from the TV's speakers.
■ Audio: You can perform various audio settings including audio quality and speaker level adjustment.
- You cannot select this item when audio is output from the TV's speakers.
Bass, Treble: Adjust volume of the front speaker. It cannot be set if the listening mode is Direct.
Phase Matching Bass: Suppress phase shift in the midrange to enhance bass sound. Thus smooth and powerful bass sound can be obtained.
- It cannot be set if the listening mode is Direct.
Center Level, Subwoofer Level: Adjust the speaker level while listening to the sound. The adjustment you made will be reset to the previous status when you turn the unit to standby mode.
- Changes may not be possible depending on the settings in speakers.
- This setting is not possible during Muting or when using headphones.
A/V Sync: If the video is behind the audio, you can delay the audio to offset the gap. Different settings can be set for each input selector.
- It cannot be set if the listening mode is Direct.
AccuEQ Room Calibration: Enable or disable the settings made by automatic speaker setting. To enable them, you should normally select "On (All Ch)", and to disable just the front speakers, you should select "On (ex. L/R)". The setting can be separately set to each input selector.
- This setting cannot be selected if the automatic speaker setting has not been performed.
- It cannot be set if headphones are connected or the listening mode is Direct.
Music Optimizer: Improve the quality of the compressed audio. Playback sound of lossy
Step 3: Playing Back
compressed files such as MP3 will be improved. The setting can be separately set to each input selector.
- The setting is effective in the signals of 48 kHz or less. The setting is not effective in the bitstream signals.
- It cannot be set if the listening mode is Direct.
Late Night: Make small sounds to be easily heard. It is useful when you need to reduce the volume while watching a movie late night. You can enjoy the effect only with Dolby Digital, Dolby Digital Plus, and Dolby TrueHD sources.
- Turning the unit to standby mode will set the setting to "Off". In case of Dolby TrueHD, the setting will be set to "Auto".
- The setting cannot be used if "Loudness Management" is set to "Off" when playing Dolby Digital Plus or Dolby TrueHD.
Cinema Filter: Adjust the soundtrack that was processed to enhance its treble, in order to make it suitable for home theater.
- This function can be used in the following listening modes: Dolby Digital, Dolby Digital Plus, Dolby TrueHD, Multichannel, DTS, DTS-ES, DTS Neo:6 Cinema, DTS 96/24, DTS-HD High Resolution Audio, DTS-HD Master Audio, DTS Express, DSD.
Center Spread: Adjust the width of the sound field of the front channel when playing in the Dolby Surround listening mode.
To spread the width of the sound field to the left and right, set to "On". To concentrate sound in the center, set to "Off".
- This setting may be "Off" depending on the settings in speakers.
Information:
Audio: Displays the audio input source, format, number of channels, sampling frequency, listening mode, and number of output channels.
Video: Displays information such as the video input source, resolution, color space, color depth, 3D information, Aspect and output.
Tuner: Displays information such as the band, frequency, and preset number. This is displayed only when "TUNER" is selected as the input source.
8 Other useful functions
To adjust the sound quality
It is possible to enhance or moderate the bass and treble of front speakers. Press Tone on the main unit several times to select the desired setting from "Bass", "Treble" and "Phase Matching Bass", and adjust with +/-
- It cannot be set if the listening mode is Direct.
"Bass": Allows you to enhance or moderate the bass. "Treble": Allows you to enhance or moderate the treble.
"Phase Matching Bass": Allows you to keep the clear midrange and effectively enhance the bass.
Checking the Input Format
Press Display on the remote controller several times to switch the display of the main unit in order of:
- If "Dolby D 5.1" is displayed in Signal format, the Dolby Digital 5.1 ch signals are being input. When listening to AM/FM radio, the band, frequency and preset number are displayed.
Playing Audio and Video from Separate Sources
It is possible to play audio and video from different sources. For example, you can play audio from the CD player and video from the BD/DVD player. In this case, press BD/DVD and then CD. Then start playback on the BD/DVD player
and CD player. This function is effective when an input with audio only has been selected (CD, NET, BLUETOOTH, or TUNER in the initial setting).(*)
* When NET or BLUETOOTH is selected, press Mode on the remote controller after pressing NET or Bluetooth on the remote controller.
Others
Troubleshooting
Before starting the procedure
Problems may be solved by simply turning the power on/off or disconnecting/connecting the power cord, which is easier than working on the connection, setting and operating procedure. Try the simple measures on both the unit and the connected device. If the problem is that the video or audio is not output or the HDMI linked operation does not work, disconnecting/connecting the HDMI cable may solve it. When reconnecting, be careful not to wind the HDMI cable since if wound the HDMI cable may not fit well. After reconnecting, turn off and on the unit and the connected device.
The AV receiver turns off unexpectedly.
- The AV receiver will automatically enter standby mode when Auto Standby or Sleep Timer is set and launched.
- The protection circuit may have been activated. If this is the case, when you turn the unit on again, "AMP Diag Mode" will appear on the main unit's display. The unit will then enter a mode that detects abnormal conditions. If no problems are detected, "AMP Diag Mode" will disappear and the unit will return to a normal state. If "CHECK SP WIRE" appears on the display, the speaker cables may be short-circuited. Turn the unit off, and check to see if the cable core of any of the speaker cables is in contact with that of another speaker cable or with the rear panel. After that, turn the unit on again. If "NG" appears, unplug the power cord immediately and contact your dealer.
There's no sound, or it's very quiet.
- A wrong input selector button has been selected. Select a correct input for the player. Also check that muting is not on. - Not all listening modes use all speakers.
There's no picture.
- A wrong input selector button has been selected.
- To display video from the connected player on the TV screen while the unit is in standby, you need to enable HDMI Standby Through function.
- When the TV image is blurry or unclear, power cord or connection cables of the unit may have interfered. In that case, keep distance between TV antenna cable and cables of the unit.
- If you connect a player supporting HDCP2.2, be sure to connect it to one of the HDMI IN1 to IN3 jacks of the unit.
En-22
Video and audio are out of synch.
- Video may be delayed relative to audio depending on the settings and connections with your TV. Adjust in "Step 3: Playing Back", "7 Quick Setup Menu", "A/V Sync".
Cannot play digital surround.
- To enjoy digital surround sound including Dolby Digital and DTS, audio output should be set to "Bitstream output" on the connected Blu-ray Disc Player or other device.
Cannot output audio such as Dolby Atmos according to the format of the source.
- If you cannot output audio according to the format of the source (Dolby TrueHD, Dolby Atmos, DTS-HD Master Audio, etc.), in the Blu-ray Disc Player settings try setting "BD video supplementary sound" (or secondary sound) to "Off". Change the listening mode for each source after changing the setting to confirm.
HDMI control does not function correctly.
Set the CEC link function of the unit to on. It is also necessary to make the HDMI linked system setting on the TV. See the TV's instruction manual for details.
Cannot access to network.
- Try plugging/unplugging the unit or the wireless LAN router or check their power-on status. This will work well in many cases. If the desired wireless LAN router is not in the access point list, it may be set to hide SSID or the ANY connection may be off. Change the setting and try again.
■ Resetting the unit
Resetting the unit to the status at the time of shipment may solve the problem. If the measures above do not solve the problem, reset the unit with the following procedure. If you reset the unit status, your preferences will be reset to the defaults. Note them down before starting reset.
- How to reset:
- While holding down CBL/SAT on the main unit (note that step 2 must be performed with this button pressed down)
- Press ⏻On/Standby on the main unit ("Clear" appears on the display and the unit returns to standby).
- Do not unplug the power cord until "Clear" disappears from the display.
- Press ON/Standby. 1. While holding down CBL/SAT,
• How to reset the remote controller:
- While holding down Receiver on the remote controller, press Q until the remote indicator stays lit (about 3 seconds).
- Within 30 seconds, press Receiver again.
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Others
Specifications
Amplifier Section
Rated Output Power (North American)
With 8 ohm loads, both channels driven, from 20-20,000 Hz; rated 65
watts per channel minimum RMS power, with no more than 0.7% total harmonic distortion from 250 milliwatts to rated output.
Surround Mode Output Power (*)
(6 ohms, 1 kHz THD 0.9%) 115 W per channel
* Reference output for each speakers.
Depending on the source and the listening mode settings.
depending on the sound output there may be no sound output
Rated Output Power (Others)
7 ch × 100 W at 6 ohms, 1 kHz, 1 ch driven of 1% (IEC)
Dynamic Power (*)
* IEC60268-Short-term maximum output power
160 W (3 Ω, Front)
125 W (4 O Front)
85 W (8 O Front)
THD+N (Total Harmonic Distortion+Noise)
0.08% (20 Hz - 20 kHz, half power)
Input Sensitivity and Impedance (Unbalance)
200 mV/47 kΩ (LINE, 1 kHz 100 W/8 O)
Rated RCA Output Level and Impedance
1 V/470 O (SUBWOOFFER PREF OUT)
100 mV/2.3 kΩ (ZONE2 LINE OUT)
1V/2.3 kΩ (ZONE2 PREF OUT)
Frequency Response
5 Hz - 100 kHz/+1 dB - 3 dB (Direct mode)
Tone Control Characteristics
+10 dB, 20 Hz (BASS)
+10 dB, 20 kHz (TREBLE)
Signal to Noise Ratio
100 dB (LINE, IHE-A)
Speaker Impedance
Speaker impedance \$0.160
012-1012
Video Section
Signal level
1.0 Vp-n/75.0 (Component Y)
0.7 Vp, p/75 O (Component Pb/Cb, Pn/Cr)
0.1 Vp-p/75 Ω (Component P-FeO₃, P-FeO₃) 1.0 Vp-n/75 O (Composite)
Corresponding maximum
Corresponding maximum resolution 480/576 (Component)
400/516 (Component)
Tuner Section
FM Tuning Frequency Range
87.5 MHz - 107.9 MHz (North American)
87.5 MHz - 108.0 MHz, RDS (Others)
AM Tuning Frequency Range
522/530 kHz - 1611/1710 kHz
Preset Channel
40
Network Section
Ethernet LAN
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX
Wireless LAN
IEEE 802.11 big/n standard
(Wi-Fi® standard)
2.4 GHz band
1 - 11 ch (North American)
1 - 13 ch (Others)
(Wi-Fi * standard)
Bluetooth Section
Communication system
Bluetooth Specification version 2.1 +EDR (Enhanced Data Rate)
Maximum communication range
Line of sight approx. 15 m (*)
Frequency band
2.4 GHz band
Modulation method
FHSS (Freq Hopping Spread Spectrum)
Compatible Bluetooth profiles
A2DP 1.2 (Advanced Audio Distribution Profile)
AVRCP 1.3 (Audio Video Remote Control Profile)
Supported Codecs
SBC
Transmission range (A2DP)
20 Hz - 20,000 Hz (Sampling frequency 44.1 kHz)
* The actual range will vary depending on factors such as obstacles between
devices, magnetic fields around a microwave oven, static electricity,
cordless phone, reception sensitivity, antenna's performance, operating
system, software application, etc.
General
Power Supply
AC 120 V, 60 Hz (North American)
AC 220 - 240 V, 50/60 Hz (Others)
Power Consumption
4.3 A (North American)
430 W (Others)
0.1 W (Stand-by, North American)
0.15 W (Stand-by, Other
2.6 W (Network Standby)
60 W (No-sound)
Dimensions (W × H × D)
435 mm × 174 mm × 326.5 mm
17-1/8" × 6-7/8" × 12-7/8"
Weight
8.8 kg (19.4 lbs.) (North American)
9.0 kg (19.8 lbs.) (Others)
• HDMI
Input
IN1 (BD/DVD, HDCP2.2), IN2 (CBL/SAT, HDCP2.2), IN3 (STRM BOX,
HDCP2.2), IN4 (PC), IN5 (GAME), IN6
Output
OUT
Video Resolution
4K 60 Hz (RGB/YC6CF4:4:4/YC6CF4:2:2, 24 bit)
Audio Format
Dolby Atmos, Dolby TrueHD, Dolby Digital Plus, Dolby Digital, DTS-HD
Master Audib, DTS-RD High Resolution Audib, DTS 96/24, DTS-ES, DTS,
DTS Express, DSD, Multichannel PCM (up to 8ch)
Supported
3D, Audio Return Channel, Deep Color, x.v.Color™. LipSync, CEC, 4K,
Extended Colorimetry (sYCC601, Adobe RGB, Adobe YCC601),
Content Type, 3D Dual View, 21:9 Aspect Ratio Video Format
• Video Inputs
Component
IN1 (BD/DVD), IN2 (GAME)
Composite
IN1 (CBL/SAT), IN2 (STRM BOX), IN3 (PC), AUX INPUT (front)
- Audio Inputs
Digital
OPTICAL 1 (CD), 2 (TV)
COAXIAL (BD/DVD)
Analog
BD/DVD, CBL/SAT, STRM BOX, PC, GAME, TV, CD, AUX INPUT (front)
• Audio Outputs
Analog
ZONE2 PRE/LINE OUT
2 SUBWOOFER PRE OUT
Speaker Outputs
FRONT L/R, CENTER, SURROUND L/R, BACK or HEIGHT or Bi-AMP
L/R, ZONE2 L/R
Phones
PHONES (Front, a 6.3)
- Others
Setup Mic 1 (Front)
RS232
RI REMOTE CONTROL 1
USB 1 (Ver.1.1, 5 V/1 A)
Ethernet
IR IN 2 (A/B)IR OUT
12V TRIGGER OUT 3 (A: 100 mA, B: 25 mA, C: 25 mA)
Supports multi-language on-screen display
(North American) English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Dutch.
Swedish, Chinese (*)
(Others) English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Dutch, Swedish,
Russian, Chinese (*)
* OSD is not displayed when the input selector is "NET" or
"BLUETOOTH". Use the display on the main unit when operating
the unit.
Specifications and features are subject to change without notice.
Table of image resolutions
Refer to the following table for information about the image formats and resolutions output by this unit in response to input signals
| Input\Output | HDMI | |||||||
| 4K 108p/24 108p 1080i 720p | 480p/576p 480i/576i | |||||||
| HDMI | 4K | √ | ||||||
| 1080p/24 | √ | |||||||
| 1080p | √ | |||||||
| 1080i | √ | |||||||
| 720p | √ | |||||||
| 480p/576p | √ | |||||||
| 480i/576i | √ | |||||||
| Component | 1080p | |||||||
| 1080i | ||||||||
| 720p | ||||||||
| 480p/576p | ||||||||
| 480i/576i | √ | |||||||
| Composite 480i/576i | √ | |||||||
Others
Resolutions supported by HDMI
| Input support | Content protection technology | Display resolution | Frame rate Color space Color Depth Remarks | |||
| HDMI input IN1 to IN3 | HDCP1.4 HDCP2.2 | 720×480i 60 Hz | RGB/YCbCr4:4:4/ YCbCr4:2:2 | 8/10/12/16 bit | * | |
| 720×576i 50 Hz | ||||||
| 720×480p 60 Hz | ||||||
| 720×576p 50 Hz | ||||||
| 1920×1080p 50/60 Hz | ||||||
| 1280×720p 24/25/30/50/60 Hz | ||||||
| 1680×720p 24/25/30/50/60 Hz | ||||||
| 1920×1080p 24/25/30/50/60 Hz | ||||||
| 2560×1080p | 24/25/30 Hz | |||||
| 50/60 Hz | ||||||
| 4K (3840×2160p) | 24/25/30 Hz | RGB/YCbCr4:4:4/ YCbCr4:2:2 | 8/10/12/16 bit | * | ||
| 50/60 Hz | RGB/YCbCr4:4:4 8 bit | |||||
| YCbCr4:2:2 12 bit | ||||||
| YCbCr4:2:0 8/10/12/16 bit | ||||||
| 4K SMPTE (4096×2160p) | 24/25/30 Hz | RGB/YCbCr4:4:4/ YCbCr4:2:2 | 8/10/12/16 bit | * | ||
| RGB/YCbCr4:4:4 8 bit | ||||||
| 50/60 Hz | YCbCr4:2:2 12 bit | |||||
| YCbCr4:2:0 8/10/12/16 bit | ||||||
| HDMI input IN4 to IN6 | HDCP1.4 | 720×480i 60 Hz | RGB/YCbCr4:4:4/ YCbCr4:2:2 | 8/10/12/16 bit | * | |
| 720×576i 50 Hz | ||||||
| 720×480p 60 Hz | ||||||
| 720×56p 50 Hz | ||||||
| 1920×1080i 50/60 Hz | ||||||
| 1280×720p 24/25/30/50/60 Hz | ||||||
| 1680×720p 24/25/30/50/60 Hz | ||||||
| 1920×1080p 24/26/30/50/60 Hz | ||||||
| 2560×1080p | 24/25/30 Hz | |||||
| 50/60 Hz | RGB/YCbCr4:4:4/ YCbCr4:2:2 | 8/10/12 bit | * | |||
| 4K (3840×2160p) | 24/25/30 Hz | RGB/YCbCr4:4:4 8 bit | ||||
| YCbCr4:2:2 12 bit | ||||||
| 50/60 Hz YCbCr4:2:0 8 bit | ||||||
| 4K SMPTE (4096×2160p) | 24/25/30 Hz | RGB/YCbCr4:4:4 8 bit | ||||
| YCbCr4:2:2 12 bit | ||||||
| 50/60 Hz YCbCr4:2:0 8 bit | ||||||
* With YCbCr4:2:2, Color Depth supported is 12 bit only.
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Precautions
For European Models
Declaration of Conformity
We declare, under our sole responsibility, that
this product complies with the standards: - Safety
- Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance characteristics
- Limits for harmonic current emissions - Limitation of voltage changes, voltage fluctuations and flicker
- Hereby, Onkyo Corporation, declares that this DTR-20.7 is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
License and Trademark Information
DOLBY
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby, Dolby Atmos, Dolby Surround and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from DTS, Inc. DTS, the Symbol, DTS in combination with the Symbol, the DTS-HD logo, and DTS-HD Master Audio are registered trademarks or trademarks of DTS, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries. © DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
"CINEMA FILTER" and "CINEMA FILTER (logo)" are trademarks of Onkyo Corporation.
HDMI
The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the United States and other countries.
CERTIFIED
The Wi-Fi CERTIFIED Logo is a certification mark of the Wi-Fi Alliance.
AirPlay, iPad, iPhone, and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
iPad Air and iPad mini are trademarks of Apple Inc.
"Made for iPod", "Made for iPhone" and "Made for iPad" mean that an electronic accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod, iPhone, or iPad, respectively, and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards. Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety and regulatory standards.
Please note that the use of this accessory with iPod, iPhone or iPad may affect wireless performance.
AirPlay works with iPhone, iPad, and iPod touch with iOS 4.3.3 or later, Mac with OS X Mountain Lion or later, and PC with iTunes 10.2.2 or later.
Apple, Apple TV and Safari are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
En-26
Bluetooth
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Onkyo is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.
Onkyo does not guarantee Bluetooth compatibility between the AV receiver and all Bluetooth-enabled devices. For compatibility between the AV receiver and another device with Bluetooth technology, consult the device's documentation and dealer. In some countries, there may be restrictions on using Bluetooth devices. Check with your local authorities.
((SiriusXM))
SIRIUS, XM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc. and its subsidiaries. All rights reserved.
DLNA®, the DLNA Logo and DLNA CERTIFIED® are trademarks, service marks, or certification marks of the Digital Living Network Alliance. This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft.
Windows and the Windows logo are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies.
QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED.
"x.v.Color" and "x.v.Color" logo are trademarks of Sony Corporation.
DSD and the Direct Stream Digital logo are trademarks of Sony Corporation. MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.
AccuEQ. Music Optimizer. RIHD and WRAT are trademarks of Onkyo Corporation.
*All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.*
DISCLAIMER
Through this device you are able to link to other services or websites which are not under the control of any company which has designed, manufactured or distributed/have distributed this device, and its affiliates (collectively, "Company"). We have no control over the nature, content and availability of those services. The inclusion of any links does not necessarily imply a recommendation or endorse the views expressed within them.
All information, content and services available through this device belong to third parties and are protected by copyright, patent, trademark and/or other intellectual property laws of applicable countries.
The information, content and services provided through this device are for your personal, noncommercial use only. Any information, content or services may not be used in any manner other than previously approved by the appropriate content owner or service provider.
Others
You may not modify, copy, republish, translate, exploit, create derivative works, upload, post, transmit, sell or distribute in any manner any information, content or services available through this device, unless expressly permitted by the appropriate copyright, patent, trademark and/or other intellectual property owner, including, without limitation, content owner or service provider.
THE CONTENT AND SERVICES AVAILABLE THROUGH THIS DEVICE ARE PROVIDED "AS IS".
COMPANY DOES NOT WARRANT INFORMATION, CONTENT OR SERVICES SO PROVIDED, EITHER EXPRESSLY OR IMPLIEDLY, FOR ANY PURPOSE.
COMPANY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Company makes no representation or warranty of any kind, express or implied, about the completeness, accuracy, validity, legality, reliability, suitability or availability with respect to the information, content or services available through this device. Company shall not be liable, whether in contract or tort, including negligence and strict liability, for any direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages or any other damages arising out of, or in connection with, any information contained in, or as a result of the use of any content or service by you or any third party, even if Company has been advised of the possibility of such damages, nor shall Company be liable for any third party claims against users of this device or any third party.
In no event shall Company be responsible nor liable for, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any interruption or suspension of any information, content or service available through this device. Company is neither responsible nor liable for customer service related to the information, content and services available through this device. Any question or request for service relating to the information, content or services should be made directly to the appropriate content owners and services providers.
Others
GNU License
Important Notice Regarding Software
The software package installed in this product includes software licensed to Onkyo Corporation (hereinafter), called "Onkyo", directly or indirectly by third party developers. Please be sure to read this not concerning such software.
Notice Regarding GNU GPL/LGPL-applicable Software
This product includes the following software that is covered by GNU General Public License (Institution), called "GPL" or by GNU License General Public License (Institution), called "GPL":
Only you notice you that, according to the attachment GPL/EFL, you have right to obtain, modify and redistribute software source code for the brand software.
Package List
| Line | uCiteo | buybox |
| Linepe | leakee++ | litumen |
| compact wireless | wpe_superkent | dramaze |
| Elink+ | close | down |
| Isoft | load |
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Copyright (C) 1901, 1209 From Software Foundation Inc. 50 Temple Place, Suite 320, Seattle, MA 10211-1307. USA Everyone is permitted to copy and subscribe website in contact of the website content, but changing it is not allowed. (This is the first released version of the License QFL. It also contains an additional source of the GNU Library Public License, version 2. Number the version number 3.1.)
Preamble The thousands for more software are designed to take money your business to share and charge it. By our trust, the ONU Control Patent is interested in guarantee your investment as a share and charge free software—to make sure the software to free for all its costs
The license the owner General Public License, together in some specially disaggregated software (e.g., properly written) of the Home Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You can use. Then, but we suggest you find their carefully about whether the license in the ordinary General Public License is the better always used in any particular case, based on the superiority below.
When we speak of true socialism, we are meaning to meets of love, not price. Our Carried Public Licensee was designed to make sure that you have the lives in relation to the same time [one change for this exercise if your study]. I find you move an active role or deal. If you want it, that you can change that socialism and one person of it is a real-time pregnancy, and that you are informed that you can do there hope
To protect your rights, we must be made necessary that failed distribution to try any you have a choice or seek you to administer these rights. I know meindicate immediate in order to prevent the power for you if you do not have a copy of the theory or if you modify it. For example, if you mandate copies of the library, whether given to us how, you must give the recipients of the rights but we gave you. You must make sure that they, not, prepare or get the same code. If you link other codes with the library, you must provide complete request from the resources, so that you can think here with the library what making attempts to the library and contemplating it. And you must show them these means so how have their rights.
We studied your rights with a two-step method. (1) we copyright the Energy and (2) we offer you that I have, which gives your legal permit or any, but it has not been modified by the Energy. In protection each condition, we want to make it very clear that there is no warranty to the four Energy. Also, if the Energy is modified by someone about and passed us, the maintenance should be done when they have is not the required measure, but that the original network apparatus will not be advised by problems that might be increased by others.
I study software prices are available based on the allowance of any free program. One wish to make some kind a company can be effectively subject the issue of a free program by obtaining a realistic license from a radiant tower. There now, we tried that any free license is retained for a concern of the money in all the recipient with the first freedom or use specified in this license.
Most CNI customers, including some members, is certified by the Company CNI General Public License. This license for CNI Leaser General Public License applies to certain designated business, and is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use the licensed for certain business in order to permit linking these lines on non-trade programs.
When a program is invited with a library, whether articles by or using a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work, a collection of the original library. The ordinary General Public License permits shall bring only if the order combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General Public License permit is more favorable for linking other codes with the library.
We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it does less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General Public License. It also provides other less diverse developers that are underrepresented nor performing non-free programs. These discharges are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many Eranks. However, the Lesser license provides adherence in certain special circumstances.
For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to encourage the most possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes a free-factor brand. To show that, new free programs must be allowed to use the free library. Amount frequent costs be fair at a free library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free software only, so we use the Lossee General Public Licensee.
In other cases, commission to use a particular library in non-free programs enables a greater number of people to use a large library of free software. For example, commission to use the GNU O Library in non-free programs enables many more people or use the whole GNU operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU Linux operating system.
Although the Lower Chemical Fabric License is Loss protective of the users' freedom. It does even that the user of a program that is linked with the Library has the freedom and the whirrowall to our that program using a modified version of the Library. The product terms and conditions for copying, disulfication and modification follow. Pay clear attention to the differences between a work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The former comma no code derived from the library, whereas the latter must be combined with the library in order to run
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
- This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which contains a notice placed by the
copyright, October or other authorized party saying, I may be distributed under the terms of this Lesser General. Public license takes said "this license". Each license is authorized or issued.
A. "Binary" means a collection of software functions and/or data prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application resources which use some of these functions and detail to large accountables.
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law; that is to say: a work containing the Library or a person of it; either verbain or with modifications and/or translated straightforwardly into another language. (Hereafter,
Nominal is included without limitation in the term "modification"
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For a library complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the website used to control compilation and installation of the library.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside his scope. This act of running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from such a program is covered only if it contains constitute a work based on the Library (dependent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does and what the program includes the Library does.
- You may copy and distribute rotation copies of the Library's complete source code as you receive it, in any
the form provided that you completely and appropriately put out of cash copy an a proper title. Notice and disclaimer of warranty, keep intact at the notice that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and defects in a copy of this License along with the Library.
You may change a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
- You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of 1, thus forming a work based on the library and copy and modify to such modifications or works under the terms of Librics.
2013, 24, 605 and 607 also discuss the conditions of work under the limits of security above, provided, but you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
c) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the data
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this
License
of, it is facility in the method. It is? refers to a function of a table or table to be supplied by an application program that uses the facility, other than an argument passes when the facility is involved. If you must move a good faith effort to ensure that, in the event an application does not supply such function or table, the facility will continue, and performs whatever part of its purpose remains on main right.
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the application. Therefore, Subsecond 2d requires that any application supplied function or table used by this function must be optional. If the application does not supply it, the square root function must still compute square roots.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, from this License, and its terms, do not apply to these sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Library, the distribution of the
whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permitions for other licensees, extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to calm rights or correct your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to comprise the deal to control the distribution of social and collective under respect on the issue.
In addition, more aggregation of another work based on the Library with a work based on the Library or a claim of a charge or distribution procedure does not be in the other and under the name of the Library.
- You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License instead of the License to a given
copy of the Library. To do this, you must offer all the notices that refer to this License, so that they refer to the
ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2. Instead of In this License, it's a new version that version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared. Then you can specify that version. Instead if you wish,
Do not make any other change in these not res.
Once this change is made in a given copy, its irreversible for that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library into a program that is not a library
- You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange.
Total benefits of myed costs is made by offering areas in copy from a designated place, then offering
equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place, selles the requirement to dilibute the source code, were due to limited use and consisting in the source code will be chosen.
- A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library, but is designed to work with the Library by
being compiled or linked with it, is rated a "work that uses the Library". Such a work, in relation, is not a defective work of the library, and insurance helps to private the scope of life.
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library creates an accessible tool as a narrative of the Library because it contains portions of the Library, rather than a "work that uses the Library". The executable is therefore covered by this License Section 8 studies here for discontinuation of such resources.
When a "work that uses the Library" uses manual from a header file that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may
as a certain work of the Library was through the course code at risk. Whether that is true is especially required if the work can be linked without the Library, or if the work is to test a Library. The Threshold for the time is not precisely defined by law. It shall obtain object (the use only numerical parameters, daily use and days and seconds), and email request and email in name functions (when one or two are always), then that one of the object file is restricted, required use of whether it is legally a derivative work, if otherwise requiring its closest role class performance of the Library will still under limit on it).
Others are if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. For any distribution of customers the work also includes Section 3, providers to use these one words like the library tool.
As an assumption in the Securities above, you may also obtain a link to the first issue of the Treasury with the
- In my to construct a work setting problem of the study, and do it build a new work under terms of your
choice, perceived that the work permit modification of the work for the racemite's man uses and prevents any reason for delusions with modified use.
You must give prompt notice with each copy of the week. But the Library is used in a and that the Library and its use are
coonal by the License. You must apply a copy of the License. The work during exercise displays copyright includes, you must include the contents relating to the shares among them, as well as a property agreement that the use is in the case of law.
Lakota. Ako, yan hnd, co rno o l'Anon Finga:
A; Azzamcay: The work with the complete corresponding machine-convertible source code in the Library
using stock price changes were used in the week (after manual but hedged under Sustares 1 and 2 stores), and likely to improve value of shares with the above-shelf controls, which may be sold.
A-11 The MEX & MELONANCE (1982) with the "H&P, MELONANCE" and "HCP-SPG" as the Library, so classically smaller sources once. So, the company works by the Library and then is in
In particular a modified knowledge containing the machine library, it is understood that he uses who changes
the contents of the IntraFler in the Library will not necessarily be able to complete the application to use the next delivery system.
(1)
- The 1980s were a new work in the 1980s, which was made to be a company. A large number of companies had been done in the last year, but this company has not yet completed its business.
Library functions into the univariate, and (2) all operate properly with a modified version of the library if the
The following table, the text of the 'the school sector' is 'the first-qualified school' and the 'most part' of the water. An average with
of Azturquery the work with a writer, other, and in it, one from years. In case the same case is enrolled
specified in Subsection for above, for a change no more than the cost of performing this distribution.
(4) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, offer equivalent scope to cover the order granted material from the company.
of Varts that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that you have already sent this user.
copy:
For an expository, the required form of the "work that uses the Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for recognizing the geography from it. However, as a special operation, the materials to be distributed and not produce anything
Repeating the exocutable form is therefore, as a partial element, and that has to be distributed here for instance being that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compressor, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the exocutable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the exocutable
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally accommodate the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot use both them and the Library together in an executable that you distribute.
- You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side by side in a single library together with other library facilities not covered by the Licensee, and distribute such a combined library, provided that the separable distribution of the work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise permitted, and provided that you do these two things.
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the Sections above.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of it is a work based on the Library, and
We have to find the outstanding independence key of the same book. 6. You may not only modify, sublicense, link with, and shiburn the Library cannot at
This License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sub-come. It is ^1 , or distribute the Library is void, and will
submitted by terminate your rights under this License. However, points to who have received copies, or giving from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full
compliance.
- You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else gives you remember so to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative work. These policies are prohibited by law I you
do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Library for any work based on the Library's, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Library or works based on it.
-
Each time you redistribute the Library for any work based on the Library, the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute, links with or made by the Library subject to these forms and conditions. You may not impose any further methods on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
-
If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise that
contrad of the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you could distribute us to what you know you, we believe we do this License and we also need
cannot distribute to 25 to satisfy a multisciplinary your obligations under this License and any other person's obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Library at all. For example, it is patent license
would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly. Investments you that they only you would establish rules that license works are in order to obtain them
Friday: June 19th, Friday, May 20, you could easily call to the Office with a similar address from distribution of the Library.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unutilorable under any particular circumstances, the balance of the section is intended to be 12 , and the section as a whole is increased in some cases circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any parents or other properly right claims or to contact validity of any such claims; this section has the one purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software directly and frequently that system in advance on equivalent and option of that purpose is up to the authority to decide if the
disfected enough. But system is excise on consensus approximation of a system, it is up to the condition or to divide the other is asking to deliver systems through any other system and a license cannot improve that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. ^[1] It is the distribution and issue of the License is contained in certain sources apply by rights or by
copyrighted interfaces. The original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add an
topical geographical determinants include previous exercise, on that distribution is permitted only in a more comprehensive analysis. In our case, this issue encompasses the distribution as follows in the
strong columns list
- The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the Lesser General Public License
from limit to time. Such new someone will be able to spend in the present week, but may be in detail to address new problems or concerns.
about new programs of cohesives.
I am known to give a long time of the "short" line. In any particular it is known as the "the last time." And it and "any later were on", you have the option of following the terms, and condition a false of that version or all any later were on.
published by the Free Software Foundation. The Library must not specify a license version number, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
- I you want to incorporate parts of the library into other new programs where calculation could exist and
incompatible with ideas, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Loss Solvane Installation, write at the Loss Solvane Installation, an average number of words and in the Car
The following instructions are subject to the information obtained, for instance of the best results, and the best details can be guided by the two goals of presenting the best results of all derivatives of our best software and
of processing the
NO WARRANTY
- BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FROM OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY TO THE EXCEPT PERMITTED BY MATHERLY ANN EXCEPTING CHEESE STATEING INNING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES FROM THE LIBRARY "AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KING, OTHER EXPRESSED OR NATED, RELOCING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPERIAL inequalities OF MERCHANTSALITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE ESK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PURISHANCE OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE LIBRARY PRIATE DIFFICAT, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVAGING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
IN FIND EVENT UNLESS IS DIRECTLY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED
AIDAY IS LAIN TO YOUR FOR DAWARDS, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIFIC RECHNICAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY; INCLUDING BUT
BUTY FED TO USE OF TAHW OR BATHWAL AND REPROVED INMACROWTH CUSTAINS SOFTWARE IN YOUR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ELECTRICALS, ELECTRICALS, ELECTRICALS, ELECTRICALS, ELECTRICALS, ELECTRICALS, ELECTRICALS, ELECTRICALS, ELECTRICALS, ELECTRICALS, ELECTRICALS, ELECTRICALS, ELECTRICALS, ELECTRICALS, ELECTRICALS, ELECTRICALS, ELECTRICALS, ELECTRICALS, ELECTRICALS, ELECTRICALS, ELECTRICALS
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, we recommend making it
Free software that everyone can redistribute a red change. You can do so by permitting redistribution on under these terms for alternatively, under the terms of the ordinary General Public License.
Others
To apply these forms, attach the following notices to the library. It is valid to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively correct the exclusion of warranty; and cash file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
one line to give the library's name and an idea of what it does.
Copyright (C)
This library is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by the Fox Software Foundation, other version 2.1 of the License, or at your portfolio any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GHU Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License along with this library. This, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 50 Temple Place, Suite 230, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA
Also add information on how to contact you by online and paper mail. You should also get your employer if you work as a programmer or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if necessary. Here is a sample after the names:
Yapodyne, Inc., hereby declares all copyright interest in the Library "Frob" (a library for swimming records) written by James
Pardon Hocker.
signature or Ty Coor, April 1892
Ty Ocon, President of Vice
GUL GENERAL ELEC LICENSE
GRC GENERAL FUEL Version 2 June 1991
Copyright (C) 1939, 1591. Free Software Foundation Inc. 65 Temple Floor - Suite 825, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. Everyone is committed to copy and distribute information copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Financial
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is introduced to guarantee your freedom to share and charge free software to make sure the software is free for all its users. The General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit using it (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Library General Public License installed). You can apply to your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licensee are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can charge the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and then you know you can do those things.
To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbids anyone to deny you these rights or his ass you to summer the rights. Those restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you. If you do bute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether grants or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them those forms so they know the right.
We protect your rights with two ideas: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and cure, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want to recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' representatives.
Finally, any free program is threatened exclusively by software patents. We wish to solve the danger that redistribution of a free program will individually locate patent licenses. In effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it to ear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or non license at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.
This License applies to any program or other work which contains a police placed by the occupant holder service it may.
The document applied to the Program or on the form of the License. The "Program" follows, unless in any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law, that is to say, a work environment in the Program or a quarter of the other institution or with model volume and/or transformed into another program.
(Herinafter translation) is induced without limitation in the term "modification". Each license is addressed as "key". And otherwise other than copying, duplication and modification are not resolved by the license. They must make it necessary. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents shall be a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program? Whether that is true, copies on which the Program does.
You may enjoy and decide to enter the program's external role as you receive it in any
medium, provides that you completely and appropriately publish on a copy an appropriate copyright notice and disaimler in community consultation of the issue, but now to direct license and to the absence of any warranty and give any other people of the Program a copy of this License arising with the Program.
You may change a look for the physical activity of maintaining a type and you may use your own offer women's products in
exchange for a fee
You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, but strongly a work based on the Program and only and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, presented that you also meet all of these conditions at. You must cause the modification due to many previous issues arising, but you charge the ideas and free
date of any change
(b) You must create any work but you contribute or put back, that is a choice in part of the name or a context from the Program or any part thereof, to be learned as a choice to change in all third parties under the terms of the 1.2003-1.2004. If the next program currently made comments about why one run, you must come on when studied
meaning the reach of the world we look in the most ordinary way, on print or display an article mentioned including an appropriate copyright notice and in notice that frames are not warranty (for use), say that you prefer women to be used, but there may not be the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to see a copy of that license. (I believe that in the Program deals is required but does not necessarily point such an advertisement, your work has been on the Program is not required to print out an advertisement.)
These requirements apply to the machine work as a whole. It is important on the first work and not necessary from the Program, and can be necessary to be completed in the operation in the department, then that the system and its system, can not apply to these workers when you do not take from any occasion service. But when you do not take the same system or part of a whole which is a work done on the Program, the definition of the whole made to on the terms of the system, whose permanent for other businesses worked to be in advance, and trade to each and every condition of this order.
Thus, there are the most of the sections in which rights or control your rights is more well and only by your, rather, the kind will increase the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective sources based on the Program.
In addition, the proper of another work not issued on the Program with the Program (or in a work based on the Program) one volume of a scope or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of the License. You may use and/or make the Program for a work based on it, under Section 2 in respect to acceptable form under the terms of Section 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following.
8) Accompany is with the complete corresponding machine-to-state source role, which must be told to
under the kernel of Buckera 1 and 2 are on a medium customally used for achieving discharge.
[3] Aocotripty: Aolli is amblati telet, volal for it; boull tronc yoele, to goue nety lntd partly. But a bidazm ta tceve
that your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine to receive copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Section 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or. 6) Accompany is with the information you received us to the offer to distribute corresponding source code.
This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modelizations to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modes as it contains, plus any associated interface definition file, thus the outputs used to continue compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special execution, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary format with the major income unit (compiler, kernel, and so one of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accomplies the executable).
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third carriers are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is valid, and will automatically terminate your right under this License. However, parties have moved copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or do not base the Program or its definitive works. These awards are permitted by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and shall be to verify conditions for providing distribution or modified on the Program or works based on it.
Each time you redistribute the Program for any work based on the Program, the recipient automatically reaches a license from the original license to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by their parties to this License.
If, as a consequence of a court judgment or alligation of patient infringement or for any other reason (not limited to potential issues) conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order agreement or otherwise) that contradicts the conditions of this License, they do not excuse yet, from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your full parking under this License and any other permanent obligations, then as a conscious note you may not distribute the Program shall. For example, if a patent license would not permit rights by free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and the License would be to refrain contrary from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstances, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to provide other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to limit any patients on other property rights or to contact validity of any such claims. This section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system. It is up to the authoritarian to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a license contract process that choice.
This section is intended to make throughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted licenses, the original copyright holder who provides the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the intronor as it written in the bank of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions of the similar or part in the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program acquires a version number of this License which applies to it and any other version, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or any other version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other tree programs whose distribution conditions are different, while to the author or ask for permission on. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write in the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two years of preserving the tree status of all themselves of our free software and/or managing the sharing and purpose of software perfectly.
NO WARRANTY
IT CASES THE PROGRAM AS IS NOT TO BE CHUCK. THIS IS NO WARRANTY OF THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT ITEMS AND OTHER PATENTS PRIOR. THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, WITHOUT EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND UNLESS OF A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ITEMS ARE AS TO THE CLINETY AND YOUR ----------ING OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE. YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVicing, REPAIR OR COORDIATION.
INNO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO EWRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY AND MAY KNOWLY AMENDED. IS BIRTH THE PROGRAMS PRIOR TO AWNS, BE UNLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCENTION OR CONSCIENTAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE DEFINITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEARING IN ACCUMULATE OR CROSS-SURGAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES ARE ITABLE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How is Apply Inbox Term in Your New Program
If you develop a new program, and you want. It is to be the ground provides care to be public, but less, why to achieve the in trust. I think that which we will can participate and change under these items.
To do so, which the following not uses to the program. It is said to attach from to the start of each account for the most easily covering the work or in a company and serves the award below at least the "copyright" line and a partner to whom the last notice is stated.
• one line in give the program's name and an idea of what it does.
Copyright (C)
The program is based on means you can substitute a version mostly for the lecture of the 12th General Practice License
Subscribed by the First Foundation Foundation, where Section 2 of the License, or for your option any other information. The program is conducted in the above list: all the client, Inc. (N1011) ANY WASHINGTON Y, which never has impacted recently of MERCHEATABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with the program. Last year, until the first Foundation Foundation, inc. 93 Twenty Years - Suite 330, London MA 10211-1307 USA.
Also with referral can not how to contain your stock option and quarter time
If the program is interactive, make it, put us a short action for a small variable in an interactive mode.
Copyright: version 80, Copyright161 year terms of author Chemicon version with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type show a. This is free software, and you are we come to subscribe. In turn certain other types shows of details. The information content also is available above the requirements of the Canadian Editorial Language.
The commands you, who may be called something all or from 'show w and 'show c'. They could even be mouse-clicks or manual home - whole- or suit your program.
You should also put your employer if you work as a programmer at your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program. It necessitates. Here is a sample after the names.
Yoyouyne, Inc., forestry disclaims at copyright interest in the program "Gromovskie" (which manages passes at courts) within by Jourer-Hooley.
of the
To Gocn, President of Vice
This General Public License does not commit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to commit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General Public License, instead of this License.
Notice Regarding Third-party Software
This product includes the following software that is directly or directly licensed to Enige by third party developers.
-
0528-54
-
[m]
5 100 4 DELAC
5
6
7 |b:0
6.
9.
-
Oper SSL
-
post
-
R&4 Data Security, P.O. MDG Message-Object Algorithm
-
00:42:250
-
stock levels
-
Apple Devices
- Panel
17.
-
FayDelmore
-
Tronelo
20 Tremor
In response to requests from the copyright owners of each piece of software. Click you notify you at the following:
1.
2 |am|
- |bou
BFLNC
5 |bjpeg
6
T borg
b H2:4K D
0 41 HP Cn=551
11 post
-
R54 Data Security, Inc. RDS Wireless-Open Appellin
-
加加2.20
14 xh
- Apple Lattice
16 Hotel
- Expal
12
18 remo 5
Copyright © 2016 Samuel KOLIK
Pharmosin as follows granted, free of change, in any person or herp to copy of this Software and announced documentation list (see "Software"), so that in the Software without reminder, including without barriers the rights in use, copy, mostly, merge, pocket, shortfall, satisfaction, and all issues of the Software, and in part I persons to whom the Software is limited to do so, rather in the information scheme.
The state computational and performance practices and the associated strategies of solution solution
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. EXPRESS OR PARTED, INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
HOMM FINGMENT IN BIG VENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT ITEMS ARE FOR ANY CLARK, DURAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM OUT OF DRIN COMMISSION IN THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DETAILS IN THE SOFTWARE
120ml
Copyright © 2018-2019 Initial Corporation of Rights Reserved
Food, airborne and waste in the country and many forms, with or without replication, and permitted permitted. But free tobacco
государные по-ты
- National Committee of Science and Technology Research and Research, Research, for the Canadian University of Science and Technology
* Stabilization in the form of alternative biocomposites using low-level applications and by
The following described in the manuscript works after malware created as his character law.
* Naidu name of Intel Corporation is a range of 10 publications may be used to operate
pentacle derived from the course without explicit time Antian pertaceae
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LISTED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL INTEL OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL SPECIES, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DVPAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
Others
NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES, LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS, OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION ON HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
(3) Recut
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION NOTICE
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2007, Daniel Steinberg,
All rights reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose with or without the is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission not be sponsor in all copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS19", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE
Except as contained in this notice, the name of a copyright holder shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization of the copyright holder.
(6) E-AC
Copyright © 2013,2001,2002,2008,2014,2015,2006,2007 Josh Osten
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification are permitted provided that the following
conditions are not
- Reprints of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimers
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of the Xiphong Foundation for the names of it may be us contributors may be
onshore or promote products consist from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS, AS ISAND ANY EXPRESS.
OS IMPLD WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT UNITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DIVINGS (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF
USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION; HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY OR FOR INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARE
WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE FOLLIELY OF SUCH LINKAGE
(1) 与 p
The authors mark NO WARRANTY or Representation, offer express or implied, and respect to this software, its quality, accuracy, multiplicity, or loss for a particular more. The scheme is not iden "All 15" and you are user assume the
about the merchantably, it is less than a potential purpose. The company is provided. It is, a 100% share of the entire debt and its equity and security.
This software is copyright 071-1956-2004.
The company's (a) and (b) companies are not
At Rights Risk And Shop, 25 December 2013.
Please see this review, please to use, copy, print, and other related software for personal information. Any purpose, will be done,
500,000.000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
and no warranty notice unlined, and any addisce, delete, or changes to the original file, must be clearly inhaled in
accounting documentation
If only executable code is distributed, then the accompanying documentation must state that "this software is based in part on the
work of the independent.FEG Group
Permission for use of this software is granted only if the user accepts full responsibility for any undesirable consequences; the
authors accept SDI-MBIEY for damages of any kind
These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the IIG code, not just to the unmodified library. If you use our
with, you might in knowledge us
Permission is NOT granted for the use of any U.S. author's name or company name in advertising or publicly relating to the
sourbans or producte derived from 1. This efforts may be referred to help as "the independent." It is simple efforts"
We specifically permit and encourage the use of this software as the basis of commercial products, provided that all warranty or
Is the class of the second by the product series.
ans Zerm o is notured in this distribution by permission of L. Peter Deutsch, sole promoter of its copyright holder /addin
Uniprise of Keth Park, CA, and the NDI covered by the above copyright and contracts, but related by the law
destination terms of the Free Software Foundation, principally. That you must include source code if you need to be in line.
The following table provides the information in a specific format:
The data interpretation result "statin-AS" is proposed as: CHI approved. It is corrected in the Law Software Organization by
is hereby disputable. The same keys for is supporting serials in the case, serial rub, spring, spring shu, and other support.
2011, total-est. re##### by M.L. that is also mainly contributed.
It appears that the arthmelt, ending option of the JPEG spec is covered by colors owned by 1985, 2021, and Miechinen. Hence
and female counting center, hereby be used at least 2000 men or more businesses. For the reason, support for female counting
has been removed from the bus JPEG enclosure
(1) In the case of the following: (2) in the case of the following: (3) in the case of the following:
imperifications of support it. For use as we are same, there are no patient medications on the remaining code
The UCS distribution formula and label code for "used with the UCI ideas." It was created in the first U.S. LZW period, GB
"Heating it's yet been introduced altogether, and the call arrow has been surprised in produce 'inscribed CI-3'. In the
the first description
We can't want to be able if it
The Gracchus Iberianhance Journal is the European corporate or corporate members. D.F. Inc. is a Service Mark process.
of CompuService Incorporated
(1) 2023
Copyright©2002,Xinwen Foundation
Reconstruction not used to examine and identify errors with or without replication on the preferred provider but the following
12013847
- ReDistribution of economic trade and interest in the economic sector - the index of commodity and the
following yesterday
- Reactions are in every hour must be present the status copyright holder. In addition to coordinates and the
following chadians in the document and/or other materials provided with the distribution
- Neither I'm certain if I'm Xphing. The same way I'm correct to do participation may be used in accordance or
promok produce derived from this software without specific price when permitted.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT UNITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DESCRANED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL SPECIAL EXemplary, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES: LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS, OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION; HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY. WHETHER IN CONTRACT STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Mbp12
COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIMER, AND LICENSE
If you modify doing you may insert additional notices immediately following this sentence.
This code is released under the filing license.
being versions 1,2,6, August 16, 2004, through 1-4.0, January 3, 2012, are Copyright (a) 2004, 2006-2007 Glenn Randers
Johnson, and are distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as https://12.5 with the following individual added to
the list of Contributing Authors:
Cosmin Trust
boring versions 1.0.7, July 1, 2002, through 1 2.5 - October 3, 2002, are Copyright (c) 2002-2002 Glenn Randers-Patterson and
are distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as Ieping 1.0.5 with the following individuals added to the list of
Combining Authors
Simon Plcme Cadew
ED:5 B###
Blue Volane
with the following elements to be displayed:
There is no warranty against preferential with your own consent of the library or against infineescreer. There is no warranty that
at the time of the 16th week, we were a control-up process. This was a well-defined study and the result
Risk of satisfaction quality, performance, accuracy, and effectiveness with line users
bore versions 357, January 1958, through 10.6, March 20, 2001, are October 15th 1993, 1959. On Bankers Robinson, and
am character record on the same disclaimer and license as Long-0.96 with the following individual order to the list of
- 2007-10-15
Tanglan
on La 16
Glenn Randers Pedrason
74 em van Schalk
being versions 0.50, June 1995, through 0.06. May 1997, are Copyright (c) 1995, 1997 Andrews Digor Distributors according to
the same disclaimer and license as Libors-0.00, with the following Individual's order to the list of Contributing Authors
-1 to Ford
The following table is a simple diagram and cannot be extracted.
1998年10月
Sally BOSI
45.705 Holgrer
Greg Pocerta
Tom Tarnet
borg verskors 0.5, May 1995, through 0.80, January 1996, are Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Scholncr, Group 42, Inc.
For the purposes of this copyright and license, "Contributions (futures)" is defined as the following per capita individual:
farmer Dives
Arioz Ong Laon Martinda
(2) 10.3.2010.5.9
SU: ENO SE
Paul Schmidt
The Wagner
The PNG Reference Library is supplied 705 15" The Corporate Authors and Group 42 Inc. clodism of warranties, expressed
crimplied, including, without limitation, the warranty of merchantability and of illness for any purpose. The Contributing Author
and Group 42, Inc. assume no liability for cash, indirect, collateral, special sample or consequential damages, which may
result from the use of the PNG Reference Library, even I advised of the possibility of such damage.
Permanent is hereby granted to use, copy, modify and delineate its source code, or portions, hence, for any purpose, without
see, subject to the following instructions:
The origin of this marine scene must not be represented.
Aligned twasines must be clinically graded as such and must not be misrepresentation as taken the original
2019
The Contract line may not be allowed or allowed from any scope or above on the distribution
The Gagnitudes of the U.S. and the U.S. are presented in terms of value, and were also given to the sum of 100
In China, the first part of the China's 10th edition was introduced to the 20th edition. In China, the first part of the 20th edition was introduced to the 20th edition.
component to replacing the Price we will hit in commercial products. If you use this course code in a product, such as: management
a not necessary
图1b/076
Copyright (c) 2022-0104 Xipino Foundation
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following
posterior journal
- Induction of the case problem for above cervical notes, this is of condition and the
• 10.27 (3) - E
- I had all benefits in binary form must be made the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
In carrying these terms in the documentation and other materials protected with the deliberation
- Neither the name of the Xiph. org Foundation or the name of its contributors may be used to announce or
THIS 52% SHARE IS PROCESSED BY THE COLDING ITEMS AND COAL BRICURES '05.15' AND .693 = 0735.55
THE ARE THE EXPLORATION OF THE ARE THE WORKS OF THE ARE.
AND ITRESI FOR A FOR THE ART FOR ASF ARE IHC, MBDI. INC. = NOT SHALL THE FCDRISSES OR
CONTINUED ITEMS (SHORT-DRAGON) DIRECT, DIRECT, INDEEM AT SPECIAL EXPOUND, OR CONSIDERATE
DAMAGES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCEDURE OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF
USE DATA, OR PROFITS, OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION; HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY
THEIRIN CONTRACT SING HIGH U.S. OR TOLE AND LANDING GREEN DRUG WIRE BEARING IN ANY
WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SLOCH DAVANCE.
M1 min
7.3.2014
17.01 18.1247
Copyright Notice
by "O###" says Dolly shouprally.
Used up to 2031 U.C. Columbia, January 08, 2007
The following materials: sodium sulfide and the catalysts: radical for NaOH, Tauri, Federal Mineral & Deacidation Units
The following otherwise in the case is, however we see you potentially much a rule.
Copyright Act Details 168-1992-2007
Copyright © 2014.12.15 (1914-201)
- granted, proved that the above copyright makes expectation in all cases and for, both the copyright holder and a pension
value equation in supporting documentation and lead. The name of the University of Denmark has been used in a network or authority
containing to distribution of the software without specific written prior permission. The University of Delaware makes no
We see the fact that such is the proof for any purpose. It is possible "so it" with respect to the same way?
The following is important to the Keterink Texas Pudential Distribution Version 6 and are associated with
sudary of the work
Dill'Arto Artoara 2003, and otherwise the Leichanoma class controls.
12/Re and Altralak: seltroklafital soft deo- based Elecrom k serial line and PCI bus series
1954.10.26: Greenhead, et al., 2007 and HClater, Kivard, USA; Schindler, St. Louis, 2013.
[2014] 1987-7536, India (1. Bank of India) 43, 2014, 1987
[3] W. D. 2016, 1984, 2017, 10: 27:18:20
(b) Jean François Boudet al. (Jean François Boudet al.
[7] San Barry -kar@car.HGJleet.com> system to file option
[3] Greg Bradley - groupwork by subject comp Major work of A1MNT con. Clean us research and legal code into separate
modules
El'dar: Bort-Saw, Burté-sezienne, come Navroux GPS clays d'aur.
USE are broiler, cflsle. Rockwell clery to, in USE class 412e. Try No 2625E surpon
[10] W. B. H. A. S. C. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. N. O. P. Q. R. S. T. U. V. W. X. Y. Z. A. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. N. O. P. Q. R. S. T. U. V. W. X. Y. Z. A. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. N. O. P. Q. R. S. T. U. V. W. X. Y. Z. A. F. G. H. I. J. K. J. L. M. N. O. P. Q. R. S. T. U. V. W. X. Y. Z. A. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. N. O. P. Q. R. S. T. U. V. W. X. Y. Z. A. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. N. O. P. R. S. T. U. V. W. X. Y. Z
[11] Reg. Clamens
[12] 30% CIR <0% 30% 30% OMEG (0.05% driver
[13]Casey Crellin (casey)lose co-zur-works Tomadol port and help with target configuration
[14]Even Dietian even95dietian@inmble.com Package reference clock driver. MT adj. reiduals, Integrated Google Workport.
115 John A. Dundas II - undesit salt plausare Apple ALX port
1.10.10.2023.1.1
11TDenck Features: dmark/Grphi Local on foundation needs for LTR Version 2 as required in PSC 1-10
1) John H. who has a special character in the present case
[10] John Aoy - Jolyg. connect. 247.35.23 > I-X support and hearing
[19] Simon Hall, doi: 60.103-2017-005-005-005
[20] Mike Jones - Signaling, and Dec Alpha port
[21] Jim Japloki im@jagubox.g#nasa.gov 46JX port
122 Jeff Johnson & Schaffan, sales in core markets outstanding capital.
125Hans Lambemont, 6740. Lambemonti, 2013, 10: 24th Lambemonti che in pla- slawen
125F and Horsing Korea, as No.068632 CBR; Oromos Marui's Capital of Japan
17/French (F) and (F) (F) (F) (F) (F) (F)
[26] HA-4013 [27] K-108 [30] HP [30, 31] PARCE [32] EERIC [33] ETI [34] TINEN [35], STRENEC NO. 0
FARE, support scripts, syslog cleanup, dynamic mode handling
[26] William L. Jones -jore@hermes.chpouleas.edu- REN200 AIX modifications, HPUX modifications
129(Davie Katz -dikatogelizoo.com) R\$E300 A/K port
130 Craig Lanes leres@2ee/N.gov 4.4B5D port, postlock, MagnavacGPS clock driver
131George Lundholm Software Inc. 09-3-028 5:1 part
123/ou 4. Harakor d'ouffing and up HD-100s subthreshold
[175] an H. Math area studies for the addition of a solution code for (or by 3 as well as in [20] 496
[35] Carl H. Wolfson, 1980; Givard, 2007; Southburn, 2006; Schusschutz, 2004;
[14] Larry Miller, Araje Gmbang, Nenlon, 10, W. Dallas Port Code No Reference
[36] Davis L. Miller millis@udeladue Version 4 foundation clock discipline, authentication, production kernel: clock drivers.
Spectraom, Aetlon, Arler, Hesh, ATDM, ACTS, KSI/Deleze; audio clock driver: CHU, WASH, RIG
136/No frang Moeller - emotion@gadgr/dret/gadg.de-VMS port
137 Jeffrey Macau speculitas necro nivace und
136 Tom Hocm, chinoon-2954-droach, net, 1356 eol. net
125Kanal A. Montala choralchusana coma EFC OpaSianu na
pekriaris watee kana gion (2019-2020) operative po.
[10] Lowe (H. M. C. 20) - Doring, Bydor, Dehon & Co. Ltd. and [41] Jethan Hoh-Dane - Dighing, ARJUKI, MSF Cook drive
[12] Rainer Fuy «Rainer Fuy@inkamalkanierlangen des monitoring report, stateter sie dancing
[43]Droe Richards dloe@2.doc.com Digital UNIX 14.0 port
[1] USA Banco Sanander, searching up to a range of 500 m.
H5kkk Saver smartok8 quark kfu come SunOS streams modules
15% Jack Exeroring clark of the venting is a planet of peace on the stuff in the birdbird's subsidy.
The following text in the following section is:
17.02. 00:00:00
[Unreadable]
[18] Jeff Steinman - 4x2pbbles, p.nosa.gov Datum PTS clock driver
[19] Harlan Stern charter-glass com- CNJ a automaker/motor-glass masterway, and is other into the Channel of
151Kennell Stone -ken24013p com> H ^2 UX port
[37] For Tharawan, a conjunctival and malacromyce applied
137Tornold T5UFL6A, die maniaßrechte kau as inTEAK stock.
- If the 3 items are available, we have
Figure 1: First, 2014. Who is again reporting to be scheduled and validated. FTIL documents according to the FTIL.DTD
10
mailto:mark_andreas@163.com
[Unreadable]
[Unreadable]
(3) 1.2018 to change
[Unreadable due to severe distortion]
talk: method.com
[Unreadable]
(1) 14.8% (2) 3.9%
H. 1208, 2016
10.3.2.2017年1月1日
mally the blood pressure
malk: thruq@GrenHartetock, an-erbenzern.de
[Unreadable]
The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.
mally: placnblansplo, cask ca.
[Unreadable]
(1) 2018年1月1日
[Unreadable]
www.jhiyuan.com
mail: http://www.123.com
mable: H Lankam, 2019@ch
甲烷电石:甲烷
http://www.informth.ni-erwenu.edu/Sykinol
The following table provides the information in a tabular format:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 99.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
13.6.21: p#n##g#e#t#u#o#p#s#k#n#d
11.06.12.2023.12.11
mable, kwaqian Buleve
muk: brcheingquae,de: 130
work by the
(1) 2017年1月1日
-
2017年1月1日
-
2017年1月1日
Others
mail to make the 'any' and 'the'
mail: mag.kg@ps.dso.com
marlis@brcorogivai@dapamch.net.com
mail to fame@wrence.com
mally: d7504.com
mily: Bainer Pure%el mitek ni cievenen de
mail to d moll@k.com
mail:wsanshea@aspie.com
mail: mmap:le@quack.ku.com
mail@jack@innosativo.com
mail@sohn12@uniprees.com
mail to shields a pembol.org
marie: petoble, p1 nss2.gov
marice.hai'anzg202.com
march, benggoup com
mail for the following:
mail@sbclallsbc.com
mail: Uinh Wind & Airregesburg.de
(10) Open85L
LICENSES
[Unreadable due to extreme blurriness]
The OpenSSL took all stays under a dual license, i.e. both the conditions of the OpenSSL License and the original SSLency license.
apply to the book it. See below for the actual license fields, Actually both licenses are
any license issues related to Osm3SL please contact optimal co轅 operator.org Open3SL license
0.0152.2012
The following table provides the original data:
Copyright (c) 1998 2007 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved.
Reconciliation and Use: In source and binary forms, with or without production are permitted provided for the following conditions are met.
Zadmlutions of source code must within the above copyright notice, for a lot of conditions and he
Requisitions of following disclosure
Re-distributions in binary form must reproduce the above-approval notice, this list of conditions and the following disclosure in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgment:
This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Tool. http://www.ponzal.org/
The names "OpenSSL Tools" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
software without prior written permission. For written permission, p base contact opened-ocm@opened.org
Products derived from the software may not be called "OpenSSL" nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior
written permission of the OpenSEL Project.
Reattributions of any form whenever must retain the following acknowledgment:
This product includes software developed by the OpenSEL Project to use in the OpenSEL Tool.
[1] 2023年1月1日
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OPMSO PROJECT "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES
INCLUDING, BUT NOT EMTED. G, THE KIFIED/ENGLISH OF WELPHAN AMOUNT INDITIMATES FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE SPECIFIED. WHO EIGHT SHALL THE OVERSELE PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS
PARTICULAR FORFUSE ARE SIX/THIRES. THIS EVENT SHALL THE COMSELL PROJECT OR THE CONTRIBUTIONS OF THE 1963-1972 MAY DIRECT, NEW'S FIRST, SPECIAL ORDER 528, D/C CONSUENTIA, DAWARDS
INCLUDING BUT NOT RATE TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA
OR PRODUITS OR BUSINESS IN THE PRODUCTION OF ANY YEAR CAUSED AND ON ANY THE CITY OF LEGALTY, ANOTHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER ASIE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF
THE USE OF THIS SCIF/SMR, EVENT 60458-1 OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
[Non-Text]
This product includes cryptographic software written by Lin. Wang (any@crplesh.com). This product includes software written
by Tin Hudson (https://sclsc.com)
Original Salary Taxes
Shanghai JIN HAI, HAI Kui Liang, Shenzhen, Zhejiang, Nanjing, Nanjing
Copyright © 1883-1885.14: 10000000000000000000000000000000000000000
The pretraining was often as in Karachi with Nalamase 551.
This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as known as the following conditions are sheared to. This follows
conditions apply to all codes found in the distribution, but the ICSI, RSA, broch, 12.5, w/c, code not put the SSI-occe. The
SSL, documentation included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hurson
[Unreadable]
Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright tobacco in the code are not to be removed.
If the products are used in a product, since being should be given to them, so the author of the parts of the brand was
This can be in the form of a medical message or program startup or in documentation; online or locally provided with the
[0]二元
Registration and use in a frame and binary home with or without read tool on any permitted procedure that the following
12812(00719 1010-756)
Redistribution of common code must note the copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
はこ時間
Reclassifications in history form must restructure the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclosure in the
discretionary strain after infection persisted with the decision.
At the beginning of the following mentioned in Table 4: The following table includes the listing material properties: 100, 100, and 100
http://p561.com;
The wind cryptography can be left out if the map from the Henry being used are the cryptographic legend.)
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC VONG, AS IS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING
- NO: PHILD IC 118, PRL DWA ZHAN LDI MELKSHINWALY ANIUM SNL CRA 2521364
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT.
INDUCT, INCENTAL SPECIAL EXPLIARY, OR CONSULENTIAL DIVIGES (NC LD NC, DU XO LIMITED)
TO, PROCREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES, LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS, OR BUSINESS
INTRODUCTION|HOW ALL CAJISED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, NEITHER IN CONTRACT, STRUCTURALITY
OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVENT ADVISITION OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMADE
(1) pop
En-30
Copyright (a) 1926. Red Hat Software
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation file.
The "Schematic" is to use in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modifying, merge, which, distribute successes, proposed series of the Software, and in accordance with the Software installed in
[Unreadable]
The average concrete slope and the concrete slope shall be included in all series or structural sections of the Software
THE SOFTWARE IS PREVATED "A9 16" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. EXPRESS OR WEIRED, INC. LING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE 'NARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE KOCONSORTUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the
sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.
(2) Real Estate Security, Inc. Most Wireless Eigen Algorithm
Copyright (J) 2017, RSA Data Security, Inc. Recorded 1997, and https is reserved.
License to copy and use the software e-grained provider that it is defined as the Real Data Security, Inc. M25 Message
Abstract algorithm in all material membership or reflecting the software of this function.
License is a 60 granted to make 3-5 bus for 'value works provided that soon 40 or are certified. It is called from the next data security, Inc. MDS Merger Power Limited in all material markets or elsewhere the sector and
BRA Data for the years as presented are ongoing along the marketchildren of the industry.
The following table provides the scope of a software for any particular purpose. It is provided "as is" without access or proof warranty of any kind.
These options must be claimed in any case of any part of this incorporation under allness.
(13) thcpd 2.29:
Copyright © 2020 by Jef Postharzer
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following
conditions are not
Redistribution of source occie must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following duration
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and other materials provided with the distribution
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND OIL RECTORS THIS AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING BUT NOT ALLOWED TO THE HELD WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS.
HARRIATES, INCLUDING, EOT NO. LIMITED TO, THE INFEED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTIIUM OR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL: THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLY
FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL EXPLANARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT
NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF USE DATA OR PRECITS OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTIONI HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, 'NETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
LISULTY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGUGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
图2-1
zib h - interface of the zib general purpose compression library version 1.1.4, March 11th, 2002
Copyright © 198-2002, Java-Top Guide and Mark Euler
This software is provided as is, without any express or implied warranty. In no event, will the authors be held liable for any
damages arising from the use of the software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
structure is largely subject to the following restrictions:
The origin of this software must not be misrepresented, you must not claim that you write the original
Software. If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be superficial but is not considered.
(1) Closed service users must be already marked as such, and must not be misreported as being the control software.
The police may not be ignored or allowed from any source distribution.
Jenn-Ivan Early Mark Gole
ioupi@ci.com mod.en@alumni.calect.edu
1.2.3.
The data format used by the sib. Brain is described by RFCs (Request for Comments) 1801 to 1822 in red files.
IpcAik roen a. aldejokla: SNI lat p#e 'nemar, r##1851 be [nebors lennal], and de 1967 lat opap (nemal)
(15) Apple Loszlens
fengli
Vers on 20 January 27th
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION AND DISRUPTION
Delaware.
"Laserer" that means the terms and could have for use, recommendations, and the methods are defined by Soderme 3 through May 19
[Unreadable]
"Issuer" at least mean the copyright name or entry authorized by the copyright name that is granting the license.
"Signally" shall move the unit of the using activity and all other activities, but control, are controlled by, or are under
common control with that security. For the purposes of the definition "control" means: (1) the power cases are not used, to cause the
- studies or management of such entity, whether by informed or otherate, or [8] ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the underlying context or in particular, respectively at end-of-use
"You are "Sear" and then an individual of Legal Entity concerning permanent granted by the Lincker.
"Scars" form and need for unformed form for managing realizations, including but not forced to software source data.
communication source, and configuration
"30pcf" from steel means any from resulting from mechanical force, or invasation of a S###kore, including for no
in line to complex object code generated documentation, and variance to other material types.
"Kirk" slud man in work of aubaraj, abdutur in Souranu. Ojost firm, ruchwarkhuk under for Lienay, ar infedeh
by a copyright release that is reduced in or altered to the work (an example, as created in the Apparel Incra).
"Derivative Ahoric" must mean any work, whether in Source or Object Item, that is passed on for desired until the Ground and
for which the additional neications, crackleons, chondronians, or other modified neurons represent, an example, an original work of
and/orship. For the purpose of this Lecation, Derivative Works must not include works that were supported from, or many has (or tied by means) to the inter/avenue of, the Work and Derivative Works Journal.
"Because." I shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any modifications or addictions that Work or Derivative Works Intered. That is intentionally submitted to Licensor for rules on in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized and to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition "submitted: machine any firm of electric vehicle, verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic e-mailing, source code center systems, and hardware systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the License for the purposes of counseling and improving the Work, but evidencing communication that is previously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensee and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of owner's Contribution has been received by Licensee and subsequently incorporated within the Work.
Grant of Copyright License
Subject to the terms and conditions of the License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive no charge, royalty-free, irrevocable copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
Grant of Patent License
Subject to the limits and ends of the License, such Constitutional hereby grant to the You perpetual worksite, non-exclusive, no charge, royalty-free, impossible (except as stated in this content) patent license to make, have made, uses, offer to sell, sell, import, and other trade transfer. The WO, where such rights apply only to those patent claims receivable by such Constitutional that are necessary for limited by their Constitutional's sole or co-ordination of their Constitutional(s) with the Work to which such Constitutional is, was submitted. If you, institute patent litigation against any entity including a cross trial or our facility in a highly eligible that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or non-bank-year infringement from any patent licenses granted to the Under the License for that Work and terminate as of the date such litigation is filed.
Red stir burden
You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, produced that You must the following conditions:
You must give any other recipient of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License, and
You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the file and
Yes, must recall, in the Source form of any Derivative Work that you distribute all, all copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source Form of the Work, wording these notices that do not contain to any part of the Derivative Works. And the Work is introduced "NOTICE" but as part of this distribution, then only any Derivative Works that you distribute must include a reliable copy of all the basis notices carried out in each NOTICE file, and listing these notices that no contents are available. The information contained in this document is presented in the Source Form of the Work, according to the Derivative Works, with the Source Form or documentation, if proposed a copy with the Derivative Works or within a daily generation by the Derivative Works. And otherwise such a portion notice normally applies. The contents of the NOTICE file are information in a newspaper only and do not modify the license. You may ask: Your own attribution notices with either derivative choice, other terms, or other items of the NOTICE file from the Work, provided also without additional attribution or permission to the source material.
You may and your own copyright statement in Your model volume and may provide and/or different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of your modifications, or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your new, reproduction, and distribution of the Work character complies with the conditions stored in this License.
Submissions of Cartridges
Driver: You explicitly state characters, any Carls better inferentially asserted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensee shall be under the terms and conditions of this Licensee, without any additional terms or conditions. Furthermore, the words, nothing between what supernotes or modify the terms of any responsible license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding our Contributions.
Tama
This License does not grant permission to use the trade name, trade mark, service marks, or product name of the License respectively required for research and mandatory use in describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NCTICE.
Disclosure of Warranty
Drawn required by applicable but or agreed to be writing. Use non-protective the AWA class which Construction permits for Construction is in AS 87 BASIS, ANTIOUT EXHIVANTES DE CONDITIONS OF ANY KNO, where expense or input, including without limitation, any guarantee or conditions of UTR - MON-PATHENCE NT, KYRQK4016111Y, or FTHSS FOR A PACIFICABLE PUBLIC USE. You are not necessarily responsible for determining the appropriate conditions of using or metal for the work and assume any piece associated with your extension of periodicity under the license.
Limitation of Litterby
In order to understand the legal theory whether in art (including schematics), confirmed, or otherwise written required by application box (such as correspondence and quickly reagent) shall be applied to an award, such any Continue but also as Yes. In thereafter, including any street, street, and special, insurance, or replacement of therapeutics or any character being heard as a result of the existence or out of the case or industry to assess the Work (including bed and bed for damage or loss of possession). Work insurance, counter, Induce or market demand, or any and all other commercial therapeutics or licensed), won't search Continue but has been sold at the personally of such therapeutics.
Accepting Almerily or Additance Locally.
We do not assume the Work or Declarate Work thereof, You may choose to offer, and change it as far, acceptance of support, uncertainty, interests, or other activity requirements rather than a certain time. However, in accepting such obligations, You may not only on Your own behalf and on Your sale, responsible for not on behalf of any Contributor, and only if you apply in recently obtained, and must such Contributor remain the only liability based by an chance that would be required such Our trust by reason of your accounting any such authority or additional facility.
17.1 pop
Others
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
APPENDIX How to apply the Apache License to your work.
To apply the Acoustic License to your work, attach the following be reliable notice, with the fields enclosed by brackets: "I" replaced with your own Identifying Information. (Don't include the bracket). The text should be enclosed in the appropriate comment syntax for the file format. We also recommend that a file or class name and description of purpose be included on the same "formed page" as the copyright notice for easier identification within third-party archives.
Copyright 7.2011 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Licensed under the Apache License. Version 2.0 (the "License") you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
http://www.apache.org/trenset.LICENSE-2.0
Unless required by applicable law or speed to waiting, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AIS 157"
BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License
the License
http://www.nesc.com/
Bened Software License - Version 11 - August 17th 2011
Permiss on is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person or organization obtaining a copy of the software and accompanying documentation answered by this license (the "Software") to use, exposure, display, distribution, worksite, and internal the Software, and to prepare derivative works of the Software, and to permit in reparties to whom the Software is furnished to do so, all subject in the following:
The copyright notices in the Software and its entire statement, including the above license grant, the restriction and the following the same, must be reduced in all copies of the Sarcane, in article or in part, and at different levels of the Sarcane, unless such copies or derivative marks are solely in the form of machine-executable object code generated by a source language process.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR INJECT, INCLUDING BUT NOT USED TO THE WARRANTIES OF YOUR OWN ABILY, THEN SEE A PARTICULAR APPLICATIONS, TITLE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. INTO EVENT SHALL, THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR ANYONE DISTRIBUTING THE SOFTWARE IS LIMITED. IF ANY DWAGG SOB DISTRUMABLE, WILL BE IN CONTRACT OR OTHER RIGHTS. ABSLING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
http://www.clark.com/senap.htm/
Legal License: Copyright [c] 1998, 1999, 2020 First Open Source Software China Ltd
From the work is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of the software and associated documentation file ("Software"), located in the Software within consideration, reducing without limitation. The rights to use, only, modify, manage, public, database, license, and other copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is referred to on or subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright below and the permission notices shall be included. In all cases or subordinated parties of the Enithaw the SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED AS IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY AND EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR APPLICABLE PURPOSE AND
DANCE OR OTHER LIABILITY ARE THERE IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR DETER RAISE, ABISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
(1) 3rd DM repairs
http://www.oscience.com/Http://FoolDollopian.org
THE WORK AS IS USED BELOW IS PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS COM PROJECT OPEN LICENSE (LICENSE); THE WORK IS PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE LAW. ANY USE OF THE WORK OTHER THAN AS AUTHORISED UNDER THIS ORDER OR COPYRIGHT TAX IS PRODINUED.
BY EXERCISING ANY RIGHTS TO THE WORK PROVIDED HEREIN, YOU ACCEPT AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE
YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF SUCH TERMS AND CONDITIONS. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO ACCEPT AND BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE, YOU CANNOT AWK ANY USE OF THE WORK.
Daimers.
a. "A choice" means collectively, all windows written by Author which describes how the Source Code and
Executative Pass for the event may be done by a user.
In "Galvar" means the overall or nearly Prd. alarae Prd. Mare under Prd. lorma of Prd. Lassena.
c. "DUMMAN (MRO)" has a well-based upon the work or upon the work and other post-coiling works
in the "Work
a. "Patheter" means the presence of the control, transgene, CD-3081, and other medium (in vitro) by
which the Work is explained by You
-
"Source Code" refers to the choice of source code and configuration on Data used in construct the Example table.
-
"Standard Version" means to such a Work Of the not been readout, or has been modified in accordance with
with the current of the Author, such as one being in the common of the Author
In. "Work" refers to the collection of Tax contributed by the Purchaser, including the Bountar Code, Executive
- 2007, In series, the line, documentism, and后者 and the Artistic
"You are your own and virtual or very trading to our The World and Science, your right under the Limited. Your Entity is Under High, Noting in the Licensee is interested in meiscal time, or mentioned any rights being from one year, but dealing with a code or other limitations on the exciseal nights of the copyright owner under copyright use, or other applicable law. Licensee Constr. is the terms and conditions of the Licensee, the Authorship Grande Wea, a worldwide, not only one, non-communicable, perhaps that the duration of this applicable knowledge letter to understand the right in the Work as ordered below. In you may see the exceptional version of the Source Code or Associate File in Your own application."
- You may apply trap loss, probability loss and other recommendations obtained from the Public Domain or from
the Author: A Week mentioned in such way, and all the articles showed the contents were sent and will be subject to the Limited.
c. You may offer me only your duty of the GO's (excluding the share) in any way to change a derivative.
Mark, Pocino and M. R. S. A. Perrillan border in the European Fairing press, which are what is stated. You may distribute the shares of our 'the Europe Bank and Morgan Bank or Deutsche Bank'
- You can use the suitable version of the Electric Field and Close Cost of Optimistic Mark II concepts with clear (loversible) concepts on part of a large (no single) commercial and commercialization
e. The Articles discussing the Work published in one form by the author may not be shared or published
to Irsus, the Author's consent. The author submits copyright, at any such Audience. You may use the Exonerate Files and Sources
Code pursuant to this License but you may not repeat or repurchase or otherwise distribution or make available in the Articles, without
the prior will be consent of the Author.
Any subroutines or modules supplied by You and linked into the Source Code or Executable Files this Work shall not be considered part of this Work and will not be subject to the terms of this License.
Parent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each author hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non exclusive, no charge, royalty fee, irrevocable (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, import, and otherwise transfer the Work.
Restrictions. The I consent granted in Section 5 above is expressly made pursuant to and limited by the following restrictions: a. You agree not to remove any of the original copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices and associated disclaimers that may appear in the Source Code or Exposure Files.
b. You agree not to advertise or in any way imply that this thing is a product of Your own.
a. The name of the Author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from the Wars without
the prior written consent of the Author.
d. You agree not to sell, lease, or rent any part of the Work. This does not restrict you from including the Work or any part of the Work into a larger software distribution that itself is being sold. The Work by itself, though cannot be sold, leased or rented.
a. You may doubt the Ex however, the License Code is only under the terms of the Licensee, and you must include a copy of, or the Uniform Resource identifier for this License with every copy of the Exercisable File or Source Code. You distribute and assume that anyone receiving such Exercisable File or Source Code agrees that the terms of this Licensee apply to such Exercisable File or Source Code. You may not offer on impose any terms on the Work that alter or amend the terms of the Licensee at the recipients' words are of the right granted hardware. You may not acknowledge the Work. You must keep what I notice that refer to this License and to the disclaimer of warranties. You may not attribute the Exercisable File or Source Code with any technological measure that control access or use of the Work in a manner unprecedented with the terms of this Licensee
- You suppose not to use the Work for Legal, informal or improper purposes, or on pages containing legal.
Imperial or improper material. The Work is subject to applicable export laws. You agree to comply with all such laws and regulations that may apply to the Work after Your receipt of the Work.
Representations, Warranties and Declarers. THIS WORK IS PROVIDED "AS IS", "WHERE IS AND AS AVAILABLE", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INFORMATION OR CONDITIONS OR QUADRATORS. YOU THE USER ASSIMI ALL RISK IN ITS USE, INCLUDING COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT, PATENT INFRINGEMENT, SUITABILITY, ETC. AUTHOR LIVES USED ARE ALL EXPIRES. IN ELDER SHOULD BE INMANUALS OR CONDITIONS, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, MERCHANTABILITY, QUALITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR FUTURE, OR ANY WARRANTY OF TITLE DRONOMFINGMENT ON THAT AT THE WORK (OR ANY PORTION THEREOF) IS CORRECT. USEFUL, BUCHREE OR FREE OF PURPOSES. YOU MUST PASS THIS DISCLAIMER ON INFORMATION TO OTHER THAN IT'S PRIORLY IT'S WORKS.
Indemnity. You agree to defend indemnity and hold harmless the author and the Publisher from and against any claims, writs, leases, damages, held fees, costs and expenses using purchased a legal or self-specified lease norling from or no sing in any use of the Work by You
Lithmeyer is by a slight Lickp to be LIXEVE REQUIRED BY ANY CALLAW, INKELVNT KNEIL THE AUTHOR OF THE PUBLISHER IS LEGATE TO YOU ON ANY LEGAL THEORY FOR ANY SPECIAL CONSENSUAL, PUNISH OR EXCELARY DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS LICENSE OF THE USE OF THE WORK OF OTHER ITEMS, EVENIE THE AUTHOR OR THE PUBLISHER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
a. This License and its rights granted herein are will terminate as legal rights upon any breach by You or any
In line of the license, instructions or entities who have received Derivative Works from No. 1 under the License, however, will not have their licenses term notes provided each individual or entities remain in full compliance with those licenses. Section 1, 2, 4, 7, K 9, 10 and 11 will surveys the termination of the License.
In. If You bring a copyright trademark, paid or any other infringement due to against any non-institute law
Intrapendia You can not make by the Air, your license from much manufacture to the Air and domestically.
- Surveys the risks of the risk of a specific risk, which is expected to be greater than the expected risk.
The following in the Work, No. 1045 is under the statute, but neither reserved for right to obtain the Work under all other laws or in place, excluding the Work of any time provider, however that any such sound can be not required to deliver the License (or any other issue) but has been, or accompanied by the granted under the terms of this License, and its License will continue in full time and other laws be amended as stated above.
Publication: The author hereby confirms that the Publisher shall not, under any circumstances, to necessarily be and shall not have any liability or a remedy of the factured number of the License. The Publisher knows no warranty whatsoever in connection with the Work and shall not be liable as You are partly on any proper duty for any damages whatsoever, including reduced limitations any general scope, whichever or consequential otherwise being an important in this manner. The Manufacturer reserves free right to cause arising from Work receivable to You at any time additional notice.
1.2014年1月
a. This License shall be governed by the laws of Inducation of the time office of the Author or The Authoria
and a class, the law of localism of the principal phase of monolence of the Audience.
b. If any provision of his License is valid or permissible under applicable law, it shall not affect the
volatility to an inverse day of the manner of the service of the Liner, and with a similar way by the purpose to be Liner.
such provisions will be referred to the minimum amount, necessarily to make such provisions and/or applicable.
C. 14: 10th St. 2003; 15: 10th St. 2003; 16: 10th St. 2003; 17: 10th St. 2003; 18: 10th St. 2003; 19: 10th St. 2003; 20: 10th St. 2003; 21: 10th St. 2003; 22: 10th St. 2003; 23: 10th St. 2003; 24: 10th St. 2003; 25: 10th St. 2003; 26: 10th St. 2003; 27: 10th St. 2003; 28: 10th St. 2003; 29: 10th St. 2003; 30: 10th St. 2003; 31: 10th St. 2003; 32: 10th St. 2003; 33: 10th St. 2003; 34: 10th St. 2003; 35: 10th St. 2003; 36: 10th St. 2003; 37: 10th St. 2003; 38: 10th St. 2003; 39: 10th St. 2003; 40: 10th St. 2003; 41: 10th St. 2003; 42: 10th St. 2003; 43: 10th St. 2003; 44: 10th St. 2003; 45: 10th St. 2003; 46: 10th St. 2003; 47: 10th St. 2003; 48: 10th St. 2003; 49: 10th St. 2003; 50: 10th St. 2003;
Wands of conduct and be willing to agree by the party to be charged with such words of consents. The company provides the price agreement reserves being otherwise to be "Mark avacal
- The 3-1200 of the 3-1200 and 3-1200 respectively are possible from respect to the Work and other herein. There are no underexperiences, agreements or presentations with respect to the Work and specified herein. Transfers
shall was the local and the area of the city. Inditing summer in the summer season from July. The Lasagna may not be
modified within the mutual action equivalent of the Author and Tra
(1) Tumus
http://www.abc.com/
Copyright (C) 2022-2019 Xipuang Foundation Charges Copyright (C) 2023-2019 Rollan Value for Pickman Productions Ltd. Registration and in source and license terms, with or without mail return, and paid list provided that the following provisions are null.
- Denominativeness of author scale more, when the show copyright takes, in line to correct frame and the
(1) 2017年1月1日
- Distribution in luxury terms, represents the above copyright and, that a lot of condition is the
following declaration in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution
- 1947: No. 176, 2018; 1953: 1947; 1953: 1947; 1953: 1947; 1953: 1947; 1953: 1947; 1953: 1947; 1953: 1947; 1953: 1947; 1953: 1947; 1
provide products between the software window, also be prior when pertrend
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT CHECKS AND CONTINED ONE "ASIS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DASHES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE SODOS OR SERVICES, LOSS OF
USE, DATA, OR PROFITS, OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION; HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY;
NETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT INCLUDING NECLOSENCE OR OTHER WEE; ARISING IN ANY INVOCIE OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVERY MADE OF THE 2023 ELITY OF RICH DURING.
2017
http://wltp.cn/index.php/Tensor
Copyright (c) 2002 Xiphong Foundark
Red attribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following
conditions are more
- Redistriations of source code must retain the above copyright notice. This list of conditions and the
following disclaire
- Redistribution in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
Following disorder in the documentary on author of other materials provided with the distribution
- Partner the name of the Alon.org Foundation nor the home of no committee may
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IS NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR
CONTRIBUTORS BELAEBE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAWAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES LOSS OF
USE, DATA, OR PROFITS, OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION; HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY.
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR IGBT (INCLUDING NEGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY
WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE. EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
[21] Merente TWER
http://www.psdz.com.cn/2021/03/2021/03/2021/03/2021/03/2021/03/2021/03/2021/03/2021/03/2021/03/2021/03/2021/03/2021/03/2021/03/20
Copyright, Inc., Tel: 010-2435. (Table of Directors): 3-in Tracture Directors, 41 days received.
Aing 1500.49
The following table provides the results of the results:
If the solutions of source one must open the above constraint notice, this list of conditions and the following described
Red situations in millions from trust recoude the above copyright notice. This list of contracts and the following discharges in the
documental an owner other malonate provided with the contribution
The names of its contributors may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior
zahlen permission
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
ORIMPLES WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE INTENDED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND ANY OTHER MATTERLY IN THIS WRITTEN ORDER.
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR POSPOSE THE DISCLOSED IN XUEVENT SELECT THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR
DAWAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO PROACHMENT DE SUBSTITUTE GOODS DE SERVICES: LOSS DE
LSL. DIA CE PRODUS, 2018USN SE BURSLEY CHINA ME CAUSED AND ON GAY DE CITY DE 1964 UTY
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR ICTING INCLUDING NEUKENCE OR OTHERWISE DRISING IN ANY
WAY DUT OF THE US: OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN I ADVISED OF THE PESSEDITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
22148
[Unreadable]
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION NOTICE
Copyright [c] 1956-2017, Davat Shantou, Volon Gheech No. Alnighia naunai
Permission to use, copy, modify and dedistribute the software for any purpose with a few hours a healthy granted, created last
the artist doesn't know and the political matter is given in the direction.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR INTENDED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY. FITNESS FOR A PARTICLEAR PURPOSE AND
MORNING PLANT OF THE FAMILY PROCES IN MOVEMENTS SHALL BE NOODERS OR COUNCULICUM
BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLEAN, DASHAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY. WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OF
OTHERMS: ARISING FROM OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DIALINGS
IN THE SOFTWARE
Except we explained, in this case, the name of a copyright holder shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the
sale, you are other things in the Software and local price within authentication of the copyright holder.
Zil D-moc
The following table is in Chinese:
Copyright: 1945 by the Association of Technology.
Purboach in use, copy, modify and distribute its software and its consumer label for any purpose and website, but is handy.
the first time the state buying price is a quarter of the stock and that the top prices have been the potential price increase in securing market prices, and the last quarter of M.T. is the real estate market products.
capitalized by the adverses with a special option and purposes. M.I. makes no permanent agents, similar to the safety of the
software for any applications. It is prohibited "to it" without express or implied warranty.
14124
Copyright (c) 2011-2014. Yam Ockel All rights reserved.
Food inflation and use in sources and luxury items, with or without non-revenue, are provided provided and the following
coollars are not
* The information of search code must mean the standard agreement rate, the bit of conductors and the following condenser
* Red situations in binary form must restructure the above copyright notice. This list of confidors and the following declaration is
the candidate on the other networks proceeded with the collaboration
THIS TIME IS AVAILABLE BY THE COPYSCH ITEMS AND EQUITYABLES AS 5" AND ANY EXPRESS
DRIMPLES NAVANTES, INCLUDING, NOT LIMITED TO, THE ITEMS WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND IN US OR ANY CHANGE ARE DISCIPLABLE IN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE COVERED HERE.
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAVAG SINGUONG IL TNGI LHELLTD PROCELAN IN DE SUBSTITUTIC GOODS OR SERVICES
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS, OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THE CITY DE LIABILITY, MAINTHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR INCLUDING NO CHILLER OR
OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCCHOWANCE
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Supplied Accessories
Indoor FM antenna — (1)
AM loop antenna — (1)
Remote controller (RC-899M) --- (1)
Batteries (AA/R6) --- (2)
Power cord — (1)
Speaker setup microphone -- (1)
* The number in parenthesis indicates the quantity. On packaging, the letter at the end of the product name indicates the color.
How to use the remote controller
* If you do not use the remote controller for a long time, remove the batteries to prevent leakage.
* Note that keeping consumed batteries inside may cause corrosion resulting in damage of the remote controller.
Integra.
Integra Division of
Onkyo U.S.A. Corporation
18 park Way, Upper Saddle River, N.J. 07458, U.S.A.
Tel: 800-225-1946, 201-818-9200 Fax: 201-785-2650
http://www.ineogrhomemedia.com
Integra Division of
Onkyo Europe Electronics GmbH
Liegnitzerstrasse 6. 82194 Groebenzell, GERMANY
Tel: +49-8142-4401-0 Fax: +49-8142-4208-213
http://www.integra.eu
Integra Division of
Onkyo China PRC
302, Building 1, 20 North Chaling Rd., Xuhui District, Shanghai,
China 200032, Tel: 86-21-52131366 Fax: 86-21-52130396
http://www.integra.com.cn
Integra Division of
Onkyo Corporation
Kitahama Chuo Bldg, 2-2-22 Kitahama, Chuo-ku, OSAKA 541-0041, JAPAN
Tel: 072-831-8023 Fax: 072-831-8163
http://www.integrdworldwide.com
SN 29401992
(C) Copyright 2015 Onkyo Corporation Japan. All rights reserved. Onkyo has the Privacy Policy. You can review it at [http://www.onkyo.com/privacy/]
F1505-0
AV Receiver
DTR-20.7
Advanced Manual
Integra
The Basic Manual includes information needed when starting up and also instructions for frequently used operations. The Advanced Manual has more detailed information and advanced settings.
CONTENTS
Details on AM/FM reception 2
Tuning into a Radio Station 2
Presetting an AM/FM Radio Station 2
Using RDS (Australian models) 3
Playing Music Files on a USB Storage Device 4
Listening to Internet Radio 5
About Internet Radio 5
Tuneln Radio 5
Pandora ^® —Getting Started (U.S., Australia and
New Zealand only) 6
Spotify
SiriusXM Internet Radio (North American only) 7
Slacker Personal Radio (North American only) 8
Registering Other Internet Radios 9
Playing Music with DLNA 11
About DLNA 11
Configuring the Windows Media® Player
DLNA Playback
Controlling Remote Playback from a PC
Playing Music Files in a Shared Folder
About Shared Folder
Setting PC
Playing from a Shared Folder
7
Operating Music Files with the Remote Controller 15
About the Remote Controller
Remote Controller Buttons
Icons Displayed during Playback
Using the Listening Modes
Selecting Listening Mode 16
Listening Mode Types
Selectable Listening Modes
Checking the Input Format
Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
How to Set
-
Input/Output Assign
-
Speaker
-
Audio Adjust
-
Source
-
Listening Mode Preset
-
Hardware 36
-
Remote Controller
-
Miscellaneous
Operating Other Components with the Remote
Controller
Functions of Remote Mode Buttons
Programming Remote Control Codes
TV operation
15 Blu-ray Disc player/DVD player/DVD recorder
operation 50
VCR/PVR operation 51
Satellite receiver / Cable receiver operation 51
CD player operation 52
Cassette tape deck operation 52
To operate CEC-compatible components 52
Advanced speaker connections 53
Connecting Bi-amp Speakers 53
Connecting and Operating Onkyo RI Components 54
About RI Function 54
RI Connection and Setting 54
iPod ^® /iPhone ^® Operation 55
Control Function between the Unit and External
component 56
Firmware Update 57
About Firmware Update 57
Updating the Firmware via Network 57
Updating the Firmware via USB 58
Troubleshooting 60
Reference Information 65
Details on AM/FM reception
Tuning into a Radio Station
■ Tuning automatically
- Press Tuner on the main unit several times to select either "AM" or "FM".
- Press Tuning Mode so that the "AUTO" indicator on the display lights.
- Press Tuning ▲to start automatic tuning.
- Searching automatically stops when a station is found. When tuned into a radio station, the "TUNED" indicator on the display lights. When tuned into an FM radio station, the "FM STEREO" indicator lights.
- No sound is output while the "TUNEB" indicator is off.
When the signal from an FM radio station is weak: Radio wave may be weak depending on the building structure and environmental conditions. In that case, perform the manual tuning procedure as explained in the next section, "Tuning manually", to manually select the desired station.
En-2
■ Tuning manually
- Press Tuner on the main unit several times to select either "AM" or "FM".
- Press Tuning Mode so that the "AUTO" indicator on the display goes off.
- Press Tuning ▲ select the desired radio station.
- The frequency changes by 1 step each time you press the button. The frequency changes continuously if the button is held down and stops when the button is released. Tune by looking at the display.
To return to automatic tuning: Press Tuning Mode on the main unit again. The unit automatically tunes into a radio station. Normally "AUTO" should be displayed.
■ Tuning to the frequency directly
It allows you to directly enter the frequency of the radio station you want to listen to.
- Press Tuner on the remote controller several times to select either "AM" or "FM".
- Press D.TUN.
Details on AM/FM reception
- Using the number buttons, enter the frequency of the radio station within 8 seconds. • To enter 87.5 (FM), for example, press 8, 7, 5, or 8, 7, 5, 0. If you entered the wrong number, press D.TUN and enter the correct one.
Presetting an AM/FM Radio Station
It allows you to register up to 40 of your favorite AM/FM radio stations. Registering radio stations in advance allows you to tune into your radio station of choice directly.
■ Registration Procedure
-
Tune into the AM/FM radio station you want to register.
-
Press Memory on the unit so that the preset number on the display flashes.
- Press Preset several times to select a number between 1 and 40 while the preset number is flashing (about 8 seconds).
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
-
Press Memory again to register the station.
-
When the station is registered, the preset number stops flashing.
- Repeat this procedure for all of your favorite AM/FM radio stations.
■ Selecting a Preset Radio Station
- Press CH +/- on the remote controller to select a preset number.
- Alternatively you can press Preset on the main unit. You can also select by directly entering the preset number with the number buttons on the remote controller.
■ Deleting a Preset Radio Station
- Press CH +/- on the remote controller to select the preset number to delete.
- Press and hold Memory on the main unit and press Tuning Mode to delete the preset number.
- When deleted, the number on the display goes off.
Using RDS (Australian models)
RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a method of transmitting data in FM radio signals.
- RDS works only in areas where RDS broadcasts are available.
- In some cases, the text information appeared on the display is not identical to the content transmitted by the RDS station. Furthermore, unexpected characters may be displayed when the unit receives unsupported characters. However, this is not a malfunction.
- If the signal from an RDS station is weak, the RDS data may be displayed continuously or not at all.
PS (Program Service): Tuning into a radio station distributing Program Service information displays the radio station name. Pressing Display displays the frequency for 3 seconds.
RT (Radio Text): Tuning into a radio station transmitting Radio Text information displays text on the display of the unit.
PTY (Program Type): Allows you to search for RDS stations by program type.
TP (Traffic Program): Allows you to search for radio stations transmitting traffic information.
■ Displaying Radio Text (RT)
- Press RT/PTY/TP on the main unit once.
- The Radio Text (RT) is displayed scrolling across the display. "No Text Data" is displayed when no text information is available.
■ Searching by Type (PTY)
- Press RT/PTY/TP on the main unit twice.
- The current program type appears on the display.
Details on AM/FM reception
- Press Preset to select the type of program to search for.
• The following RDS station types are displayed:
None
News (News reports)
Affairs (Current affairs)
Info (Information)
Sport
Educate (Education)
Drama
Culture
Science (Science and technology)
Varied
Pop M (Pop music)
Rock M (Rock music)
Easy M (Middle of the road music)
Light M (Light classics)
Classics (Serious classics)
Other M (Other music)
Weather
Finance
Children (Children's programmes)
Social (Social affairs)
Religion
Phone In
Travel
Leisure
Jazz (Jazz music)
Country (Country music)
Nation M (National music)
Oldies (Oldies music)
Folk M (Folk music)
Document (Documentary)
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Details on AM/FM reception / Playing Music Files on a USB Storage Device
- Press Enter to search the radio stations of the selected type.
- When such a radio station is found, the indication on the display flashes. Then, press Enter again.
- If no stations are found, the message "Not Found" is displayed.
■ Listening to Traffic Information (TP)
- Press RT/PTY/TP on the main unit three times.
- "[TP]" will be displayed if traffic information is transmitted by the radio station you are tuned in. "TP" only is displayed if no traffic information is available.
- Press Enter to search a radio station distributing traffic information.
- When a radio station is found, searching stops and traffic information is received.
- "Not Found" is displayed if no radio station distributing traffic information is found.
Playing Music Files on a USB Storage Device
- Operation: You can set up by viewing the guidance displayed on the TV screen (OSD). Select the item with the cursor buttons of the remote controller and press Enter to confirm your selection. To return to the previous screen, press Return.
- If the OSD language is set to Chinese, the operations in this section are not displayed on the TV. Operate by looking at the display on the main unit. Note that the display on the main unit does not support the display of Chinese characters. Characters that cannot be displayed are replaced with asterisks (*
■ Playing Back
- Plug your USB storage device with the music files into the USB port on the rear of the unit.
- Press NET on the remote controller to display the NET TOP screen.
- Select "USB" with the cursors and press Enter.
- If the "USB" indicator on the display flashes, check whether the USB storage device is plugged in properly.
- Do not unplug the USB storage device while "Connecting..." is on the display. This may cause data corruption or malfunction.
-
Press Enter again in the next screen. The list of folders and music files on the USB storage device are displayed. Select the folder with the cursors and press Enter to confirm your selection.
-
With the cursors, select the music file to play, and then press Enter or ▶ to start playback.
En-4
- The USB port of this unit conforms with the USB 1.1 standard. The transfer speed may be insufficient for some content you play, which may cause some interruption in sound.
Listening to Internet Radio
About Internet Radio
The unit comes preset with Internet radio stations such as TuneIn Radio for you to enjoy these services, just by connecting the unit to the Internet.
- Network services or contents may become unavailable if the service provider terminates its service.
Tuneln Radio
With more than 70,000 radio stations and 2 million on-demand programs registered, Tuneln Radio is a service where you can enjoy music, sports and news from all over the world.
- Operation: You can set up by viewing the guidance displayed on the TV screen (OSD). Select the item with the cursor buttons of the remote controller and press Enter to confirm your selection. To return to the previous screen, press Return.
- If the OSD language is set to Chinese, the operations in this section are not displayed on the TV. Operate by looking at the display on the main unit. Note that the display on the main unit does not support the display of Chinese characters. Characters that cannot be displayed are replaced with asterisks (*).
Listening to Internet Radio
■ Playing Back
- Press NET on the remote controller to display the NET TOP screen.
-
Select "Tuneln Radio" with the cursors and press Enter to display the Tuneln Radio top screen.
-
With the cursors, select a radio station or program and press Enter to start playing.
Listening to Internet Radio
■ Regarding the TuneIn Radio Menu
To display the TuneIn menu, press Menu or Enter while playing a radio station. Selecting the corresponding menu item with the cursors and pressing Enter allows you to perform the following operations:
Add to My Presets: Registers the radio station or program being broadcast in "My Presets". Once registered, "My Presets" is displayed in the level under Tuneln Radio. To play, select the program from "My Presets".
Remove from My Presets: Deletes a radio station or program from your "My Presets" within Tuneln Radio.
Report a problem: Reports a problem or interactively solves a problem related to TuneIn Radio.
View Schedule: Displays the radio station or program schedule.
Clear recents: Clears all radio stations and programs from the "Recents" within Tuneln Radio. (This menu is displayed only when a radio station or program inside the "Recents" is being played.)
Add to My Favorites: Registers the radio station or program being broadcast in "My Favorites". "My Favorites" are displayed in the level under the one displayed when you press NET. To play, select the program from "My Favorites".
■ Regarding the Tuneln Radio Account
Creating an account on the Tuneln Radio website (tunein.com) and logging in it from the unit allows you to automatically add radio stations and programs to your "My Presets" on the unit as you follow them on the website. "My Presets" are displayed in the level under Tuneln Radio. To display a radio station registered in "My Presets", you must log into Tuneln Radio from the unit. To log in, select "Login" - "I have a Tuneln account" in the "Tuneln Radio" top list on the unit, and then enter your user name and password.
- If you associate the device on My Page within the Tuneln Radio website using the registration code obtained by selecting "Login" - "Login with a registration code" on the unit, you can log in without entering the user name and password.
Pandora®—Getting Started (U.S., Australia and New Zealand only)
Pandora is a free, personalized Internet radio service that plays the music you know and helps you discover music you'll love.
- Operation: You can set up by viewing the guidance displayed on the TV screen (OSD). Select the item with the cursor buttons of the remote controller and press Enter to confirm your selection. To return to the previous screen, press Return.
- If the OSD language is set to Chinese, the operations in this section are not displayed on the TV. Operate by looking at the display on the main unit. Note that the display on the main unit does not support the display of Chinese characters. Characters that cannot be displayed are replaced with asterisks (*).
Playing Back
- Press NET on the remote controller to display NET TOP screen.
-
With the cursors on the remote controller, select "Pandora", and then press Enter.
-
Use ▲No select "I have a Pandora Account" or "I'm new to Pandora" and then press Enter. If you are new to Pandora select "I'm new to Pandora". You will see an activation code on your TV screen. Please write down this code. Go to an Internet connected computer and point your browser to www.pandora.com/onkyo. Enter your activation code and then follow the instructions to create your Pandora account and your personalized Pandora stations. You can create your stations by entering your favorite tracks and artists when prompted. After you have created your account and stations you can return to your Integra/Onkyo receiver and press Enter to begin listening to your personalized Pandora.
If you have an existing Pandora account, you can add your Pandora account to your Integra/Onkyo receiver by selecting "I have a Pandora Account" and logging in with your email and password.
- If you want to use multiple user accounts, see "Using Multiple Accounts". Login can be made from the "Users" screen.
- To play a station, use ▲ to select the station from your station list, and then press Enter. Playback starts and the playback screen appears.
■ Create a New Station
Enter the name of a track, artist, or genre and Pandora will create a unique radio station for you based on the musical qualities of that track, artist, or genre.
I like this track: Give a track "thumbs-up" and Pandora will play more music like it.
I don't like this track: Give a track "thumbs-down" and Pandora will ban that track from the current station.
Listening to Internet Radio
Why is this track playing?: Discover some of the musical attributes that Pandora uses to create your personal radio stations.
I'm tired of this track: If you are tired of a track, you can put the track to sleep and Pandora will not play it for one month.
Create station from this artist: Creates a radio station from this artist.
Create station from this track: Creates a radio station from this track.
Delete this station: This will permanently delete a station from your Pandora account. All of your thumbs feedback will be lost should you choose to re-create the station with the same track or artist.
Rename this station: Lets you rename the current radio station.
Bookmark this artist: Pandora will bookmark your favorite artist for your profile on www.pandora.com.
Bookmark this track: Pandora will bookmark the current track and allow you to buy them all from Amazon or iTunes in one step!
Add to My Favorites: Adds a station to My Favorites list.
PANDORA
PANDORA, the PANDORA logo, and the Pandora trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc. Used with permission.
Spotify
This unit is compatible with Spotify Connect. To enable Spotify Connect, install the Spotify application on your smartphone or tablet and create a Spotify premium account.
- Refer to the following for the procedures for configuring Spotify:
www.spotify.com/connect/
• The Spotify software is subject to third party licenses
found here:
www.spotify.com/connect/third-party-licenses
Playing Back
Just by clicking the Connect icon in the playback screen of the Spotify application and selecting this unit, you can automatically turn this unit on (auto power on function), switch input to the NET position, and start playback of high-quality streaming from Spotify. To enable the auto power on function, make sure the "Network Standby" setting item in this unit's Setup is "On".
■ Notes for using the multi-zone function
- To enjoy Spotify music in a separate room, select Zone 2, and manually select "NET" as the input of the separate room. Also select this unit in the Spotify application.
- Volume adjustment with the Spotify application is possible only for the equipment connected to the ZONE2 speaker terminals. If any other terminal is used for connection, adjust the volume on the audio equipment placed in a separate room.
- To enjoy Spotify music in the main room after playing it in a separate room, select "NET" as the input of the main room.
Spotify®
SiriusXM Internet Radio (North American only)
If you want to listen to the service, you must subscribe. To subscribe go to www.siriusxm.com/internetradio with your computer. When you subscribe, you will be provided with a username and password which has to be entered into the AV receiver. To use SiriusXM Internet Radio, you must have your AV receiver connected to the Internet. Using the remote control, follow these steps:
- Operation: You can set up by viewing the guidance displayed on the TV screen (OSD). Select the item with the cursor buttons of the remote controller and press Enter to confirm your selection. To return to the previous screen, press Return.
- If the OSD language is set to Chinese, the operations in this section are not displayed on the TV. Operate by looking at the display on the main unit. Note that the display on the main unit does not support the display of Chinese characters. Characters that cannot be displayed are replaced with asterisks (*).
■ Playing Back
- Press NET on the remote controller to display NET TOP screen.
-
With the cursors on the remote controller, select "SiriusXM Internet Radio", and then press Enter.
-
Select "Sign In", and then press Enter. If you have an existing SIRIUS account, you can sign in by selecting "Sign In". Enter your user name and password in the next keyboard screen, or in Web Setup. If you do not know your username or password, call Sirius XM at (888) 539-7474 for assistance.
- If you want to use multiple user accounts, see "Using Multiple Accounts". Login can be made from the "Users" screen.
Using the keyboard screen
① Use ▲M→Enter to enter your user name and password.
② Select "OK".
③ Press Enter. The "Confirm your entries" screen appears.
④ Press Enter. "Please wait..." appears and then "SiriusXM Internet Radio" screen appears which displays the category available for selection.
-
Use ▲ to select the category and then press Enter. The channel list screen for the selected category appears.
-
Use ▲▼ to select the desired channel and then press Enter.
The playback screen for the selected channel appears and you can listen to SiriusXM Internet Radio. You can
control the tracks with the buttons on the remote control. Enabled buttons: ▶, ■ ◀◀ ◀◀
Add to My Favorites: Adds a channel to My Favorites list.
Add to Presets: Adds the currently playing station to presets list.
Delete from Presets: Deletes the currently playing station from presets list.
((SiriusXM))
SiriusXM Internet Radio subscriptions are sold separately and are governed by the Sirius Terms and Conditions (see www.sirius.com). Be sure to read this agreement before you purchase your subscription. Sirius, XM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc. and its subsidiaries. All rights reserved.
Slacker Personal Radio (North American only)
- Operation: You can set up by viewing the guidance displayed on the TV screen (OSD). Select the item with the cursor buttons of the remote controller and press Enter to confirm your selection. To return to the previous screen, press Return.
- If the OSD language is set to Chinese, the operations in this section are not displayed on the TV. Operate by looking at the display on the main unit. Note that the display on the main unit does not support the display of Chinese characters. Characters that cannot be displayed are replaced with asterisks (*
En-8
Listening to Internet Radio
■ Playing Back
- Press NET on the remote controller to display NET TOP screen.
- With the cursors on the remote controller, select "Slacker Personal Radio", and then press Enter.
- If you do not have an account, create one on the Slacker website (www.slacker.com) with your computer. If you already have a Slacker account, select "Sign in to your account" and then press Enter. The keyboard screen appears. You can enter information from the remote control or the keys on the main unit.
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
>Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
- If there are no mistakes in the information you have entered, use ▲▼/▼to select "OK" then press Enter. An account information confirmation screen appears
- If you do not have an account, select "Access without Sign In" and press Enter to use a restricted version of the service. Note that use will be restricted.
- If you want to use multiple user accounts, see "Using Multiple Accounts". Login can be made from the "Users" screen.
- Use ▲/▼ to select a menu item and then press Enter. To sign out, use ▲/▼ to select "Sign out" from this screen and then press Enter.
- Use ▲/▼ to select a station and then press Enter or ▶ to start playback from the station. The playback screen appears.
- You can control the tracks with the buttons on the remote control.
Rate Song as Favorite: Stores information to server, making it more likely that the song will be played again.
Ban Song: Stores information to server, making it less likely that the song will be played again.
Ban Artist: Stores information to server, making it less likely that the songs from this artist will be played again.
Mark Favorite: Adds the currently playing station to your favorites.
Unmark Favorite: Deletes the currently playing station from your favorites.
Add song to Library: Adds the currently playing track to your library.
Delete song from Library: Deletes the currently playing track from your library.
Add to My Favorites: Adds a station or song to My Favorites list.
Using Multiple Accounts: The AV receiver supports multiple user accounts, which means you can freely switch between several logins. After registering user accounts, login is performed from the "Users" screen. Press Menu while the Users screen is displayed. "Add new user", "Remove this user" menu appear. You can either store a new user account, or delete an existing one.
- Some of the services do not allow the use of multiple user accounts.
- You can store up to 10 user accounts.
- To switch between accounts you must first log out from the current account, and log in again on the "Users" screen.
Registering Other Internet Radios
To listen to other Internet radio program, register the program in the "My Favorites" list as described in the next section. "My Favorites" are displayed in the level under the one displayed when you press NET.
- You can register up to 40 Internet radio stations. - The unit supports Internet radio stations stored in the following formats: PLS (URL ending in .pls), M3U (URL ending in .m3u) and RSS (URL ending in rss/rdf/xml). Depending on the data type and playback format, there may be some you cannot play.
- Available services may vary depending on your area of residence.
- Operation: You can set up by viewing the guidance displayed on the TV screen (OSD). Select the item with the cursor buttons of the remote controller and press Enter to confirm your selection. To return to the previous screen, press Return.
- If the OSD language is set to Chinese, the operations in this section are not displayed on the TV. Operate by looking at the display on the main unit. Note that the display on the main unit does not support the display of Chinese characters. Characters that cannot be displayed are replaced with asterisks (*).
Listening to Internet Radio
■ Registration Procedure
Before Performing any Operation: The name and URL of the radio station that you want to add are required for registration. Check the specifications before use.
- Press NET on the remote controller to display the NET TOP screen.
- Select "My Favorites" with the cursors and press Enter to display the "My Favorites" list screen.
- With the cursors, select a blank area of "My Favorites" and press Menu to display the menu screen.
- Select "Create new station" with the cursors and press Enter to display the keyboard screen.
- Enter the name and URL of the radio station to add.
- Select "A/a" and press Enter to toggle between upper and lower case. Select "<-" or ">." and press Enter to move the cursor to the selected direction. Select "☒" and press Enter to delete one character to the left of the cursor position.
■ Registering a Station with PC
Before Performing any Operation: The name and URL of the radio station that you want to add are required for registration. Check the specifications before use. Also, make sure this unit and a computer are connected to the same router.
- Press Receiver on the remote controller. • Always press Receiver first to change the remote controller to RECEIVER mode (the mode to operate this unit) since its mode may be changed to operate another component.
- Press Setup to display the Setup menu.
- With the cursors, select "6. Hardware" - "Network" - "IP Address" to display the IP address.
• Take note of the IP address since you will need it later.
En-10
- Open the Internet browser on your PC or smartphone and enter the IP address of the unit in the URL field.
- When using Internet Explorer, you can alternatively select "Open" in the "File" menu to enter the IP address.
-
Information of the unit is displayed on the browser. ("WEB Setup")
-
Click "★" tab, then enter the name and URL of the Internet radio station.
- Click "Save" to register the entered Internet radio station in "My Favorites".
To rename the registered radio station: Select the radio station in the "My Favorites" list and press Menu to display the menu screen. Select "Rename this station" with the cursors and press Enter to display the keyboard screen. Rename the station as desired.
- Radio stations can be renamed also from "WEB Setup".
■ Playing a Registered Radio Station
- Press NET on the remote controller to display the NET TOP screen.
- Select "My Favorites" with the cursors and press Enter to display the registered Internet radio stations.
- With the cursors, select a radio station and press Enter to start playing.
■ Deleting a Registered Radio Station
- Press NET on the remote controller to display the NET TOP screen.
- Select "My Favorites" with the cursors and press Enter
Listening to Internet Radio
to display the registered Internet radio stations.
- With the cursors, select the radio station to delete and press Menu to display the menu screen.
-
With the cursors, select "Delete from My Favorites", and then press Enter. A confirmation screen will appear.
-
With the cursors, select "OK", and then press Enter to delete the radio station.
-
Select "Back" to return to the previous screen.
- Radio stations can be deleted also from "WEB Setup".
Playing Music with DLNA
About DLNA
Digital Living Network Alliance (DLNA) can be referred to as a technology standard or the industry group to develop the technology standard to interconnect and use AV components, computers and other devices in a home network. This unit allows you to use DLNA to play music files stored on a computer or a hard disk connected to your home network (NAS device). Make sure this unit and a computer or NAS device are connected to the same router.
flowchart
graph TD
A["Router"] --> B["Internet radio"]
B --> C["PC"]
C --> D["NAS"]
- To stream a music file, you need a NAS device with DLNA server functions or a PC where a player (e.g., Windows Media ^TM Player 11 or Windows Media ^TM Player 12) with DLNA server functions is installed. To enable streaming with Windows Media ^TM Player 11 or Windows Media ^TM Player 12, you must first configure the settings.
Configuring the Windows Media ^® Player
■ Windows Medlayer 11
-
Turn on your PC and start Windows Media® Player 11.
-
In the "Library" menu, select "Media Sharing" to display a dialog box.
-
Select the "Share my media" check box, and then click "OK" to display the compatible devices.
-
Select this unit, and then click "Allow".
-
When it is clicked, the corresponding icon is checked.
-
Click "OK" to close the dialog.
- Depending on the version of Windows Media Player, the names of the items you need to select may differ from the explanation here.
■ Windows McPlayer 12
-
Turn on your PC and start Windows Media® Player 12.
-
In the "Stream" menu, select "Turn on media streaming" to display a dialog box.
- If media streaming is already turned on, select "More streaming options..." in the "Stream" menu to list players in the network, and then go to step 4.
-
Click "Turn on media streaming" to list players in the network.
-
Select this unit in "Media streaming options" and check that it is set to "Allow".
-
Click "OK" to close the dialog.
- Depending on the version of Windows Media Player, the names of the items you need to select may differ from the explanation here.
Playing Music with DLNA
DLNA Playback
- Operation: You can set up by viewing the guidance displayed on the TV screen (OSD). Select the item with the cursor buttons of the remote controller and press Enter to confirm your selection. To return to the previous screen, press Return.
- If the OSD language is set to Chinese, the operations in this section are not displayed on the TV. Operate by looking at the display on the main unit. Note that the display on the main unit does not support the display of Chinese characters. Characters that cannot be displayed are replaced with asterisks (*
■ Playing Back
-
Start the server (Windows Media® Player 11, Windows Media® Player 12, or NAS device) containing the music files to play.
-
Press NET on the remote controller to display the NET TOP screen.
- If the "NET" indicator on the display flashes, the unit is not properly connected to the network. Check the connection.
- Select "DLNA" with the cursors and press Enter.
-
Select the target server with the cursors and press Enter to display the items list screen.
-
Searching does not work in servers that do not support search functions.
- The unit cannot access pictures and videos stored on servers.
-
Contents stored on the server may not be displayed depending on the server sharing settings.
-
With the cursors, select the music file to play, and then press Enter or ▶ to start playback.
- If "No Item" is displayed, check whether the network is properly connected.
Controlling Remote Playback from a PC
You can use this unit to play music files stored on your PC by operating the PC inside your home network. The unit supports remote playback with Windows Media® Player 12. To use the remote playback function with Windows Media® Player 12, Windows Media® Player 12 must be configured in advance.
- Using a DLNA-compatible controller (such as an Android application), you can select a music file stored on Windows Media® Player 12 and stream to this unit by operating the controller. For information on how to remotely play using the controller, refer to the controller's instruction manual.
Setting PC
- Turn on your PC and start Windows Media Player 12.
- In the "Stream" menu, select "Turn on media streaming" to display a dialog box.
- If media streaming is already turned on, select "More streaming options..." in the "Stream" menu to list players in the network, and then go to step 4.
- Click "Turn on media streaming" to list players in the network.
- Select this unit in "Media streaming options" and check that it is set to "Allow".
- Click "OK" to close the dialog box.
- Open the "Stream" menu and check that "Allow remote control of my Player..." is checked.
- Depending on the version of Windows MediaPlayer, the names of the items you need to select may differ from the explanation here.
■ Remote playback
- Turn on the power of the unit.
- Turn on your PC and start Windows Media® Player 12.
- Select and right-click the music file to play with Windows Media® Player 12.
- To remotely play a music file on another server, open the target server from "Other Libraries" and select the music file to play.
- Select this unit in "Play to" to open the "Play to" window of Windows Media ^3 Player 12 and start playback on the unit.
Playing Music with DLNA
- Operations during remote playback are possible from the "Play to" window on the PC. The playback screen is displayed on the TV connected to the HDMI output of the unit. If your PC is running on Windows 8 ^® , click "Play to", and then select this unit.
-
Adjust the volume using the volume bar on the "Play to" window.
-
Sometimes, the volume displayed on the remote playback window may differ from that appeared on the display of the unit.
- When the volume is adjusted from the unit, the value is not reflected in the "Play to" window.
- This unit cannot play music files remotely in the following conditions.
- It is using a network service.
- It is playing a music file on a USB storage device.
- Depending on the version of Windows MediaPlayer, the names of the items you need to select may differ from the explanation here.
Playing Music Files in a Shared Folder
About Shared Folder
A shared folder is configured in a network device such as a PC or NAS (hard disk connected to your home network) for access from other users.
You can play music files in a shared folder on your PC or NAS connected to the same home network as that of the unit. To play music files in a shared folder, you must first configure Windows ^8 8 or Windows ^6 7, Make sure the unit and PC or NAS device are connected to the same router.
flowchart
graph TD
A["Router"] --> B["Internet radio"]
B --> C["PC"]
C --> D["NAS"]
- The sharing options must be configured and a shared folder created on the PC in advance.
- For information on how to configure the NAS device and create a shared folder, refer to the NAS device's instruction manual.
Setting PC
■ Configuring the Sharing Options
- Select "Choose home group and sharing options" on the "Control Panel".
- If the menu is not displayed, check whether "View by" is set to "Category".
-
Select "Change advanced sharing settings".
-
Check whether the following radio buttons are selected in "Home or Work":
"Enable network discovery"
"Turn on file and printer sharing"
"Turn on sharing so anyone with network access can read and write files in the Public folders."
"Turn off password protected sharing"
- Select "Save Changes" and click "OK" on the dialog box.
■ Creating a Shared Folder
- Select and right-click the folder to share.
- Select "Properties".
- Select "Advanced Sharing" on the "Sharing" tab.
- Select the "Share this folder" check box and click "OK".
- Select "Share" for "Network File and Folder Sharing"
- Select "Everyone" from the pull-down menu. Click "Add", and then "Share".
- To set user name and password to a shared folder, set "Permissions" in "Advanced Sharing" on the "Sharing" tab.
- Check whether a workgroup is set.
Playing Music Files in a Shared Folder
Playing from a Shared Folder
- Operation: You can set up by viewing the guidance displayed on the TV screen (OSD). Select the item with the cursor buttons of the remote controller and press Enter to confirm your selection. To return to the previous screen, press Return.
- If the OSD language is set to Chinese, the operations in this section are not displayed on the TV. Operate by looking at the display on the main unit. Note that the display on the main unit does not support the display of Chinese characters. Characters that cannot be displayed are replaced with asterisks (*
■ Playing Back
- Press NET on the remote controller to display the NET TOP screen.
- If the "NET" indicator on the display flashes, the unit is not properly connected to the network. Check the connection.
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Playing Music Files in a Shared Folder
- With the cursors, select "Home Media", and then press Enter.
- With the cursors, select the target server, and then press Enter.
- You can check the server name of your PC from the PC properties.
- With the cursors, select the target shared folder, and then press Enter.
- If a username and password is required, enter the necessary login information.
- The login information is the account information set at the time of creating the shared folder.
- Once entered, the login information will be remembered from the next time onward.
- With the cursors, select the music file to play, and then press Enter or ▶ to start playback.
En-14
Operating Music Files with the Remote Controller
About the Remote Controller
The remote controller of this unit allows you to play music files stored on USB storage devices, Internet radio, PCs and NAS devices on your home network, as well as on Bluetooth-enabled devices. It also allows you to view information of the music file being played and perform various other operations.
• Available buttons may vary depending on the service and device to play.
- Some buttons cannot be used with Bluetooth-enabled devices. Furthermore, the Bluetooth-enabled devices must support the AVRCP profile. Some devices may not be operated, even when they support AVRCP profile.
Remote Controller Buttons
- Press Input Selector (NET, or Bluetooth) appropriate for the input source on the remote controller.
- Operate the remote controller by referring to the name and function of each of the buttons.
① Top Menu: This button displays the top menu for each media or server.
② ▲Enter: These buttons navigate through items and activate the selected item.
◀. These buttons allow you to navigate to other pages when the list continues on other pages.
③ This button fast-reverses the current track. This button is not operable from 10 seconds before the playback ends.
④ This button plays the current track from the beginning. Pressing this button twice plays the previous track.
⑤ +/- button: Moves the cursor up or down on the Internet radio stations list in "My Favorites".
⑥ Menu: This button displays the menu of each Internet radio service.
⑦ Return: This button returns to the previous screen.
⑧ ▶This button fast-forwards the current track. This button is not operable from 10 seconds before the playback ends.
⑨ ▶This button plays the next track.
flowchart
graph TD
A["Switch"] --> B["Repeat"]
B --> C["Random"]
C --> D["Made"]
D --> E["13"]
D --> F["14"]
D --> G["15"]
D --> H["16"]
D --> I["17"]
J["Display"] --> K["18"]
style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
style E fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
style F fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
style G fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
style H fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
style I fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
⑩ ▶This button starts the playback.
⑪ This button pauses the playback.
⑫ Search: This button toggles between the playback screen and list screen during playback.
⑬ This button stops the playback.
Operating Music Files with the Remote Controller
Mode: This button displays the video from the input selected in "Video Select". Each press of the button displays or turns off the video. You can change the display position of the OSD by pressing Enter while the video is displayed on the screen.
• These buttons are disabled when the OSD language is set to Chinese.
⑤ Random: This button performs random playback.
⑥ Repeat: This button replays the track(or tracks). Pressing this button repeatedly cycles through the repeat modes.
① Display: This button changes the displayed track information during playback. Pressing this button when the list screen is displayed toggles the screen to playback.
- Bluetooth-enabled devices: Usable buttons are
Icons Displayed during Playback
Icons are displayed on the display during music file playback. The meaning of each icon is as follows:
D: Folder
Track
:Play
II: Pause
: Fast-forward
: Fast-reverse
曲：Artist
Album
10: Repeat one track
☐ ☐: Repeat within a folder
Repeat
Shuffle
Using the Listening Modes
Selecting Listening Mode
The listening modes allow you to select the best sound effect for your input source.
- After pressing Receiver on the remote controller, press one of the following four buttons.
- Press the selected button repeatedly to switch the modes displayed on the display of the unit.
- Set the listening mode of your choice by listening to the actual sound.
Dolby D
For details on the listening modes see "Listening Mode Types". For listening modes selectable with each button, refer to "Selectable Listening Modes".
En-16
Listening Mode Types
In alphabetical order
All Ch Stereo
Ideal for background music, this mode fills the entire listening area with stereo sound.
Direct
In this mode, audio from the input source is output as-is. For example, if a 2 ch source from a music CD is input, the output will be stereo, or if Dolby Digital signal is input, the sound field will be controlled in accordance with the number of channels present.
■ Dolby Atmos
Introduced first in the cinema, Dolby Atmos brings a revolutionary sense of dimension and immersion to the Home Theater experience. Dolby Atmos is an adaptable and scalable object based format that reproduces audio as independent sounds (or objects) that can be accurately positioned and move dynamically throughout the 3 dimensional listening space during playback. A key ingredient of Dolby Atmos is the introduction of a height plane of sound above the listener.
■ Dolby D (Dolby Digital)
Mode suitable for playing sources recorded in Dolby Digital. - This listening mode can be selected only if your Blu-ray Disc/DVD player is digitally connected to the unit or the player's output setting is bitstream.
■ Dolby D+ (Dolby Digital Plus)
Mode suitable for playing sources recorded in Dolby Digital Plus.
- This listening mode can be selected only if your Blu-ray Disc/DVD player is digitally connected to the unit or the player's output setting is bitstream.
■ Dolby Surround
Dolby surround is a next generation surround technology that intelligently up mixes stereo; 5.1 and 7.1 content for playback through your surround speaker system. Dolby surround is compatible with traditional speaker layouts, as well as Dolby Atmos enabled playback systems that employ inceiling speakers or products with Dolby speaker technology.
Using the Listening Modes
Dolby TrueHD
Mode suitable for playing sources recorded in Dolby TrueHD.
- This listening mode can be selected only if your Blu-ray Disc/DVD player is digitally connected to the unit or the player's output setting is bitstream.
■ DTS
Mode suitable for playing sources recorded in DTS.
- This listening mode can be selected only if your Blu-ray Disc/DVD player is digitally connected to the unit or the player's output setting is bitstream.
■ DTS 96/24
Mode suitable for playing sources recorded in DTS 96/24. With 96 kHz sampling rate and 24-bit resolution, it provides superior fidelity.
- Depending on the settings, this listening mode becomes DTS.
- This listening mode can be selected only if your Blu-ray Disc/DVD player is digitally connected to the unit or the player's output setting is bitstream.
■ DTS Express
Mode suitable for playing sources recorded in DTS Express.
- This listening mode can be selected only if your Blu-ray Disc/DVD player is digitally connected to the unit or the player's output setting is bitstream.
■ DTS-HD HR (DTS-HD High Resolution Audio)
Mode suitable for playing sources recorded in DTS-HD High Resolution Audio.
- This listening mode can be selected only if your Blu-ray Disc/DVD player is digitally connected to the unit or the player's output setting is bitstream.
■ DTS-HD MSTR (DTS-HD Master Audio)
Mode suitable for playing sources recorded in DTS-HD Master Audio.
- This listening mode can be selected only if your Blu-ray Disc/DVD player is digitally connected to the unit or the player's output setting is bitstream.
■ DTS Neo:6
This mode expands any 2 ch source for 5.1 ch multichannel
Using the Listening Modes
surround playback. It offers full-bandwidth on all channels, with great independence between the channels. There are two variants for this mode: one ideal for movies and another ideal for music.
- Neo:6 Cinema: Use this mode with any 2 ch movie.
- Neo:6 Music: Use this mode with any 2 ch music source.
■ ES Discrete (DTS-ES Discrete)
This mode is for use with DTS-ES Discrete sources and enables 6.1 ch or 7.1 ch playback using back channel. Completely discrete seven channels will improve spatial imaging and enable 360-degree sound localization producing a sound crossing between the surround channels.
- This listening mode can be selected only if your Blu-ray Disc/DVD player is digitally connected to the unit or the player's output setting is bitstream.
- Use on the DVD with DTS ES logo, particularly on the software containing DTS-ES Matrix soundtrack.
■ ES Matrix (DTS-ES Matrix)
This mode is for use with DTS-ES Matrix soundtrack and enables 6.1 ch or 7.1 ch playback using matrix-encoded back channel.
- This listening mode can be selected only if your Blu-ray Disc/DVD player is digitally connected to the unit or the player's output setting is bitstream.
- Use on the CD, DVD or LD with DTS ES logo, particularly on the software containing DTS-ES Matrix soundtrack.
Full Mono
In this mode, all speakers output the same sound in mono, so the sound you hear is the same regardless of where you are within the listening room.
■ Game-Action
In this mode, sound localization is distinct with emphasis on bass.
Game-Rock
In this mode, sound pressure is emphasized to heighten live feel.
Game-RPG
In this mode, the sound has a dramatic feel with a similar atmosphere to Orchestra mode.
■ Game-Sports
Suitable for audio source with much reverberation.
Mono
Use this mode when watching an old movie with a mono soundtrack, or use it to separately reproduce soundtracks in two different languages recorded in the left and right channels of some movies. It is also suitable for DVDs or other sources containing multiplexed audio.
■ Multich (Multichannel)
Mode suitable for playing sources recorded in PCM multichannel.
Orchestra
Suitable for classical or operatic music. This mode emphasizes the surround channels in order to widen the stereo image, and simulates the natural reverberation of a large hall.
Stereo
In this mode, sound is output from the front left and right speakers and subwoofer.
■ Studio-Mix
Suitable for rock or pop music, Listening to music in this mode creates a lively sound field with a powerful acoustic image, like being at a club or rock concert.
■ T-D (Theater-Dimensional)
In this mode, you can enjoy a virtual playback of multichannel surround sound even with only two or three speakers. This works by controlling how sounds reach the listener's left and right ears.
TV Logic
Suitable for TV shows produced in a TV studio. This mode enhances the surround effects to the entire sound to give clarity to voices and create a realistic acoustic image.
■ Unplugged
Suitable for acoustic instruments, vocals and jazz. This mode emphasizes the front stereo image, giving the impression of being right in front of the stage.
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Selectable Listening Modes
Listening modes that can be selected with the listening mode buttons will differ depending on the input signal format and actual speaker configuration. Also note that depending on the player settings and content, some listening modes may not be available for selecting.
- Listening modes available when headphones are connected are: Mono, Direct, and Stereo.
■ Movie/TV button
You can select a mode suitable for movies and TV programs.
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| Analog Direct | |
| Mono | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Neo:6 Cinema*1 | |
| TV Logic*2 | |
| All Ch Stereo*3 | |
| Full Mono*3 | |
| T-D | |
*1 Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.
^*2 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
^*3 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
Input Format Listening Mode
| PCM Direct | |
| Mono | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Neo:6 Cinema*1 | |
| TV Logic*2 | |
| All Ch Stereo*3 | |
| Full Mono*3 | |
| T-D |
11 Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.
^42 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
^*3 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
Input Format Listening Mode
| Multich PCM Direct | |
| Mono | |
| Multich^*1 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| TV Logic ^*2 | |
| All Ch Stereo ^<3 | |
| Full Mono^+3 | |
| T-D |
^11 Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.
^12 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed
*3 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
Using the Listening Modes
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| DSD Direct | |
| Mono | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Neo:6 Cinema ^*1 | |
| TV Logic ^*2 | |
| All Ch Stereo ^*3 | |
| Full Mono ^*3 | |
| T-D | |
^×1 Can only be selected when the input format is 2 ch and a center speaker or surround speakers are installed.
- Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
- Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| Dolby AtmosThe listening mode of Dolby Digital Plus or Dolby TrueHD can be selected if back speakers or height speakers are not connected. | Direct |
| Mono | |
| Dolby Atmos | |
| TV Logic | |
| All Ch Stereo | |
| Full Mono | |
| T-D | |
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Using the Listening Modes
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| Dolby D Direct | |
| Mono | |
| Dolby D^<1 × 2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Neo:6 Cinema ^*3 | |
| TV Logic ^*4 | |
| All Ch Stereo ^*5 | |
| Full Mono ^*5 | |
| T-D | |
^41 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
^1,2 Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed. ^3,1 Can only be selected when the input format is 2 ch and a center speaker or surround speakers are installed.
^+2 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed. ^+3 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| Dolby D+ Direct | |
| Mono | |
| Dolby D+×1×2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Neo:6 Cinema*3 | |
| TV Logic*4 | |
| All Ch Stereo*5 | |
| Full Mono*5 | |
| T-D | |
^47 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
^ Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed. ^* Can only be selected when the input format is 2 ch and a center speaker or surround speakers are installed.
- Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed. - Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| Dolby TrueHD Direct | |
| Mono | |
| Dolby TrueHD*1*2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Neo:6 Cinema*3 | |
| TV Logic*4 | |
| All Ch Stereo*5 | |
| Full Mono*5 | |
| T-D | |
^41 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
^+2 Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed. ^+3 Can only be selected when the input format is 2 ch and a center speaker or surround speakers are installed.
^4 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed. ^*3 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| DTS Direct | |
| Mono | |
| DTS^+1 +2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Neo:6 Cinema+3 | |
| TV Logic+4 | |
| All Ch Stereo+5 | |
| Full Mono+5 | |
| T-D | |
^+1 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
^ Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed. ^* Can only be selected when the input format is 2 ch and a center speaker or surround speakers are installed.
^4-8 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed. ^4-9 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| DTS 96/24 Direct | |
| Mono | |
| DTS 96/24*1*2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Neo:6 Cinema*3 | |
| TV Logic*4 | |
| All Ch Stereo*5 | |
| Full Mono*5 | |
| T-D | |
^*1 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
^ Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed. ^* Can only be selected when the input format is 2 ch and a center speaker or surround speakers are installed.
* Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed. * Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| DTS Express Direct | |
| Mono | |
| DTS Express^+1-2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Neo:6 Cinema ^+3 | |
| TV Logic ^*4 | |
| All Ch Stereo ^+5 | |
| Full Mono ^*5 | |
| T-D | |
^*1 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
- Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed. - Can only be selected when the input format is 2 ch and a center speaker or surround speakers are installed.
- Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed. - Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Input Format Listening Mode
| DTS-HD HR Direct | |
| Mono | |
| DTS-HD HR^*1*2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Neo:6 Cinema ^+3 | |
| TV Logic ^*4 | |
| All Ch Stereo ^+5 | |
| Full Mono ^+5 | |
| T-D |
^11 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
^1 Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed. ^* Can only be selected when the input format is 2 ch and a center speaker or surround speakers are installed.
^+2 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed. ^+3 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
Input Format Listening Mode
| DTS-HD MSTR Direct | |
| Mono | |
| DTS-HD MSTR^*1-2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Neo:6 Cinema^*3 | |
| TV Logic*4 | |
| All Ch Stereo*5 | |
| Full Mono*5 | |
| T-D |
^47 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
- Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed. - Can only be selected when the input format is 2 ch and a center speaker or surround speakers are installed.
- Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed. - Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
Input Format Listening Mode
| DTS-ES Direct | |
| Mono | |
| DTS^*5 | |
| ES Matrix^*2 | |
| ES Discrete^*2 | |
| Dolby Surround^*3 | |
| TV Logic^*4 | |
| All Ch Stereo^*5 | |
| Full Mono^*5 | |
| T-D |
11 Can only be selected when the back speakers are not installed.
^12 Back speakers need to be installed.
^+3 Height speakers need to be installed.
* Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed. * Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
Using the Listening Modes
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
■ Music button
You can select a mode suitable for music.
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| Analog Direct | |
| Stereo | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Neo:6 Music ^+1 | |
| Orchestra ^+2 | |
| Unplugged ^<2 | |
| Studio-Mix ^<2 | |
| All Ch Stereo ^+3 | |
| Full Mono ^+3 | |
^++ Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.
^2 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed. ^3 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| PCM Direct | |
| Stereo | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Neo:6 Music ^+1 | |
| Orchestra ^+2 | |
| Unplugged ^+2 | |
| Studio-Mix ^+2 | |
| All Ch Stereo ^+3 | |
| Full Mono ^+3 | |
^11 Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.
^12 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed. ^13 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
Input Format Listening Mode
| Multich PCM Direct | |
| Stereo | |
| Multich ^*1 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Orchestra ^+2 | |
| Unplugged ^+2 | |
| Studio-Mix ^+2 | |
| All Ch Stereo ^+3 | |
| Full Mono ^+3 |
^41 Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.
^+2 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed. ^+3 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
Input Format Listening Mode
| DSD Direct | |
| Stereo | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Neo:6 Music ^×1 | |
| Orchestra ^42 | |
| Unplugged ^42 | |
| Studio-Mix ^42 | |
| All Ch Stereo ^×3 | |
| Full Mono ^43 |
** Can only be selected when the input format is 2 ch and a center speaker or surround speakers are installed.
^12 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
^13 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
Using the Listening Modes
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| Dolby AtmosThe listening mode of Dolby Digital Plus or Dolby TrueHD can be selected if back speakers or height speakers are not connected. | Direct |
| Stereo | |
| Dolby Atmos | |
| Orchestra | |
| Unplugged | |
| Studio-Mix | |
| All Ch Stereo | |
| Full Mono | |
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| Dolby D Direct | |
| Stereo | |
| Dolby D^*1 *2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Neo:6 Music ^*3 | |
| Orchestra ^*4 | |
| Unplugged ^*4 | |
| Studio-Mix ^*4 | |
| All Ch Stereo ^*5 | |
| Full Mono ^*5 | |
^27 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
» Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.
Can only be selected when the input format is 2 ch and a center speaker or surround speakers are installed.
-1 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed. -2 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
Using the Listening Modes
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| Dolby D+ Direct | |
| Stereo | |
| Dolby D^+^-1^+2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Neo:6 Music^+3 | |
| Orchestra^+4 | |
| Unplugged^+4 | |
| Studio-Mix^+4 | |
| All Ch Stereo^+5 | |
| Full Mono^+5 | |
^41 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
^12 Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.
+3 Can only be selected when the input format is 2 ch and a center speaker
or surround speakers are installed.
^+ Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
to Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be
installed
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| Dolby TrueHD Direct | |
| Stereo | |
| Dolby TrueHD ^+1 ^2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Neo:6 Music ^+3 | |
| Orchestra ^+4 | |
| Unplugged ^4 | |
| Studio-Mix ^4 | |
| All Ch Stereo ^+5 | |
| Full Mono ^+5 | |
^+1 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
^* Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.
^13 Can only be selected when the input format is 2 ch and a center speaker or surround speakers are installed.
^** Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed
^13 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| DTS Direct | |
| Stereo | |
| DTS^*1^*2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Neo:6 Music*3 | |
| Orchestra*4 | |
| Unplugged*4 | |
| Studio-Mix*4 | |
| All Ch Stereo*5 | |
| Full Mono*5 | |
11 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
^12 Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.
^+3 Can only be selected when the input format is 2 ch and a center speaker
or surround speakers are installed.
* Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
^13 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| DTS 96/24 Direct | |
| Stereo | |
| DTS 96/24^+1 × 2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Neo:6 Music*3 | |
| Orchestra*4 | |
| Unplugged*4 | |
| Studio-Mix*4 | |
| All Ch Stereo*5 | |
| Full Mono*5 | |
*1 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
^*2 Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.
^13 Can only be selected when the input format is 2 ch and a center speaker or surround speakers are installed.
^4-1 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
^* Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| DTS Express Direct | |
| Stereo | |
| DTS Express^+1-2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Neo:6 Music ^+3 | |
| Orchestra ^*4 | |
| Unplugged ^+4 | |
| Studio-Mix ^*4 | |
| All Ch Stereo ^+5 | |
| Full Mono ^*5 | |
^×1 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
^*2 Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.
Can only be selected when the input format is 2 ch and a center speaker or surround speakers are installed.
^*4 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
× Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be
installed
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| DTS-HD HR Direct | |
| Stereo | |
| DTS-HD HR^+1*2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Neo:6 Music ^+3 | |
| Orchestra ^*4 | |
| Unplugged ^*4 | |
| Studio-Mix ^*4 | |
| All Ch Stereo ^+5 | |
| Full Mono ^*5 | |
^1 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
^27 Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.
^** Can only be selected when the input format is 2 ch and a center speaker or surround speakers are installed.
^1 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| DTS-HD MSTR Direct | |
| Stereo | |
| DTS-HD MSTR*1 *2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Neo:6 Music*3 | |
| Orchestra*4 | |
| Unplugged*4 | |
| Studio-Mix*4 | |
| All Ch Stereo*5 | |
| Full Mono*5 | |
| †1 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.†2 Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.†3 Can only be selected when the input format is 2 ch and a center speakeror surround speakers are installed.†4 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.†5 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed. | |
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| DTS-ES Direct | |
| Stereo | |
| DTS^*1 | |
| ES Matrix^*2 | |
| ES Discrete^*2 | |
| Dolby Surround*3 | |
| Orchestra^*4 | |
| Unplugged^*4 | |
| Studio-Mix^*4 | |
| All Ch Stereo^*5 | |
| Full Mono^*5 | |
* Can only be selected when the back speakers are not installed.
^*2 Back speakers need to be installed.
* Height speakers need to be installed.
"Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
^10 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be
installed
Using the Listening Modes
En-23
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
■ Game button
You can select a mode suitable for games.
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| Analog Direct | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Game-RPG ^*1 | |
| Game-Action ^*1 | |
| Game-Rock ^*1 | |
| Game-Sports ^*1 | |
| All Ch Stereo ^*2 | |
| Full Mono ^*2 | |
| T-D | |
^+1 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed. ^+2 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| PCM Direct | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Game-RPG ^1 | |
| Game-Action ^1 | |
| Game-Rock ^1 | |
| Game-Sports ^1 | |
| All Ch Stereo ^2 | |
| Full Mono ^2 | |
| T-D | |
- Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
- Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
Input Format Listening Mode
| Multich PCM Direct | |
| Multich ^*1 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Game-RPG ^2 | |
| Game-Action ^2 | |
| Game-Rock ^2 | |
| Game-Sports ^2 | |
| All Ch Stereo ^3 | |
| Full Mono ^4,3 | |
| T-D |
11 Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.
^12 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed
^43 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be
Input Format Listening Mode
| Dolby Surround |
| Game-RPG ^*1 |
| Game-Action ^*1 |
| Game-Rock ^*1 |
| Game-Sports ^*1 |
| All Ch Stereo ^*2 |
| Full Mono ^*2 |
| T-D |
^11 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
^*2 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
Using the Listening Modes
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| Dolby AtmosThe listening mode of Dolby Digital Plus or Dolby TrueHD can be selected if back speakers or height speakers are not connected. | Direct |
| Dolby Atmos | |
| Game-RPG | |
| Game-Action | |
| Game-Rock | |
| Game-Sports | |
| All Ch Stereo | |
| Full Mono | |
| T-D | |
Input Format Listening Mode
| Dolby D Direct |
| Dolby D^*1 × 2 |
| Dolby Surround |
| Game-RPG ^+3 |
| Game-Action ^+3 |
| Game-Rock ^+3 |
| Game-Sports ^+3 |
| All Ch Stereo ^+4 |
| Full Mono ^**4 |
| T-D |
^31 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
^2 Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.
^1 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed. ^4 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Using the Listening Modes
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| Dolby D+ Direct | |
| Dolby D ^+ 1 ^+ 2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Game-RPG ^*3 | |
| Game-Action ^*3 | |
| Game-Rock ^*3 | |
| Game-Sports ^*3 | |
| All Ch Stereo ^*4 | |
| Full Mono ^*4 | |
| T-D | |
^41 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
^12 Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.
^+3 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
* Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| Dolby TrueHD Direct | |
| Dolby TrueHD^*1 × 2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Game-RPG^*3 | |
| Game-Action^*3 | |
| Game-Rock^*3 | |
| Game-Sports^*3 | |
| All Ch Stereo^i4 | |
| Full Mono^*4 | |
| T-D | |
^11 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
^12 Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.
^+5 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
* Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| DTS Direct | |
| DTS^+1^+2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Game-RPG ^*3 | |
| Game-Action ^*3 | |
| Game-Rock ^*3 | |
| Game-Sports ^*3 | |
| All Ch Stereo ^-4 | |
| Full Mono ^+4 | |
| T-D | |
11 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
^12 Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.
^43 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
* Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| DTS 96/24 Direct | |
| DTS 96/24 ^*1 * ^2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Game-RPG ^*3 | |
| Game-Action ^*3 | |
| Game-Rock ^*3 | |
| Game-Sports ^*3 | |
| All Ch Stereo ^*4 | |
| Full Mono ^*4 | |
| T-D | |
^11 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
^42 Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.
^+5 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
^+1 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| DTS Express Direct | |
| DTS Express ^+1 ^*2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Game-RPG ^*3 | |
| Game-Action ^*3 | |
| Game-Rock ^*3 | |
| Game-Sports ^*3 | |
| All Ch Stereo ^*4 | |
| Full Mono ^*4 | |
| T-D | |
^×1 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
^2 Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.
^* Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
- Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be
| Input Format Listening Mode | |
| DTS-HD HR Direct | |
| DTS-HD HR^*1 × 2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Game-RPG ^*3 | |
| Game-Action ^*3 | |
| Game-Rock ^*3 | |
| Game-Sports ^*3 | |
| All Ch Stereo ^*4 | |
| Full Mono ^*4 | |
| T-D | |
^21 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
- Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.
- Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
^-1 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Using the Listening Modes
Input Format Listening Mode
| DTS-HD MSTR Direct | |
| DTS-HD MSTR ^+1-2 | |
| Dolby Surround | |
| Game-RPG ^+3 | |
| Game-Action ^+3 | |
| Game-Rock ^+3 | |
| Game-Sports ^+3 | |
| All Ch Stereo ^+4 | |
| Full Mono ^+4 | |
| T-D |
^41 Cannot be selected when the input format is monaural or 2 ch.
^12 Center speaker or surround speakers need to be installed.
+3 Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed
* Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be
Input Format Listening Mode
| DTS-ES Direct | |
| DTS^*1 | |
| ES Matrix^*2 | |
| ES Discrete^*2 | |
| Dolby Surround^*3 | |
| Game-RPG^*4 | |
| Game-Action^*4 | |
| Game-Rock^*4 | |
| Game-Sports^*4 | |
| All Ch Stereo^*5 | |
| Full Mono^*5 | |
| T-D |
** Can only be selected when the back speakers are not installed.
12 Back speakers need to be installed.
^+3 Height speakers need to be installed
* Surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed
^45 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
En-26
■ Stereo button
You can select a listening mode for stereo and all channel stereo sources.
Input Format Listening Mode
| All format Stereo | |
| All Ch Stereo*1 |
*1 Center speaker, surround speakers or height speakers need to be installed.
Checking the Input Format
While audio from the player is being input, press Display on the remote controller several times to switch the information shown on the main unit display. For example, if "Dolby D 5.1" is displayed, the Dolby Digital 5.1 ch signals are being input.
- The number of channels is not displayed when the input signal is "Dolby Atmos" format.
Dolby D 5.1
Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
How to Set
The unit allows you to configure advanced settings in order to provide even better experience.
- Operation: You can set up by viewing the guidance displayed on the TV screen (OSD). Select the item with the cursor buttons of the remote controller and press Enter to confirm your selection. To return to the previous screen, press Return.
Operation
- Press Receiver on the remote controller.
- Always press Receiver first to change the remote controller to RECEIVER mode (the mode to operate this unit) since its mode may be changed to operate another component.
- Press Setup to display the Setup menu.
- Press ▼ to select the desired menu, and then press Enter.
- Press ▼▼ to select the item, and then press Enter.
Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
- With the V / V / - cursors, select the item to configure the settings.
To exit the setup menu, press Setup.
Overview of the Setup menu:
- Input/Output Assign
Make settings to assign the various jacks and for the on-screen display function on the TV when you use the setting menu, for example.
- Speaker
Make advanced settings for the speakers.
- Audio Adjust
Make a variety of settings related to sound.
- Source
Make settings for input sources, such as volume difference adjustments for each input selector for the connected equipment.
- Listening Mode Preset
You can preset your favorite listening mode.
- Hardware
Make a variety of settings such as for linked operation with connected HDMI equipment, the standby mode and network connection for this unit.
- Remote Controller
Make settings related to the remote controller.
- Miscellaneous
Update the firmware and perform initial settings, etc.
1. Input/Output Assign
TV Out
Make settings for the on-screen display function on the TV when you use the setting menu, for example.
Setting Item Default Value Setting Details
| OSD Language English Select the on-screen display language.Select from English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Dutch, Swedish, Russian (Australian models), or Chinese. | |
| Impose OSD On Set whether or not to display the information on the TV when the volume is adjusted or input is changed, for example."On": OSD will be displayed on the TV."Off": OSD will not be displayed on the TV.The OSD may not be displayed depending on the input signal even if "On" is selected. If the operation screen is not displayed, change the resolution of the connected device. | |
| Screen Saver 3 minutes Set the time to start the screen saver. Select a value from "3 minutes", "5 minutes", "10 minutes" and "Off". |
En-28
Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
HDMI Input
You can change input assignment between the input selectors and HDMI IN jacks.
| Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | ||
| BD/DVD HDMI 1 (HDCP 2.2) | "HDMI 1 (HDCP 2.2)" to "HDMI 7": Assign a desired HDMI IN jack to the BD/DVD button. If you do not assign a jack, select "----". To select an HDMI IN jack already assigned to another input selector, change its setting to "----" first. | |
| CBL/SAT HDMI 2 (HDCP 2.2) | "HDMI 1 (HDCP 2.2)" to "HDMI 7": Assign a desired HDMI IN jack to the CBL/SAT button. If you do not assign a jack, select "----". To select an HDMI IN jack already assigned to another input selector, change its setting to "----" first. | |
| STRM BOX HDMI 3 (HDCP 2.2) | "HDMI 1 (HDCP 2.2)" to "HDMI 7": Assign a desired HDMI IN jack to the STRM Box button. If you do not assign a jack, select "----". To select an HDMI IN jack already assigned to another input selector, change its setting to "----" first. | |
| PC | HDMI 4 | "HDMI 1 (HDCP 2.2)" to "HDMI 7": Assign a desired HDMI IN jack to the PC button. If you do not assign a jack, select "----". To select an HDMI IN jack already assigned to another input selector, change its setting to "----" first. |
| GAME | HDMI 5 | "HDMI 1 (HDCP 2.2)" to "HDMI 7": Assign a desired HDMI IN jack to the Game button. If you do not assign a jack, select "----". To select an HDMI IN jack already assigned to another input selector, change its setting to "----" first. |
| CD | ---- | "HDMI 1 (HDCP 2.2)" to "HDMI 7": Assign a desired HDMI IN jack to the CD button. If you do not assign a jack, select "----". To select an HDMI IN jack already assigned to another input selector, change its setting to "----" first. |
| TV | ---- | "HDMI 1 (HDCP 2.2)" to "HDMI 7": Assign a desired HDMI IN jack to the TV button. If you do not assign a jack, select "----". To select an HDMI IN jack already assigned to another input selector, change its setting to "----" first. |
Video Input
You can change assignment of the COMPONENT VIDEO IN 1 and 2 jacks and the VIDEO IN 1 to 3 jacks between the input selectors. If you do not assign a jack, select "----".
| Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | ||
| BD/DVD COMPONENT 1 | "COMPONENT 1", "COMPONENT 2": Assign the COMPONENT VIDEO IN jacks to the BD/DVD button."VIDEO 1" to "VIDEO 3": Assign a desired VIDEO IN jack to the BD/DVD button. | |
| CBL/SAT VIDEO 1 "COMPONENT 1", "COMPONENT 2": Assign the COMPONENT VIDEO IN jacks to the CBL/SAT button."VIDEO 1" to "VIDEO 3": Assign a desired VIDEO IN jack to the CBL/SAT button. | ||
| STRM BOX VIDEO 2 "COMPONENT 1", "COMPONENT 2": Assign the COMPONENT VIDEO IN jacks to the STRM Box button."VIDEO 1" to "VIDEO 3": Assign a desired VIDEO IN jack to the STRM Box button. | ||
| PC VIDEO 3 "COMPONENT 1", "COMPONENT 2": Assign the COMPONENT VIDEO IN jacks to the PC button."VIDEO 1" to "VIDEO 3": Assign a desired VIDEO IN jack to the PC button. | ||
| GAME COMPONENT 2 | "COMPONENT 1", "COMPONENT 2": Assign the COMPONENT VIDEO IN jacks to the Game button."VIDEO 1" to "VIDEO 3": Assign a desired VIDEO IN jack to the Game button. | |
| AUX ---- The setting cannot be changed. | ||
| CD ---- "COMPONENT 1", "COMPONENT 2": Assign the COMPONENT VIDEO IN jacks to the CD button."VIDEO 1" to "VIDEO 3": Assign a desired VIDEO IN jack to the CD button. | ||
| TV ---- "COMPONENT 1", "COMPONENT 2": Assign the COMPONENT VIDEO IN jacks to the TV button."VIDEO 1" to "VIDEO 3": Assign a desired VIDEO IN jack to the TV button. | ||
- When you convert video signals input to the COMPONENT VIDEO IN jacks and output them from the HDMI OUT Jack, set the output resolution of the player to 480i or 576i. If the input has 480p/576p or higher resolution, an error message will appear.
Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
Digital Audio Input
You can change input assignment between the input selectors and DIGITAL IN COAXIAL/OPTICAL 1 to 2 jacks. If you do not assign a jack, select "----".
| Setting Item | Default Value Setting Details | |
| BD/DVD | COAXIAL | "COAXIAL", "OPTICAL 1", "OPTICAL 2": Assign a desired DIGITAL IN jack to the BD/DVD button. |
| CBL/SAT | ---- "COAXIAL", | "OPTICAL 1", "OPTICAL 2": Assign a desired DIGITAL IN jack to the CBL/SAT button. |
| STRM BOX | ---- "COAXIAL", | "OPTICAL 1", "OPTICAL 2": Assign a desired DIGITAL IN jack to the STRM Box button. |
| PC | ---- "COAXIAL", | "OPTICAL 1", "OPTICAL 2": Assign a desired DIGITAL IN jack to the PC button. |
| GAME | ---- "COAXIAL", | "OPTICAL 1", "OPTICAL 2": Assign a desired DIGITAL IN jack to the Game button. |
| CD | OPTICAL 1 | "COAXIAL", "OPTICAL 1", "OPTICAL 2": Assign a desired DIGITAL IN jack to the CD button. |
| TV | OPTICAL 2 | "COAXIAL", "OPTICAL 1", "OPTICAL 2": Assign a desired DIGITAL IN jack to the TV button. |
- Sampling rates for PCM signals (stereo, mono) from a digital input are 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 88.2 kHz, 96 kHz/16 bit, 20 bit, and 24 bit.
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
2. Speaker
Allows you to change the speaker configuration such as presence or not of subwoofer, crossover frequency, and so on. Settings are automatically configured if you use the Automatic Speaker Setup.
This setting cannot be selected if headphones are connected or audio is output from the speakers of the TV.
Configuration
You can change the number of speaker channels connected, the type of front speaker connection, the height speaker type, and other speaker settings.
| Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | ||
| Speaker Channels | 7.1 ch | Select "2.1 ch", "3.1 ch", "4.1 ch", "5.1 ch", "6.1 ch", "7.1 ch", "2.1.2 ch", "3.1.2 ch", "4.1.2 ch", or "5.1.2 ch" to suit the number of speaker channels connected. |
| Subwoofer Yes Set whether a subwoofer is connected or not."Yes": When subwoofer is connected"No": When subwoofer is not connected | ||
| Height Speaker Front High Set the speaker type if height speakers are connected to the BACK or HEIGHT terminals.Select "Front High", "Top Front", "Top Middle", "Top Rear", "Rear High", "Dolby Speaker (Front)", or "Dolby Speaker (Surr)" according to the connected speaker type and location.If an item cannot be selected even though connection is correct, check that the settings in "Speaker Channels" matches the number of connected channels. | ||
| Bi-Amp No Set whether your front speaker connection is bi-amp."No": When front speakers are connected in a normal manner"Yes": When front speakers are bi-amp connectedIf an item cannot be selected even though connection is correct, check that the settings in "Speaker Channels" matches the number of connected channels. | ||
En-30
Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
| Setting Item Default | t Value Setting | Details |
| Powered Zone 2 No | Set the connection of speakers to Zone 2 speaker terminals."Yes": When speakers are connected to ZONE2 speaker terminals"No": When speakers are not connected to ZONE2 speaker terminalsThis item will be set to "No" when "Bi-Amp" is set to "Yes". | |
Crossover
Allows you to change speaker configurations, such as crossover frequency. Settings are automatically configured if you use the Automatic Speaker Setup. Audio will not be output while you are making this setting.
| Setting Item Default Value Setting | Details | |
| Front | 100 Hz | Select the crossover frequency from "40Hz" to "200Hz" to start outputting frequencies for each channel."Full Band": Full band will be output.If "Configuration" - "Subwoofer" is set to "No", "Front" will be fixed to "Full Band" and the low pitched range of the other channels will be output from the front speakers. Refer to the instruction manual of your speakers to make the setting. |
| Center | 100 Hz | Select the crossover frequency from "40Hz" to "200Hz" to start outputting frequencies for each channel."Full Band": Full band will be output."Full Band" can be selected only when "Front" is set to "Full Band":If an item cannot be selected even though connection is correct, check that the settings in "Configuration" - "Speaker Channels" matches the number of connected channels. |
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
Setting Item Default Value Setting Details
| Height 100 Hz Select the crossover frequency from "40Hz" to "200Hz" to start outputting frequencies for each channel."Full Band": Full band will be output."Full Band" can be selected only when "Front" is set to "Full Band".If an item cannot be selected even though connection is correct, check that the settings in "Configuration" - "Speaker Channels" matches the number of connected channels. | |
| Surround 100 Hz Select the crossover frequency from "40Hz" to "200Hz" to start outputting frequencies for each channel."Full Band": Full band will be output."Full Band" can be selected only when "Front" is set to "Full Band".If an item cannot be selected even though connection is correct, check that the settings in "Configuration" - "Speaker Channels" matches the number of connected channels. | |
| Back 100 Hz Select the crossover frequency from "40Hz" to "200Hz" to start outputting frequencies for each channel."Full Band": Full band will be output.This cannot be selected in the following conditions.- The setting for "Configuration" - "Bi-Amp" is "Yes"- "Configuration" - "Powered Zone 2" is set to "Yes" and ZONE 2 is on."Full Band" can be selected only when "Surround" is set to "Full Band".If an item cannot be selected even though connection is correct, check that the settings in "Configuration" - "Speaker Channels" matches the number of connected channels. | |
| LPF of LFE 120Hz Set the low-pass filter for LFE (low-frequency effect)signals in order to pass lower frequency signals than the set value and thus cancel unwanted noises. The low-pass filter will be effective only on sources with LFE channel.The value from "80Hz" to "120Hz" can be set."Off": Do not use this function |
Setting Item Default Value Setting Details
| Double Bass On This can only be selected when "Configuration" - "Subwoofer" is set to "Yes" and "Front" is set to "Full Band".Boost bass output by feeding bass sounds from the front left and right, and center speakers to the subwoofer."On": Bass output will be boosted."Off": Bass output will not be boosted.The setting will not automatically be configured even if you performed the automatic speaker setup. |
Distance
Set the distance from each speaker to the listening position. Settings are automatically configured if you use the automatic speaker setup.
Setting Item Default Value Setting Details
| Unit | feet/meters | Specify the unit of distance for configuring settings."feet": When setting in feet (0.1 ft to 30.0 ft, in increments of 0.1 ft)"meters": When setting in meters (0.03 m to 9.00 m, in increments of 0.03 m) |
| Front Left | 12.0ft/3.60m | Specify the distance between each speaker and the listening position. |
| Center | 12.0ft/3.60m | Specify the distance between each speaker and the listening position. |
| Front Right | 12.0ft/3.60m | Specify the distance between each speaker and the listening position. |
| Height Left | 9.0ft/2.70m | Specify the distance between each speaker and the listening position.This setting cannot be changed if"Configuration" - "Powered Zone 2" is set to"Yes" and Zone2 is set to on. |
| Height Right | 9.0ft/2.70m | Specify the distance between each speaker and the listening position.This setting cannot be changed if"Configuration" - "Powered Zone 2" is set to"Yes" and Zone2 is set to on. |
| Surround Right 7.0ft/2 | 10m | Specify the distance between each speaker and the listening position. |
En-31
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
Setting Item Default Value Setting Details
| Back Right 7.0ft/2.10m | Specify the distance between each speaker and the listening position.This setting cannot be changed if "Configuration" - "Powered Zone 2" is set to "Yes" and Zone2 is set to on. |
| Back Left 7.0ft/2.10m | Specify the distance between each speaker and the listening position.This setting cannot be changed if "Configuration" - "Powered Zone 2" is set to "Yes" and Zone2 is set to on. |
| Surround Left 7.0ft/2.10m | Specify the distance between each speaker and the listening position. |
| Subwoofer 12.0ft/3.60m | Specify the distance between each speaker and the listening position. |
- Default values vary depending on the regions.
- The speaker "Distance" may be unable to be changed depending on the settings in "Configuration" - "Speaker Channels" / "Subwoofer".
Level Calibration
Adjust the level of each speaker with the built-in test tone. Settings are automatically configured if you use the Automatic Speaker Setup.
Setting Item Default Value Setting Details
| Front Left 0 dB Select a value between "-12 dB" and "+12 dB".A test tone will be output each time you change the value. Select the desired level. | |
| Center 0 dB Select a value between "-12 dB" and "+12 dB".A test tone will be output each time you change the value. Select the desired level. | |
| Front Right | 0 dB Select a value between "-12 dB" and "+12 dB".A test tone will be output each time you change the value. Select the desired level. |
| Height Left 0 dB Select a value between "-12 dB" and "+12 dB".A test tone will be output each time you change the value. Select the desired level.This setting cannot be changed if "Configuration" - "Powered Zone 2" is set to "Yes" and Zone2 is set to on. | |
Setting Item Default Value Setting Details
| Height Right | 0 dB Select a value between "-12 dB" and "+12 dB".A test tone will be output each time you change the value. Select the desired level.This setting cannot be changed if "Configuration" - "Powered Zone 2" is set to "Yes" and Zone2 is set to on. |
| Surround Right | 0 dB Select a value between "-12 dB" and "+12 dB".A test tone will be output each time you change the value. Select the desired level. |
| Back Right 0 dB Select a value between "-12 dB" and "+12 dB".A test tone will be output each time you change the value. Select the desired level.This setting cannot be changed if "Configuration" - "Powered Zone 2" is set to "Yes" and Zone2 is set to on. | |
| Back Left 0 dB Select a value between "-12 dB" and "+12 dB".A test tone will be output each time you change the value. Select the desired level.This setting cannot be changed if "Configuration" - "Powered Zone 2" is set to "Yes" and Zone2 is set to on. | |
| Surround Left 0 dB Select a value between "-12 dB" and "+12 dB".A test tone will be output each time you change the value. Select the desired level. | |
| Subwoofer 0 dB Select a value between "-15 dB" and "+12 dB".A test tone will be output each time you change the value. Select the desired level. | |
- The speaker "Level Calibration" may be unable to be changed depending on the settings in "Configuration" - "Speaker Channels" / "Subwoofer".
- "Level Calibration" cannot be changed while muting is on.
En-32
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
3. Audio Adjust
Configure various settings related to sound, such as settings for listening to multiplex audio or multilingual TV broadcasts and sound field settings for listening modes.
Multiplex/Mono
| Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | |
| MultiplexInput Channel | Main Set the audio channel or language to be output when playing multiplex audio or multilingual TV broadcasts etc."Main": Main channel only"Sub": Sub channel only"Main/Sub": Main and sub channels will be output at the same time.If multiplex audio is being played, "1+1" will be displayed when Display is pressed. |
| MonoInput Channel | Left+Right Set the input channel to use for playing any 2ch digital source such as Dolby Digital, or 2-ch analog/PCM source in the Mono listening mode."Left": Left channel only"Right": Right channel only"Left + Right": Left and right channels |
Dolby
Make the settings for Dolby listening mode.
| Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | |
| Loudness Management | On Enable the Late Night function that allows you to enjoy surround sound of Dolby TrueHD playback even in low volume. "On": Use this function "Off": Do not use this function |
DTS
Make the settings for DTS Neo:6 Music listening mode.
| Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | |
| Neo:6 Music Center Image | 2 Adjust the width of the sound field of the front channel when playing in the DTS Neo:6 Music listening mode. "0" to "5": Selecting a smaller value brings the sound field of the front channel to the center while selecting a larger value spreads the sound field of the front channel to left and right. |
Theater-Dimensional
Make the settings for Theater-Dimensional listening mode.
| Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | |
| Listening Angle Wide To enhance the effect of Theater-Dimensional,select the actual angle of the left and rightfront speakers as it appears from the listeningposition."Narrow": Less than 30""Wide": Greater than 30° |
- Position the front speakers 20° to the listening position if you have selected "Narrow" in "Listening Angle" and 40° if you have selected "Wide".
Volume
Make the detailed volume setting of the unit.
| Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | ||
| Maximum Volume | Off | Set the maximum value to avoid too high volume. Select a value from "Off", "30" to "79". |
| Power On Volume Last Set the volume level of when the power is turned on. Select a value from "Last" (Volume level before entering standby mode), "Min", "1" to "79" and "Max".You cannot set a higher value than that of "Maximum Volume". | ||
| Headphone Level | 0 dB | Adjust the output level of the headphones.Select a value between "-12 dB" and "+12 dB". |
En-33
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Multi Zone
Setting Item Default Value Setting Details
| Zone 2 Out Fixed Select which of the integrated amplifier in a separate room or this unit should be used to adjust the volume when Zone 2 is active. "Fixed": Adjust on the Integrated amplifier in a separate room "Variable": Adjust on the unit | ||
| Zone 2 Maximum Volume | Off Set the maximum value for Zone 2 to avoid too high volume. Select a value from "Off", "30" to "79". | |
| Zone 2 Power On Volume | Last Set the Zone | 2 volume level of when Zone2 is set to on. Select a value from "Last" (Volume level when the unit was turned off), "Min", "1" to "79" and "Max". • You cannot set a higher value than that of "Zone 2 Maximum Volume". |
Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
4. Source
Make settings for input sources, such as volume difference adjustments for each input selector for the connected equipment. Select the input selector to configure.
IntelliVolume
| Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | |
| IntelliVolume 0 dB Adjust the volume level difference between the devices connected to the unit. Select a value between "-12 dB" and "+12 dB". Set a negative value if the volume of the target device is larger than the others and a positive value if smaller. When you select a desired input to check the audio, start playback of the connected device.This function is not effective in Zone 2. |
Name Edit
Set an easy name to each input. The set name will be shown on the main unit display. Select the input selector to configure.
Setting Item Default Value Setting Details
| Name Input name 1. Select a character or symbol with the cursors and press Enter.Repeat it to input 10 or less characters."A/a": Switches between upper and lower cases. (Pressing +10 on the remote controller also toggles between upper and lower cases.) "-" "→": Moves the cursor to the arrow direction."☒": Removes a character on the left of the cursor."Space": Puts a space.Pressing CLR on the remote controller will remove all the input characters.2. After inputting, select "OK" with the cursors and press Enter.The input name will be saved. |
- To name a preset radio station, press Tuner on the remote controller, select AM/FM and select the preset number.
- It cannot be set if the "NET" or "BLUETOOTH" input is selected.
En-34
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
Audio Select
Make the audio input setting. The setting can be separately set to each input selector button. Select the input selector to configure.
Setting Item Default Value Setting Details
| Audio Select BD/DVD: | HDMICBL/SAT:HDMISTRM BOX:HDMIPC:HDMIGAME:HDMICD:OPTICALTV:OPTICAL | Select the priority for input selection when multiple audio sources are connected to one input selector, such as connections to both the "BD/DVD" of HDMI IN jack and "BD/DVD" of AUDIO IN jack. You cannot select a jack that is not associated with the currently selected input.The priority is HDMI → COAXIAL/OPTICAL → Analog if this setting is not changed.ARC: When giving priority to input signal from ARC compatible TV.The setting can be selected only when "HDMI" - "Audio Return Channel" is set to "Auto" and also the "TV" input is selected.HDMI: When giving priority to input signal from HDMI jacksThe setting can be selected only when the input is assigned to the HDMI IN jack in the "HDMI Input" setting."COAXIAL (Coaxial input)": When giving priority to input signal from DIGITAL IN COAXIAL jacks.The setting can be selected only when the input is assigned to the COAXIAL jack in the "Digital Audio Input" setting."OPTICAL (Optical input)": When giving priority to input signal from DIGITAL IN OPTICAL jacks.The setting can be selected only when the input is assigned to the OPTICAL jack in the "Digital Audio Input" setting."Analog": To always output analog audio independently of the input signal |
| PCM Fixed Mode Off Select whether to fix input signals to PCM(except multi-channel PCM) when you have selected "HDMI", "COAXIAL", or "OPTICAL" in the "Audio Select" setting. Set this item to "On" if noise is produced or truncation occurs at the beginning of a track when playing PCM sources.Select "Off" normally.Changing "Audio Select" changes the setting to "Off". | ||
- The setting cannot be changed when "TUNER", "NET", or "BLUETOOTH" input is selected.
Video Select
| Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | |
| Video Select Last Select the video input played along withaudio output when either "TUNER", "NET" or "BLUETOOTH" is selected.This setting is effective only for an input selector which is assigned in "HDMI Input" or "Video Input"."Last": Select the video input played immediately prior."BD/DVD", "CBL/SAT", "STRM BOX", "PC", "GAME", "AUX", "CD", "TV": Play the video from the selected input. |
- The setting cannot be changed when input other than "TUNER", "NET" or "BLUETOOTH" is selected.
- When input is "NET" or "BLUETOOTH", switch between displaying and not displaying video by pressing Mode on the remote controller.
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
5. Listening Mode Preset
You can preset your favorite listening mode to each input. (For example, you can always apply straight decode to the Dolby TrueHD source of Blu-ray Disc to play it in unchanged sound field.)
When the list of input sources is displayed, set the signal type and listening mode. Although it is possible to select the listening mode during playback, the selected mode will be reset when the unit enters standby mode.
Setting Item Default Value Setting Details
| Analog/PCM All Ch Stereo Set the listening mode for playing PCM signals of CD and analog signals of record and cassette tape. | |
| Mono/Multiplex Full Mono Set the listening mode for playing Dolby Digital and other digital signals recorded in monaural or multiplex audio. | |
| 2 ch Source Dolby Surround Set the listening mode for playing Dolby Digital and other digital signals recorded in 2 channels. | |
| Dolby D/Dolby D+/ TrueHD | Dolby Surround Set the listening mode for playing Dolby Digital, Dolby Digital Plus and Dolby TrueHD signals.Input signals are played as they are input if you select "Straight Decode". |
| DTS/DTS-ES/ DTS-HD | Straight Decode Set the listening mode for playing digital audio signals in DTS and DTS-HD High Resolution formats. Select the listening mode specified for Blu-ray or such other DTS-HD Master Audio source.Input signals are played as they are input if you select "Straight Decode". |
| Other Multich Source Dolby Surround Set the listening mode for playing DVD-Audio that are input from HDMI IN jack.Input signals are played as they are input if you select "Straight Decode". | |
■ Available listening modes vary depending on speaker configuration and the input signal.
- Setting "Last Valid" will always select the last selected mode.
- Only "Analog" can be set to the "TUNER" input.
■ "Digital" and "TrueHD" can be set to the "NET" input.
- Only "Digital" can be set to the "BLUETOOTH" input.
En-36
Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
6. Hardware
Tuner
| Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | ||
| AM/FM Frequency Step (North American models) | 10kHz/0.2MHz | Select a frequency step depending on your area of residence.Select "10kHz/0.2MHz" or "9kHz/0.05MHz".When this setting is changed, all radio presets are deleted. |
| AM Frequency Step (Australian models) | 9kHz | Select a frequency step depending on your area of residence.Select "10kHz" or "9kHz".When this setting is changed, all radio presets are deleted. |
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
HDMI
Setting Item Default Value Setting Details
| HDMI CEC (RIHD) Off Setting to "On" enables the input selection link and other link functions with HDMI connected CEC compliant device. "On": Use this function "Off": Do not use this function When changing this setting, turn off and then on again the power of all connected components. Depending on the TV set, a link may need to be configured on the TV.When this setting is "On", the names of the CEC-compatible components and "CEC On" are displayed after this operation screen is closed.Power consumption in standby mode may increase if this setting is "On". (Depending on the TV status, the unit will enter the normal standby mode.)If you operate the MASTER VOLUME control on the unit when this setting is "On" and audio is output from the TV speakers, audio will be output also from the speakers connected to the unit. If you want to output from only either of them, change the unit or TV settings, or reduce the volume of the unit.If abnormal operation occurs when you set the setting to "On", set it to "Off.When connecting a non-CEC compatible component, or when you are not sure whether it is compatible, set the setting to "Off". |
Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
Setting Item Default Value Setting Details
| HDMI Standby Through | Off When this is set to anything other than "Off", you can play the video and audio of an HDMI connected player on the TV even if the unit is in standby mode. Only "Auto" and "Auto(Eco)" can be selected if "HDMI CEC (RIHD)" is set to "On". If you select anything else, set "HDMI CEC (RIHD)" to "Off." · Power consumption in standby mode increases if set to anything other than "Off". "BD/DVD", "CBL/SAT", "STRM BOX", "PC", "GAME", "AUX", "CD", "TV": For example, if you select "BD/DVD", you can play the equipment connected to the "BD/DVD" terminal on the TV even if the unit is in standby mode. Select this setting if you have decided which player to use with this function. "Last": You can play the video and audio of the input selected immediately prior to the unit being switched to standby on the TV. "Auto", "Auto (Eco)": Select one of these settings when you have connected equipment that conforms to the CEC standard. You can play the video and audio of the input selected on the TV, irrespective of what input was selected immediately prior to the unit being switched to standby, using the CEC link function. · To play players on the TV that do not conform to the CEC standard, you will need to turn the unit on and switch to the relevant input. · When using a TV that conforms to the CEC standard, you can reduce the power consumption in standby mode by selecting "Auto (Eco)". |
En-37
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
Setting Item Default Value Setting Details
| Audio TV Out Off You can enjoy audio through the speakers of the HDMI connected TV while this unit is on. "On": Use this function "Off": Do not use this function To select "On", set "HDMI CEC (RIHD)" to "Off". The setting is fixed to "Auto" if "HDMI CEC" is set to "On". Listening mode cannot be changed while "Audio TV Out" is set to "On" and audio is being output through the speakers of the TV. Depending on your TV set or input signal of the component, audio may not output through the speakers of the TV even if this setting is set to "On". In such case, audio is output from the speakers of the unit. If you operate the MASTER VOLUME control on the unit when "Audio TV Out" or "HDMI CEC (RIHD)" is "On" and audio is output from the TV speakers, audio will be output from the unit. If you do not want to output audio from the unit, change the unit or TV settings, or reduce the volume of the unit. | |
| Audio Return Channel | Auto You can enjoy sound of the HDMI connected ARC compatible TV through the speakers connected to the unit. To use this function, set "HDMI CEC (RIHD)" to "On" in advance. "Auto": When enjoying the TV sound through the speakers connected to the unit "Off": When not using the ARC function |
| Auto LipSync On This setting automatically corrects any desynchronization between the video and audio signals based on data from the HDMI LipSync compatible TV. "On": Automatic correction will be enabled. "Off": Automatic correction will be disabled. | |
Power Management
| Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | ||
| Sleep Timer Off Select to turn the unit into standby mode automatically when the specified time elapses. Select a value between "10 minutes" to "90 minutes". "Off": Select if you do not want the unit to automatically switch to standby. | ||
| Auto Standby On/Off | This setting places the unit on standby automatically after 20 minutes of inactivity without any video or audio input. "On": The unit will automatically enter standby mode ("ASb" will light.) "Off": The unit will not automatically enter standby mode. "Auto Standby" is appeared on the display and TV screen 30 seconds before the Auto Standby comes on. "Auto Standby" does not work when Zone 2 is active. Default values vary depending on the regions. | |
| Auto Standby in HDMI Standby Through | Off Enable or disable "Auto Standby" while "HDMI Standby Through" is on. "On": The setting will be enabled. "Off": The setting will be disabled. This setting cannot be set to "On" if "Auto Standby" is set to "Off". | |
| USB Power Out at Standby | Off When this function is "On", you can still have equipment connected to the USB port supplied with power even when this unit is in standby. When this function is being used, the power consumption increases even when the unit is on standby. However, the increase in power consumption is kept to a minimum by automatically entering the HYBRID STANDBY mode, where only the essential circuit is operating. | |
En-38
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
Setting Item Default Value Setting Details
| Network Standby Off When this function is "On", you can turn on the power of the unit via network using an application such as Integra Remote. ·When "Network Standby" is used, the power consumption increases even when the unit is on standby. However, the increase in power consumption is kept to a minimum by automatically entering the HYBRID STANDBY mode, where only the essential circuit is operating. | |
| Bluetooth Wakeup Off | |
- Wait for a while if "Network Standby" or "Bluetooth Wakeup" cannot be selected. It will appear when the network function is started up.
Network
Make the network setting.
- When LAN is configured with a DHCP, set "DHCP" to "Enable" to configure the setting automatically. ("Enable" is set by default) To assign fixed IP addresses to each components, you must set "DHCP" to "Disable" and assign an address to this unit in "IP Address" as well as set information related to your LAN, such as Subnet Mask and Gateway.
| Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | |
| Wi-Fi Off (Wired) Connect the unit to network via wireless LAN router. "On": Wireless LAN connection "Off (Wired)": Wired LAN connection | |
| Wi-Fi Setup - You can configure wireless LAN settings by pressing Enter when "Start" is displayed. | |
| Wi-Fi Status | - The information of the connected access point will be displayed. "SSID": SSID of the connected access point. "Signal": Signal strength of the connected access point. "Status": Status of the connected access point. |
| MAC Address | - This is the MAC address of the AV receiver. This value is specific to the component and cannot be changed. |
| DHCP | Enable "Enable": Auto configuration by DHCP "Disable": Manual configuration without DHCP ◆ If selecting "Disable", you must set "IP Address", "Subnet Mask", "Gateway", and "DNS Server" manually. |
| IP Address | - Displays/Sets the IP address. |
| Subnet Mask | - Displays/Sets the subnet mask. |
| Gateway | - Displays/Sets the gateway. |
| DNS Server | - Displays/Sets the primary DNS server. |
| Proxy URL | - Displays/Sets the proxy server URL. |
| Proxy Port | - Displays/Sets the proxy server port number when you enter "Proxy URL". |
En-39
Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
Setting Item Default Value Setting Details
| Friendly Name DTR-20.7 Change the name for this unit to a simple one for display on the equipment connected by network.1. Press Enter to display the Edit screen.2. Select a character or symbol with the cursors and press Enter.Repeat it to input 31 or less characters."A/a": Switches between upper and lower cases. (Pressing +10 on the remote controller also toggles between upper and lower cases.) "-" "→": Moves the cursor to the arrow direction."XT: Removes a character on the left of the cursor."Space": Puts a space.Pressing CLR on the remote controller will remove all the input characters.3. After inputting, select "OK" with the cursors and press Enter.The input name will be saved. | |
| AirPlay Password ---- | You can enter a password (maximum of 31places) so that only the entered user can use AirPlay.1. Press Enter to display the Edit screen.2. Select a character or symbol with the cursors and press Enter.Repeat it to input 31 or less characters."A/a": Switches between upper and lower cases. (Pressing +10 on the remote controller also toggles between upper and lower cases.) "-" "→": Moves the cursor to the arrow direction."XT: Removes a character on the left of the cursor."Space": Puts a space.Pressing D on the remote controller will switch whether to mask the password with *For display in the plain text.Pressing CLR on the remote controller will remove all the input characters.3. After inputting, select "OK" with the cursors and press Enter.The input password will be saved. |
Setting Item Default Value Setting Details
| Usage Data No As a means of improving the quality of our products and services, Onkyo may collect information about your usage over the network. Select "Yes" if you agree to our collecting this information. Select "No" if you do not want us to collect this information.You can set this after confirming the Privacy Policy. When you select "Usage Data" and press Enter, the Privacy Policy is displayed. (The same screen is displayed once also when setting up the network connection.) If you agree to the collection of the information, this setting also becomes "Yes". Note that if you agree to the Privacy Policy but select "No" for this setting, the information will not be collected. | |
| Network Check – You can check the network connection.Press Enter when "Start" is displayed. |
- Wait for a while if "Network" cannot be selected. It will appear when the network function is started up.
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
Bluetooth
| Setting Item Default | Value Setting Details |
| Bluetooth On Select | whether or not to use the Bluetooth function."On": Enables connection with a Bluetooth-enabled device by using the Bluetooth function. Select "On" also when making various Bluetooth settings."Off": When not using the Bluetooth function |
| Auto Input Change On | The input of the unit will automatically be switched to "BLUETOOTH" when connection is made from a Bluetooth-enabled device to the unit."On": The input will automatically become "BLUETOOTH" when a Bluetooth-enabled device is connected."Off": The function is disabled.If the input is not switched automatically, set to "Off" and change the input manually. |
| Auto Reconnect On | This function automatically reconnects to the Bluetooth-enabled device connected last when you change the input selector to "BLUETOOTH"."On": Use this function"Off": Do not use this functionThis may not work with some Bluetooth-enabled devices. |
| Pairing Information – | The information of the previous pairing stored in this unit will be initialized.Pressing Enter when "Clear" is displayed initializes the pairing information stored in this unit.This function does not initialize the pairing information on the Bluetooth-enabled device. When pairing the unit again with the device, be sure to clear the pairing information on the Bluetooth-enabled device in advance. For information on how to clear the pairing information, refer to the Bluetooth-enabled device's instruction manual. |
| Device – Displays the name of the Bluetooth-enabled device connected to the unit.The name is not displayed when "Status" is "Ready" or "Pairing". | |
| Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | |
| Status – Displays the status of the Bluetooth-enabled device connected to the unit."Ready": Not paired"Pairing": Pairing"Connected": Successfully connected |
- Wait for a while if "Bluetooth" cannot be selected. It will appear when the Bluetooth function is started up.
12V Trigger A
Set when outputting the control signal (maximum 12 V/100 mA) through the 12V TRIGGER OUT A jack. Different settings can be set for each input selector. You can enable power link operation when you connect the unit and the external devices equipped with 12V trigger input jack.
| Setting Item Default Value | Setting Details | |
| Delay | 0 sec | Set after how many seconds the 12V trigger output will occur in response to the unit's operation. As some devices cause a large current when they turn on, delay the output if such devices are connected. Select a value between "0 sec" to "3 sec". |
| BD/DVD | Main | Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "BD/DVD" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "BD/DVD" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "BD/DVD" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. |
Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
| Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | ||||
| CBL/SAT Main Set the | 12V trigger output setting to each input. "Off": No output"Main": Output when "CBL/SAT" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "CBL/SAT" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "CBL/SAT" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | AUX Main Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "AUX" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "AUX" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "AUX" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | |||
| STRM BOX Main Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input. "Off": No output"Main": Output when "STRM BOX" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "STRM BOX" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "STRM BOX" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | CD Main Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "CD" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "CD" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "CD" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | ||||
| PC Main Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input. "Off": No output"Main": Output when "PC" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "PC" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "PC" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | TV Main Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "TV" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "TV" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "TV" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | ||||
| GAME Main Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input. "Off": No output"Main": Output when "GAME" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "GAME" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "GAME" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | TUNER Main Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "TUNER" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "TUNER" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "TUNER" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | ||||
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
Setting Item Default Value Setting Details
| NET Main Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "NET" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "NET" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "NET" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. |
| BLUETOOTH Main Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "BLUETOOTH" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "BLUETOOTH" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "BLUETOOTH" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. |
12V Trigger B
Set when outputting the control signal (maximum 12 V/25 mA) through the 12V TRIGGER OUT B jack. Different settings can be set for each input selector. You can enable power link operation when you connect the unit and the external devices equipped with 12V trigger input jack.
| Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | ||
| Delay 1 sec Set after how many seconds the 12V trigger output will occur in response to the unit's operation. As some devices cause a large current when they turn on, delay the output if such devices are connected. Select a value between "0 sec" to "3 sec". | ||
| BD/DVD Zone2 Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "BD/DVD" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "BD/DVD" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "BD/DVD" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | ||
| CBL/SAT Zone2 Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "CBL/SAT" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "CBL/SAT" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "CBL/SAT" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | ||
| STRM BOX Zone2 Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "STRM BOX" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "STRM BOX" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "STRM BOX" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. |
En-43
Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
| Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | ||
| PC Zone2 Set the 12V | trigger output setting | to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "PC" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "PC" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "PC" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. |
| GAME Zone2 Set the | 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "GAME" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "GAME" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "GAME" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | |
| AUX Zone2 Set the 12V | trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "AUX" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "AUX" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "AUX" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | |
| CD Zone2 Set the 12V | trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "CD" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "CD" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "CD" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | |
| Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | ||
| TV Zone2 Set the 12V | trigger output setting | to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "TV" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "TV" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "TV" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. |
| TUNER Zone2 Set the | 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "TUNER" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "TUNER" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "TUNER" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | |
| NET Zone2 Set the 12V | trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "NET" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "NET" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "NET" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | |
| BLUETOOTH Zone2 | Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "BLUETOOTH" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "BLUETOOTH" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "BLUETOOTH" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | |
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
12V Trigger C
Set when outputting the control signal (maximum 12 V/25 mA) through the 12V TRIGGER OUT C jack. Different settings can be set for each input selector. You can enable power link operation when you connect the unit and the external devices equipped with 12V trigger input jack.
Setting Item Default Value Setting Details
| Delay 2 sec Set after how many seconds the 12V trigger output will occur in response to the unit's operation. As some devices cause a large current when they turn on, delay the output if such devices are connected. Select a value between "0 sec" to "3 sec". | |
| BD/DVD Main/Zone2 Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "BD/DVD" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "BD/DVD" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "BD/DVD" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | |
| CBL/SAT Main/Zone2 Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "CBL/SAT" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "CBL/SAT" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "CBL/SAT" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | |
| STRM BOX Main/Zone2 Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "STRM BOX" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "STRM BOX" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "STRM BOX" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. |
Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
| Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | |
| PC Main/Zone2 Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "PC" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "PC" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "PC" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | |
| GAME Main/Zone2 Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "GAME" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "GAME" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "GAME" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | |
| AUX Main/Zone2 Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "AUX" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "AUX" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "AUX" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | |
| CD Main/Zone2 Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "CD" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "CD" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "CD" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. |
Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
Setting Item Default Value Setting Details
| TV Main/Zone2 Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "TV" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "TV" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "TV" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | |
| TUNER Main/Zone2 Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "TUNER" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "TUNER" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "TUNER" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | |
| NET Main/Zone2 Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "NET" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "NET" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "NET" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. | |
| BLUETOOTH Main/Zone2 Set the 12V trigger output setting to each input."Off": No output"Main": Output when "BLUETOOTH" is selected as input for main room."Zone2": Output when "BLUETOOTH" is selected as input for ZONE2."Main/Zone2": Output when "BLUETOOTH" is selected as input for main room or ZONE2. |
- Remote Controller
| Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | |
| Remote ID 1 Select an ID for the unit's remote controller from "1", "2", and "3" to prevent interference between the unit and other Integra/Onkyo components that are installed in the same room. After changing the ID on the main unit, change the ID on the remote controller accordingly with the following procedure.1. While holding down Receiver, press and hold Setup for about 3 seconds until the remote indicator lights.2. With the number buttons, press one of 1, 2, and 3. The remote indicator flashes twice. | |
| Remote Mode – Input and register the remote controller code of other devices.For registration of the remote control code, refer to the next section, "Operating Other Components with the Remote Controller". |
En-46
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
8. Miscellaneous
Firmware Update
| Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | ||
| Update Notice Enable | Availability of a firmware update will be notified via network."Enable": Notify updates"Disable": Do not notify updates | |
| Version – The current firmware version will be displayed. | ||
| Update via NET – Press Enter to select when you want to update the firmware via network.You will not be able to select this setting if you do not have Internet access or there is nothing to update. | ||
| Update via USB – Press Enter to select when you want to update the firmware via USB.You will not be able to select this setting if a USB storage device is not connected or there is nothing to update in the USB storage device. | ||
- Wait for a while if "Firmware Update" cannot be selected. It will appear when the network function is started up.
Initial Setup
You can make the initial setup from the setup menu.
- Wait for a while if "Initial Setup" cannot be selected. It will appear when the network function is started up.
Lock
| Setting Item Default Value Setting Details | |
| Setup Parameter Unlocked Lock the Setup | menu to protect the settings."Locked": The menu is locked."Unlocked": The menu is unlocked. |
En-47
Operating Other Components with the Remote Controller
Functions of Remote Mode Buttons
You can control any other device than this unit by programming a specified remote control code to a Remote Mode button of the remote controller. Register a remote control code to a desired Remote Mode button and press it to enter the remote mode that allows you to operate the corresponding device.
* The Receiver and Zone2 buttons cannot be programmed.
Operating Other Components with the Remote Controller
Programming Remote Control Codes
■ Searching in the Setup Menu
You can search a remote control code and register it to a desired Remote Mode button in the unit's Setup menu.
- After pressing Receiver on the remote controller, press Setup.
- With the cursors, select "7. Remote Controller" - "Remote Mode" and press Enter.
- With the cursors, select the Remote Mode button for which you want to register a remote control code and press Enter to display the subcategory selection screen.
- With the cursors, select the target subcategory, and then press Enter to display the brand name input screen.
- Select a character with the cursors and press Enter. Repeat it to enter the first three characters of the brand name.
- Select "Search" with the cursors and press Enter. • After a search is done, the list of possible brand names is displayed. If the brand name list is not displayed, select "Not Listed" with the cursors and press Enter to return to the brand name input screen in step 5.
- With the cursors, select the target brand name, and then press Enter.
- When the brand name is specified, the remote control code of the brand and how to register it will be displayed on the TV screen.
- Follow the guidance displayed on the TV screen.
- If the component can successfully be operated with its registered remote control code, select "OK" with the cursors and press Enter.
- Only TV remote control codes can be entered for TV.
• Program a remote control code in accordance
with the input since each button also works as the input selector. (For example, when the CD player is connected to the CD jack, program the remote control code for the CD player to CD)
- If the component cannot be operated, select "Try Next Code" with the cursors and press Enter to display another code.
■ Consulting the Remote Control Code List
Find the remote control code in the remote control code list.
-
Refer to the Remote Control Codes at the back of the manual for the corresponding remote control code.
-
The codes in the Remote Control Code List are those known as of the date of publication and may be changed.
- The following Remote Mode buttons are preprogrammed with remote control codes. BD/DVD: Integra/Onkyo Blu-ray Disc/DVD player CD: Integra/Onkyo CD player STRM Box: Apple TV
- Only TV remote control codes can be entered for TV.
-
Program a remote control code in accordance with the input since each button also works as the input selector. (For example, when the CD player is connected to the CD jack, program the remote control code for the CD player to CD)
-
Press and hold Display for 3 or more seconds while holding down the Remote Mode button to which you want to program the remote control code.
• The remote indicator lights in the input mode.
- With the number buttons, enter the 5-digit remote control code within 30 seconds.
- Programming is complete when the remote indicator flashes twice. The remote indicator flashes once slowly when programming the remote control code fails. Try programming again.
■ Remapping the Colored Buttons
The colored button assignment on the AV receiver's remote controller can be remapped to match that on the remote controller of the component whose remote control code you programmed to Remote Mode. However, you will not be able to remap the colored buttons if Zone 2 is selected.
- Hold down the Remote Mode button to map and A (Red) simultaneously until the remote indicator lights (about 3 seconds).
- Remapping is possible only for codes included in the categories of the Remote Control Code List (DVD player, TV, etc.)
-
Within 30 seconds, press the colored buttons from left to right, in the order you want to remap.
-
For example, if the colored buttons on the remote controller of the other component are yellow, green, blue, and red from left to right, press the buttons on the AV receiver's remote controller in that order.
- Programming is complete when the remote indicator flashes twice. The remote indicator flashes once slowly when programming the remote control code fails. Try programming again.
- Pressing any other button than a colored button cancels the remap operation.
Operating Other Components with the Remote Controller
■ Resetting the Remote Mode Buttons
You can reset the remote control code registered in the Remote Mode button to its default status. This operation can be executed on a single Remote Mode button.
- Press and hold Q for 3 or more seconds while holding down the Remote Mode button you want to reset.
• The remote indicator will light.
- Within 30 seconds, press the Remote Mode button again.
- Resetting is complete when the remote indicator flashes twice.
To reset all the remote controller settings: While holding down Receiver, press and hold Q for 3 or more seconds until the remote indicator stays lit. Within 30 seconds, press Receiver again. Resetting is complete when the remote indicator flashes twice.
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
TV operation
Press the Remote Mode button programmed with the remote control code for the relevant AV component to switch the remote controller mode to that for the AV component. Then, operate by using the corresponding buttons. Available buttons vary depending on the product category of the component. Operation may be incorrect or impossible depending on the product.
① Remote Mode
② Input, VOL /▲▼
③ Muting
④ CH +/−
⑤ Guide
⑥ ▲/▼,Enter
⑦ Home
⑧ PREV CH
⑨ Return
⑩ ▶ △ □ ▶ ▶ ▶ ▶ ▶
⑪ A (Red), B (Green), C (Yellow), D (Blue)
⑫ Number 1 to 9, 0, +10
⑬ CLR, Display
* Not CEC-compatible.
Blu-ray Disc player/DVD player/DVD recorder operation
Press the Remote Mode button programmed with the remote control code for the relevant AV component to switch the remote controller mode to that for the AV component. Then, operate by using the corresponding buttons. Available buttons vary depending on the product category of the component. Operation may be incorrect or impossible depending on the product.
① Remote Mode
② Source
③ Muting
④ CH +/−, Disc +/−
⑤ Top Menu
⑥ ▲M, Enter
⑦ Home
⑧ Menu
⑨ Return
⑪ A (Red), B (Green), C (Yellow), D (Blue)
⑫ Number 1 to 9, 0, +10 (*)
⑬ CLR, Display
* Not CEC-compatible.
En-50
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
VCR/PVR operation
Press the Remote Mode button programmed with the remote control code for the relevant AV component to switch the remote controller mode to that for the AV component. Then, operate by using the corresponding buttons. Available buttons vary depending on the product category of the component. Operation may be incorrect or impossible depending on the product.
① Remote Mode
② Source
③ Muting
④ CH +/−
⑤ Guide
⑥ A/N Enter
⑦ Home
⑧ PREV CH
⑨ Return
Satellite receiver / Cable receiver operation
Press the Remote Mode button programmed with the remote control code for the relevant AV component to switch the remote controller mode to that for the AV component. Then, operate by using the corresponding buttons. Available buttons vary depending on the product category of the component. Operation may be incorrect or impossible depending on the product.
① Remote Mode
② Source
③ Muting
④ CH +/−
⑤ Guide
⑥ A/V Enter
⑦ Home
⑧ PREV CH
⑨ Return
⑩ ▶ ∥ □ ◀ ▶ ◀ ▶
⑪ A (Red), B (Green), C (Yellow), D (Blue)
⑫ Number 1 to 9, 0, +10
⑬ CLR, Display
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
CD player operation
Press the Remote Mode button programmed with the remote control code for the relevant AV component to switch the remote controller mode to that for the AV component. Then, operate by using the corresponding buttons. Available buttons vary depending on the product category of the component. Operation may be incorrect or impossible depending on the product.
① Remote Mode
② Source
③ Muting
④ Disc +/-
⑤ ▲▼, Enter
⑥ Home
En-52
⑧ Search, Repeat, Random, Mode
⑨ Number 1 to 9, 0, +10
⑩ CLR, Display
Cassette tape deck operation
Press the Remote Mode button programmed with the remote control code for the relevant AV component to switch the remote controller mode to that for the AV component. Then, operate by using the corresponding buttons. Available buttons vary depending on the product category of the component. Operation may be incorrect or impossible depending on the product.
① Remote Mode
② Source
③ Muting
Operating Other Components with the Remote Controller
To operate CEC-compatible components
If this unit is connected via HDMI to a TV or BD/DVD player, you may be able to control the devices using the remote controller of this unit with CEC (Consumer Electronics Control) linked operation.
TV: The TV button on the remote controller is preprogrammed with remote control codes for linked operation of some CEC(Consumer Electronics Control)-compatible TV sets.
- If you cannot operate your CEC-compatible TV, program one of the following remote control codes (11807/13100/13500) to the TV button.
BD/DVD player: By registering a remote control code (32910/33101/33501/31612) in the BD/DVD button, your remote controller will be able to take advantage of linked operation with CEC-compatible BD/DVD players.
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Advanced speaker connections
Connecting Bi-amp Speakers
It is possible to connect speakers supporting bi-amping to improve quality of the bass and treble. Up to 5.1 ch will be played in bi-amping.
■ Connections
- Connect as below using the FRONT terminals and BACK or HEIGHT terminals.
flowchart
graph TD
A["Front R Front L"] --> B["Tweeter (high pitched tone)"]
A --> C["Woofer (low pitched tone)"]
D["RACK OF HEIGHT"] --> B
E["RACK OF HEIGHT"] --> C
F["RACK OF HEIGHT"] --> G["FRONT"]
H["RACK OF HEIGHT"] --> I["FRONT"]
J["FRONT"] --> K["FRONT"]
L["FRONT"] --> M["FRONT"]
N["FRONT"] --> O["FRONT"]
P["FRONT"] --> Q["FRONT"]
R["FRONT"] --> S["FRONT"]
T["FRONT"] --> U["FRONT"]
V["FRONT"] --> W["FRONT"]
X["FRONT"] --> Y["FRONT"]
Z["FRONT"] --> AA["FRONT"]
-
Turn the unit on and make the bi-amping setting.
① After pressing Receiver on the remote controller, press Setup.
② With the cursors, select "2. Speaker" - "Configuration" - "Bi-Amp".
③ Select "Yes" with the cursors. -
Before bi-amping, be sure to remove the short-circuit connector that connects the tweeter (treble) jack and the subwoofer (bass) jack.
- Use speakers supporting bi-amping only. For details, refer to the speakers' instruction manual.
Advanced speaker connections
En-53
Connecting and Operating Onkyo RI Components
About RI Function
Connecting an Onkyo component with RI jack such as the separately sold RI Dock to the unit by using an RI cable and an analog audio cable enables the following RI functions:
System On / Auto Power On: Starting playback on a component connected via RI when the unit is on standby mode, automatically turns on the unit to select the relevant component as its input source.
Direct Change: When playback is started on a component connected via RI, the unit selects that component as the input source.
Remote Controller Operation: Allows you to operate RI-compatible Onkyo components using the AV receiver's remote controller. Point the remote controller at remote control sensor of the unit. This operation is possible only when the RI remote control code is programmed.
• Some components may not support all RI functions.
• These functions do not work when Zone 2 is turned on.
- For information on the RI functions, also refer to each component's instruction manual.
RI Connection and Setting
Connect an Onkyo component with RI jack to this unit using an RI cable and an analog audio cable. For details, refer to the instruction manual of the component with RI jack. The RI cable can be connected in any order. When there are two RI jacks, both jacks work in the same way and are interchangeable.
To connect the RI Dock or cassette tape deck via RI, the following settings are required.
■ Rename the input selector
To make the RI functions work, you must rename the input selectors on the unit. Press CD or Game to display "CD" or "GAME" on the main unit display. Then press and hold CD or Game 3 seconds or more to switch the display to "DOCK" or "TAPE".
■ To program the RI remote control code
Program the remote control code to any Remote Mode button on the remote controller. This will allow you to operate the component by pointing the remote controller at the unit instead of the component.
- Press and hold Display for 3 or more seconds while holding down the Remote Mode button to which you want to program the remote control code.
• The remote indicator will light.
- The Receiver and Zone2 buttons cannot be programmed.
Connecting and Operating Onkyo RI Components
- With the number buttons, enter the following 5-digit remote control code within 30 seconds. RI Dock: 81993
Cassette tape deck with RI jack: 42157
- Programming is complete when the remote indicator flashes twice. The remote indicator flashes once slowly when programming the remote control code fails. Try programming again.
Input selector on the RI Dock: Switch to "DOCK" or "TAPE". For details, refer to the RI Dock's instruction manual.
To operate Onkyo components directly or Onkyo components that are not connected via RI, use the following remote control codes:
Onkyo DVD player: 30627
Onkyo CD player: 71817
RI Dock: 82990
- With some models, operation may be not possible in part or not possible at all.
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
iPod®/iPhone® Operation
The RI Dock allows you to use the AV receiver's remote controller to operate and play music on your iPod/iPhone. Moreover, it also allows you to view videos on your iPod/iPhone on the screen of your TV, as well as perform RI operations if connected via RI. This operation is possible only when the RI remote control code is programmed.
Before performing any operation: Make sure the OS for your iPod/iPhone is updated to the latest version. Certain buttons may not work for some iPod/iPhone models and generations, or RI Dock. For details on the operation, refer to the RI Dock's instruction manual.
Switch the remote controller mode by pressing the Remote Mode button programmed with the remote control code for the iPod/iPhone, and operate by using the corresponding buttons. Point the remote controller at the unit.
① Remote Mode
② Source
③ Muting
④ VOLV
⑤ Album +/-
⑥ Top Menu
⑦ ▲▼,◀Enter, Playlist /
⑧ Menu
⑨
⑩ Repeat, Random
⑪ Mode
⑫ Display
- Pressing Display turns on the backlight for a few seconds.
- Mode allows you to use the Resume function.
Connecting and Operating Onkyo RI Components
En-55
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Control Function between the Unit and External Component
You can enable the control functions between the unit and external devices using the terminals below. Special devices or cable connections are necessary to enable the functions. For more information about preparation, contact the specialized stores.
RS232 port
Use the port for connection with a commercially available integrated control system that can enable home automation. Some integrated control systems provide a centralized operation with a single touch panel controller in order to control audio and video home appliances and security devices together. For more information about adopting an integrated control system, contact the specialized stores.
Control Function between the Unit and External Component
■ IR jack
If you use a multiroom remote control kit with this jack, you can operate the unit with the remote controller even when you are in a separate room, or operate the unit with the remote controller even if its remote control sensor is difficult to see. You can also connect a device with the unit and operate it with the remote controller. For more information about adopting a multiroom remote control kit, contact the specialized stores.
flowchart
graph TD
A["Main room Zone"] --> B["Connecting block"]
B --> C["IR receiver"]
C --> D["Remote controller"]
D --> E["Signal flow"]
■ 12V trigger output jack
You can enable power link operation when you connect the unit and an external device such as power amplifier equipped with 12V input jack. When the desired input is selected on the unit, power link operation will be activated with a control signal of maximum 12 V/100 mA from the 12V TRIGGER OUT A jack (maximum 12 V/25 mA for the 12V TRIGGER OUT B or C jack). Each input can be set to output a control signal in any case of "Main", "Zone2" or "Main/Zone2". For connection, use a monaural mini plug cable.
En-56
Firmware Update
About Firmware Update
There are two methods for updating the firmware; via network and via USB.
Use the one that best suits your environment.
- For the latest information on updates, visit the Onkyo website.
- Before updating, make sure that the speaker setup microphone is not connected.
• During an update, do not
- Disconnect and reconnect any cable, USB storage device, speaker setup microphone or headphones, or perform any operation on the component such as turn off its power
- Access to this unit from a PC or smartphone using Android application
- The update may take about 30 minutes to complete for either method: via network or via USB.
Furthermore, existing settings are guaranteed regardless of the method used for update.
Disclaimer: The program and accompanying online documentation are furnished to you for use at your own risk.
Onkyo will not be liable and you will have no remedy for damages for any claim of any kind whatsoever concerning your use of the program or the accompanying online documentation, regardless of legal theory, and whether arising in tort or contract.
In no event will Onkyo be liable to you or any third party for any special, indirect, incidental, or consequential damages of any kind, including, but not limited to, compensation, reimbursement or damages on account of the loss of present or prospective profits, loss of data, or for any other reason whatsoever.
Updating the Firmware via Network
Before Starting
- Check that the unit is turned on, and the connection to the Internet is secured.
- Turn off the controller component (PC etc.) connected to the network.
- Stop any playing Internet radio, USB storage device, or server content.
- If the multi-zone function is active, press Off on the main unit to turn it off.
- If "HDMI CEC (RIHD)" is set to "On", set it to "Off" (default value).
- After pressing Receiver on the remote controller, press Setup. Then, after selecting "6. Hardware" - "HDMI" and pressing Enter, select "HDMI CEC (RIHD)" to select "Off".
* The description may differ from the on-screen display but that will not change the way to operate or the function.
Update
- After pressing Receiver on the remote controller, press Setup.
Firmware Update
The Setup menu is displayed on the TV screen.
- With the cursors, select "8. Miscellaneous" - "Firmware Update" - "Update via NET", and then press Enter.
- If "Firmware Update" is grayed out and cannot be selected, wait for a while until it starts up.
-
You will not be able to select "Update via NET" if there is nothing to update.
-
Press Enter with "Update" selected to start update.
-
During the update, the TV screen may go black depending on the updated program. In that case, check the progress on the display of the unit. The TV screen will remain black until the update is complete and the power is turned on again.
-
"Completed!" is displayed when the update is complete.
-
Press ⬆On/Standby on the main unit to turn the unit into standby mode. The process is completed and your firmware is updated to the latest version.
- Do not use Receiver on the remote controller.
■ If an Error Message is Displayed
When an error occurs, "*-** Error!" is displayed on the unit. ("*" represents an alphanumeric character.) Check the following:
Error Code
• *-01, *-10:
Ethernet cable not found. Connect the Ethernet cable properly.
• *-02, *-03, *-04, *-05, *-06, *-11, *-13, *-14, *-16, *-17, *-18, *-20, *-21:
Internet connection error. Check the following: - Whether the router is turned on
- Whether this unit and router are connected to the network
Try to disconnect and then connect again the power to the unit and router. This may solve the problem. If you are still unable to connect to the Internet, the DNS server or proxy server may be temporarily down. Check the service status with your ISP provider.
- Others
First disconnect then reconnect the AC power cord, and then retry from the beginning.
En-58
Updating the Firmware via USB
Before Starting
• Prepare a 64MB or larger USB storage device.
– Media inserted in a USB card reader may not be used for this function.
- USB storage devices with security function are not supported.
- USB hubs and USB devices with hub function are not supported. Do not connect these devices to the unit.
- Delete any data stored on the USB storage device.
- Turn off the controller component (PC etc.) connected to the network.
- Stop any playing Internet radio, USB storage device, or server content.
- If the multi-zone function is active, press Off on the main unit to turn it off.
- If "HDMI CEC (RIHD)" is set to "On", set it to "Off" (default value).
- After pressing Receiver on the remote controller, press Setup. Then, after selecting "6. Hardware"
- "HDMI" and pressing Enter, select "HDMI CEC (RIHD)" to select "Off".
* Some USB storage devices may take long to load, may not be loaded correctly, or may not be correctly fed depending on the device or their content.
* Onkyo will not be liable whatsoever for any loss or damage of data, or storage failure arising from the use of the USB storage device with this AV receiver. Thank you for your understanding.
* The description may differ from the on-screen display but that will not change the way to operate or the function.
Update
- Connect the USB storage device to your PC.
- Download the firmware file from the Onkyo website to your PC and unzip.
Firmware files are named in the following way:
ONKAVR**** *******.zip
Unzip the file on your PC. The number of unzipped files and folders varies depending on the model. - Copy all unzipped files and folders to the root folder of the USB storage device.
• Make sure to copy the unzipped files. - Connect the USB storage device to the USB port of the unit.
- If you connect a USB hard disk drive to the USB port of the unit, we recommend that you use its AC adapter to power it.
Firmware Update
- If the USB storage device has been partitioned, each section will be treated as an independent device.
- After pressing Receiver on the remote controller, press Setup.
Firmware Update
The Setup menu is displayed on the TV screen.
- With the cursors, select "8. Miscellaneous" - "Firmware Update" - "Update via USB", and then press Enter.
- If "Firmware Update" is grayed out and cannot be selected, wait for a while until it starts up.
-
You will not be able to select "Update via USB" if there is nothing to update.
-
Press Enter with "Update" selected to start update.
-
During the update, the TV screen may go black depending on the updated program. In that case, check the progress on the display of the unit. The TV screen will remain black until the update is complete and the power is turned on again.
- During the update, do not turn off, or disconnect and reconnect the USB storage device.
-
"Completed!" is displayed when the update is complete.
-
Disconnect the USB storage device from the unit.
-
Press ⏻On/Standby on the main unit to turn the unit into standby mode. The process is completed and your firmware is updated to the latest version.
- Do not use Receiver on the remote controller.
■ If an Error Message is Displayed
When an error occurs, "A-AA Error!" is displayed on the unit. ("**" represents an alphanumeric character.) Check the following:
Error Code
• *-01, *-10:
USB storage device not found. Check whether the USB storage device or USB cable is correctly inserted to the USB port of the unit.
Connect the USB storage device to an external power source if it has its own power supply.
• *-05, *-13, *-20, *-21:
The firmware file is not present in the root folder of the USB storage device, or the firmware file is for another model. Retry from the download of the firmware file.
- Others
First disconnect then reconnect the AC power cord, and then retry from the beginning.
Troubleshooting
Before starting the procedure
Problems may be solved by simply turning the power on/off or disconnecting/connecting the power cord, which is easier than working on the connection, setting and operating procedure. Try the simple measures on both the unit and the connected device. If the problem is that the video or audio is not output or the HDMI linked operation does not work, disconnecting/connecting the HDMI cable may solve it. When reconnecting, be careful not to wind the HDMI cable since if wound the HDMI cable may not fit well. After reconnecting, turn off and on the unit and the connected device.
- The AV receiver contains a microPC for signal processing and control functions. In very rare situations, severe interference, noise from an external source, or static electricity may cause it to lockup. In the unlikely event that this happens, unplug the power cord from the wall outlet, wait at least 5 seconds, and then plug it back in.
- Onkyo is not responsible for damages (such as CD rental fees) due to unsuccessful recordings caused by the unit's malfunction. Before you record important data, make sure that the material will be recorded correctly.
Resetting the unit
Resetting the unit to the status at the time of shipment may solve the problem. If the measures mentioned in the troubleshooting do not solve the problem, reset the unit with the following procedure. If you reset the unit status, your preferences will be reset to the defaults. Note them down before starting reset.
How to reset
- While holding down CBL/SAT on the main unit (note that step 2 must be performed with this button pressed down)
- Press ⏻On/Standby on the main unit. "Clear" is appeared on the display and the unit will enter standby
En-60
mode.
■ How to reset the remote controller
- While holding down ① Receiver on the remote controller (note that step 2 must be performed with this button pressed down)
- Press and hold ② Q for 3 or more seconds until the ③ remote indicator stays lit. Within 30 seconds, press ① Receiver again.
Power
■ Cannot turn on the unit
- Make sure that the power cord is properly plugged into the wall outlet.
- Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet, wait 5 seconds or more, then plug it in again.
■ The unit turns off unexpectedly
- The AV receiver will automatically enter standby mode when Auto Standby or Sleep Timer is set and launched.
- The protection circuit may have been activated. If this is the case, when you turn the unit on again, "AMP Diag Mode" will appear on the main unit's display. The unit will then enter a mode that detects abnormal conditions.
If no problems are detected, "AMP Diag Mode" will disappear and the unit will return to a normal state. If "CHECK SP WIRE" appears on the display, the speaker cables may be short-circuited. Turn the unit off, and check to see if the cable core of any of the speaker cables is in contact with that of another speaker cable or with the rear panel. After that, turn the unit on again. If "NG" appears, unplug the power cord immediately and contact your dealer.
WARNING: If smoke, smell or abnormal noise is produced by the unit, unplug the power cord from the wall outlet immediately and contact the dealer or our support.
Audio
- Make sure that the speaker setup microphone is not still connected.
- Check that the output jack of the connected equipment and the input jack of this unit are connected correctly.
- Make sure that none of the connecting cables are bent, twisted, or damaged.
- If the MUTING indicator on the display flashes, press Muting on the remote controller to unmute the unit.
- While headphones are connected to the Phones jack, no sound is output from the speakers.
If "Audio Select" - "PCM Fixed Mode" is set to "On", set it to "Off".
If the above does not solve the problem, check the following.
■ There is no sound from the television
■ There is no sound from the connected player
- The input selector of this unit needs to be in the position that corresponds to the jack where the television is connected.
- If your TV does not support ARC, you need, in addition to the HDMI OUT jack connection, a digital optical cable connection between the digital audio out optical jack of the TV and the DIGITAL IN OPTICAL jack of the unit or an analog audio cable connection between the audio output jack of the TV and the AUDIO IN TV jack of the unit.
- The input selector of this unit needs to be in the position that corresponds to the jack where the player is connected.
- Check the digital audio output setting on the connected component. On some game consoles, such as those
Troubleshooting
that support DVD, the default setting is off.
- With some DVD-Video discs, you need to select an audio output format from a menu.
■ One of the speakers produces no sound
- Make sure that the polarity of the speaker cables is correct, and that no bare wires are in contact with the metal part of speaker terminals.
• Make sure that the speaker cables are not shorting.
• Make sure the speakers are configured correctly.
■ Only the front speakers produce sound
- When the Stereo or Mono listening mode is selected, only the front speakers and subwoofer produce sound.
■ Only the center speaker produces sound
- If you use the Dolby Surround listening mode with a mono source, such as an AM radio station or mono TV program, the sound is concentrated in the center speaker.
■ The surround speakers produce no sound
- When the T-D (Theater-Dimensional), Stereo or Mono listening mode is selected, the surround speakers produce no sound.
- Depending on the source and current listening mode, not much sound may be produced by the surround speakers. Try selecting another listening mode.
■ The center speaker produces no sound
- When the Stereo or Mono listening mode is selected, the center speaker produces no sound.
■ No sound from the back speakers and height
speakers
- Depending on the source and current listening mode, not much sound may be produced by the speakers. Try selecting another listening mode.
■ The subwoofer produces no sound
- When the input signal does not include a subwoofer audio element (LFE), the subwoofer may not produce sound.
Volume is low
- Check the volume. The volume level is adjustable between Min, 1 to 79, Max (80). A level of around 40 is normal in a domestic environment.
■ Noise can be heard
- Using cable ties to bundle audio cables with power cords, speaker cables, etc. may degrade the audio performance, so refrain from doing it.
- An audio cable may be picking up interference. Try repositioning your cables.
■ The sound changes when I connect my headphones - When a listening mode other than Direct, or Mono is selected, connecting a headphone automatically selects Stereo.
■ About DTS signals
- When DTS program material ends and the DTS bitstream stops, the unit remains in DTS listening mode and the dts indicator remains on. This is to prevent noise when you use the pause, fast forward, or fast reverse function on your player. If you switch your player from DTS to PCM, you may not hear any sound because the unit does not switch formats immediately. In such case, you should stop your player for about 3 or more seconds and then resume playback.
- With some CD and LD players, you will not be able to playback DTS material properly even though your player is connected to a digital input on the unit. This is usually because the DTS bitstream has been processed (e.g., output level, sampling rate, or frequency response changed) and the unit does not recognize it as a genuine DTS signal. In such cases, you may hear noise
- When playing DTS program material, using the pause, fast forward, or fast reverse function on your player may produce a short audible noise. This is not a malfunction.
■ The beginning of audio received by an HDMI IN cannot be heard
- Since it takes longer to identify the format of an HDMI signal than it does for other digital audio signals, audio output may not start immediately.
■ Cannot increase volume when playing AirPlay, Spotify, or DLNA
- You can set the upper limit for the volume in "WEB Setup". After pressing the Receiver button on the remote controller, press the Setup button, select "6. Hardware" - "Network" - "IP Address" to display the IP address. After connecting the unit and your PC or smartphone to the same router, open the browser, enter the IP address of the unit in the URL field to display the "WEB Setup" screen. Change the value for "Max Volume" in "WEB Setup" and click "Save".
Listening Mode
- When listening to Dolby Digital and/or DTS sound, digital connection is necessary.
- Check the digital audio output setting on the connected component. On some game consoles, such as those that support DVD, the default setting is off.
- After pressing Receiver on the remote controller, repeatedly press Display to switch the display on the main unit. You can see the input format.
If the above does not solve the problem, check the following.
■ Cannot select a desired listening mode
- Depending on the connecting status of the speaker, some listening modes may not be selected. Check the details in "Selectable Listening Modes" section.
■ There is no sound with Dolby Atmos
- You need to have either back speakers or height speakers connected. After connecting each of the speakers, make sure the connection settings in "Configuration" - "Speaker Channels" are correct.
- Dolby Atmos play is only possible when the input signal is Dolby Atmos.
Video
- Check that the output jack of the connected equipment and the input jack of this unit are connected correctly.
- Make sure that none of the connecting cables are bent, twisted, or damaged.
- Make sure the switching of input screens is proper at the monitor side such as a TV.
If the above does not solve the problem, check the following.
■ There is no picture from a source connected to an HDMI IN
- The input selector of this unit needs to be in the position that corresponds to the jack where the player is connected.
- Check if "Resolution Error" is displayed on the main unit display when video input via HDMI IN jack is not displayed. In this case, the TV does not support the resolution of the video input from the player. Change the setting on the player.
- Reliable operation with an HDMI-to-DVI adapter is not
En-61
Troubleshooting
guaranteed. In addition, video signals from a PC are not supported.
- Try switching off the DeepColor function. To turn off the DeepColor function, simultaneously press the STRM Box and On/Standby buttons on the main unit. While holding down STRM Box, press On/Standby repeatedly until "Deep Color:Off" appears on the display. To reactivate the DeepColor function, repeat the above described step until "Deep Color:On" is appeared on the display.
■ There is no picture from a source connected to the component video input jack
- If multiple video inputs are put into one input, the output will be made in the order of HDMI, COMPONENT VIDEO/composite video. In this case, to output composite video, set "HDMI Input" to "----".
■ Images flicker
- It is possible that the resolution of the player is not compatible with the TV's resolution. If you have connected the player to this unit with an HDMI cable, try changing the output resolution on the player. There also may be an improvement if you change the screen mode on the TV.
Linked operation
■ There is no HDMI linked operation with CEC-compliant equipment such as a television
- Set the HDMI CEC (RIHD) setting of the unit to "On". Press Receiver and then Setup on the remote controller, select "Setup" - "6. Hardware" - "HDMI" - "HDMI CEC (RIHD)" and set to "Yes".
- It is also necessary to make the HDMI linked system settings on the CEC-compliant equipment. Check the operating instructions.
■ The RI functions do not work - To use RI, you must make an RI connection and an analog audio connection (RCA) between the component and AV receiver.
- While Zone 2 is selected, the RI functions do not work.
Tuner
■ Reception is noisy, FM stereo reception is noisy, or the "FM STEREO" indicator does not stay lit
• Re-check the antenna connection.
- Relocate your antenna.
- Move the unit away from your TV or PC.
• Passing cars and airplanes can cause interference.
• Concrete walls weaken radio signals.
- Listen to the station in mono.
- When listening to an AM station, operating the remote controller may cause noise.
Bluetooth
- Try plugging/unplugging the power of the unit and try turning on/off the Bluetooth-enabled device. Re-startup of the Bluetooth-enabled device may be effective.
- The Bluetooth-enabled devices must support the A2DP profile.
- Near components such as microwave oven or cordless phone, which use the radio wave in the 2.4 GHz range, a radio wave interference may occur, which disables the use of this unit.
- If there is a metallic object near the unit, Bluetooth connection may not be possible as the metal can effect on the radio wave.
If the above does not solve the problem, check the following.
■ Cannot connect with this unit
- The Bluetooth function of the Bluetooth-enabled device is not enabled. Refer to the user manual of the Bluetooth-enabled device for how to enable the Bluetooth function.
- When building a Bluetooth connection between this unit and your Bluetooth-enabled device for the first time, if the connection fails, select "6.Hardware" - "Bluetooth", execute "Clear" in "Pairing Information", turn off and then on again your Bluetooth-enabled device to clear the device name, and build the Bluetooth connection again.
- If the wireless LAN and Bluetooth connections are used at the same time, try connecting the ETHERNET port and router with the Ethernet cable after selecting "6. Hardware" - "Network" and changing "Wi-Fi" to "Off(Wired)" for a better connection.
■ Music playback is unavailable on the unit even after successful Bluetooth connection
- When the audio volume of your Bluetooth-enabled device is set low, the playback of audio may be unavailable. Increase the volume of the Bluetooth-enabled device.
- Depending on the Bluetooth-enabled device, Send/Receive selector switch may be provided. Select Send mode.
- Depending on the characteristics or specifications of your Bluetooth-enabled device, playback on the unit is not guaranteed.
■ Sound is interrupted
- Problem may be occurring at the Bluetooth-enabled device. Check the information on a web page.
■ The audio quality is poor after connection with a Bluetooth-enabled device
- The Bluetooth reception is poor. Move the Bluetooth-enabled device closer to the unit or remove any obstacle between the Bluetooth-enabled device and this unit.
■ "Bluetooth" - "Auto Reconnect" does not work • This may not work with some Bluetooth-enabled devices.
In that case, pair the unit and the Bluetooth-enabled device and then play again.
Network function
- "Network Setup" becomes selectable after the network starts up even if it cannot be selected first. It may take about a minute to start up.
- When NET is blinking, the AV receiver is not properly connected to the home network.
- Try unplugging the power supply of this unit and the router, and then plugging in again. Try rebooting the router.
If the above does not solve the problem, check the following.
■ Cannot access the Internet radio
- Certain network service or contents available through the unit may not be accessible in case the service provider terminates its service.
- Make sure that your modem and router are properly connected, and make sure they are both turned on.
• Make sure that the router LAN side port is properly
Troubleshooting
connected to the AV receiver.
- Make sure that connecting to Internet from other components is possible. If connecting is not possible, turn off all components connected to the network, wait for a while, and then turn on the components again.
- If a specific radio station is unavailable for listening, make sure the registered URL is correct, or whether the format distributed from the radio station is supported by this unit.
- Depending on ISP, setting the proxy server is necessary.
- Make sure that the used router and/or modem is supported by your ISP.
■ Cannot access the network server
- This unit needs to be connected to the same router as the network server.
• Make sure your network server has been started up. - Make sure your network server is properly connected to the home network.
• Make sure your network server is correctly set. - Make sure that the router LAN side port is properly connected to the AV receiver.
■ Playback stops while listening to music files on the network server
- Make sure the network server is compatible with this unit.
- When the PC is serving as the network server, try quitting any application software other than the server software (Windows Media ^® Player 12 etc.).
- If the PC is downloading or copying large files, the playback may be interrupted.
USB storage device
■ USB storage device is not displayed
- Check whether the USB storage device or USB cable is correctly inserted to the USB port of the unit.
- Remove the USB storage device from the AV receiver once, and then try re-connecting.
- Performance of the hard disk that receive power from the USB port of the unit is not guaranteed.
- Depending on the type of format, the playback may not be performed normally. Check the type of the file formats that is supported.
- USB storage devices with security functions may not be played.
Wi-Fi (Wireless LAN) Network
- Try plugging/unplugging the power supply of wireless LAN router and the unit, check the wireless LAN router power-on status, and try reboot of the wireless LAN router.
If the above does not solve the problem, check the following.
■ Cannot access to Wi-Fi (Wireless LAN) network
- The wireless LAN router setting may be switched to Manual. Return the setting to Auto.
- Try the manual set-up. The connection may succeed.
- When the wireless LAN router setting is at stealth mode (mode to hide the SSID key) or when ANY connection is off, the SSID is not displayed. Change the setting and try again.
- Check if SSID and encryption settings (WEP, etc.) are correct. Make sure the network settings of the unit is properly set.
- Connection to an SSID that includes multi-byte characters is not supported. Name the SSID of the wireless LAN router using single-byte alphanumeric characters only and try again.
■ Playback is interrupted and communication does not work
- Cannot receive signals due to a bad connection. Shorten the distance from wireless LAN access point or remove obstacles for a good visibility, and try again. Place the unit away from microwave ovens or other access points. It is recommended to place the Wi-Fi router (access point) and the unit in the same room.
- If there is a metallic object near the unit, wireless LAN connection may not be possible as the metal can effect on the radio wave.
- 2.4 GHz band for wireless LAN may not be enough. Connect ETHERNET port of the unit and the router via an Ethernet cable after selecting "6. Hardware" - "Network" and changing "Wi-Fi" to "Off(Wired)".
- When other wireless LAN devices are used near the unit, several issues such as interrupted playback and communication may occur. You can avoid these issues by changing the channel of your Wi-Fi router. For instructions on changing channels, see the instruction manual provided with your Wi-Fi router.
Multi-zone Function
■ There is no zone output from the connected player
- With multi-zone function, sound is output only when the signal input source is an external component connected to the analog audio input jacks, "NET", "BLUETOOTH", "AM" or "FM". Multi-zone output is not possible if the player and the unit are connected via HDMI cable. Connect the player using RCA cable. Also, some players require audio output setting.
- Only analog audio signals can be output from an external component to Zone 2.
- When the "NET" input source is selected, DSD and Dolby TrueHD audio signals cannot be output to Zone 2.
Remote Controller
- Make sure that the batteries are installed with the correct polarity.
• Install new batteries. Do not mix different types of batteries, or old and new batteries. - Make sure that the remote controller is not too far away from the unit, and that there is no obstruction between the remote controller and the remote control sensor of the unit.
- Make sure that the unit is not subjected to direct sunshine or inverter-type fluorescent lights. Relocate if necessary.
- If the unit is installed in a rack or cabinet with colored-glass doors or if the doors are closed, the remote controller may not work reliably.
If the above does not solve the problem, check the following.
■ The remote controller does not work
- Before operating this unit with the remote controller, be sure to press Receiver.
■ Operating other Onkyo component by using a RI mote control code is not available
- Make sure that the Onkyo component is properly connected with RI cable. When RI cable is used for connection, make sure to connect analog audio cable as well. (Connecting only an RI cable will not be enough.)
- Make sure you have selected the correct remote controller mode.
- When the RI remote control code is input, point the remote controller at remote control sensor of the unit.
En-63
Troubleshooting
• Make sure that the input display is correctly set.
- Input the RI remote control code again.
■ Cannot operate Onkyo components (o connection) and components of other makers
- Operate the remote controller by setting toward the light receiving section of each component.
- When using the remote controller to control other manufacturers' AV components, some buttons may not work as expected. Also, some components may not operate at all.
- Make sure you have selected the correct remote controller mode.
- Make sure you have entered the correct remote control code.
- Make sure to set the same ID on both the unit and remote controller.
- Input a correct remote control code again. If there are several codes, try each code.
Display and OSD
■ The display does not light
- Make sure that Dimmer function is not working. Press Dimmer button and change the brightness level of the display.
■ The on-screen menus do not appear
- On your TV, make sure that the video input to which this unit is connected is selected.
- Set "TV Out" - "Impose OSD" to "On".
- The guidance displayed on the TV screen (OSD) are not displayed when the OSD language is set to Chinese if the input selector is "NET" or "BLUETOOTH". Operate by confirming the display on the main unit. Note that the display on the main unit does not support the display of Chinese characters. Characters that cannot be displayed are replaced with asterisks (*).
RI Dock
- Make sure the unit is turned on, the correct input source is selected, and the volume is turned up.
• Make sure cord and cable plugs are properly plugged in. - Make sure your iPod/iPhone is properly inserted in the Dock. If your iPod/iPhone is in a case, it may not connect properly to the Dock. Always remove your iPod/iPhone from the case before inserting it into the Dock.
En-64
Try reconnecting your iPod/iPhone.
• Make sure your iPod/iPhone is actually playing.
If the above does not solve the problem, check the following.
■ There is no sound
• Try resetting your iPod/iPhone.
There is no video
• Make sure the correct input is selected on your TV or
the unit.
- Make sure that your iPod/iPhone model's TV OUT setting is set to On.
• Some versions of the iPod/iPhone do not output video.
■ The AV receiver's remote controller does not control, your iPod/iPhone
- The iPod/iPhone cannot be operated while it is displaying the Apple logo.
- Make sure you have selected the correct remote controller mode.
- When you use the AV receiver's remote controller, point it toward this unit.
- Before operating with the remote controller, you may need to play on your iPod/iPhone to make the input selector be recognized.
- Depending on your iPod/iPhone model and generation, some buttons may not work as expected.
• Try resetting your iPod/iPhone.
■ The unit unexpectedly selects your iPod/IPhone as the input source
- Always pause iPod/iPhone playback before selecting a different input source. If playback is not paused, the Direct Change function may select your iPod/iPhone as the input source by mistake during the transition between tracks.
Others
■ Strange noises can be heard from the unit
- If you have connected another unit to the same wall outlet as this unit, this noise may be an effect from the other unit. If the symptoms improve by unplugging the power cord of the other unit, use different wall outlets for this unit and the other unit.
■ When performing Automatic Speaker Setup, the measurement fails and the message "Ambient noise is
too high." is displayed.
- This can be caused by a malfunction in your speaker unit. Check if the unit produces normal sounds.
■ The Late Night function does not work
- Make sure the source material is Dolby Digital, Dolby Digital Plus, Dolby TrueHD, or DTS.
■ The Cinema Filter function does not work
- This function can be used in the following listening modes: Dolby Digital, Dolby Digital Plus, Dolby TrueHD, Multichannel, DTS, DTS-ES, DTS Neo:6 Cinema, DTS 96/24, DTS-HD High Resolution Audio, DTS-HD Master Audio, DTS Express.
■ How do I change the language of a multiplex source Select "Main" or "Sub" for "3. Audio Adjust" - "Multiplex/Mono" - "Multiplex Input Channel".
■ Cannot connect to the AV receiver from a Web powser
- Make sure that the IP address of the AV receiver is correctly input to the Internet browser.
- When DHCP is used for allocating the IP address, the IP address of this AV receiver may have been changed.
- Make sure that both AV receiver and PC are properly connected to the network.
■ Power consumption in standby mode
• In the following cases, the power consumption in
standby mode may reach up to a maximum of 4.4 W:
- When "Network Standby" in "6. Hardware" - "Power Management" - "Network" is set to "On".
- When "HDMI CEC (RIHD)" is set to "On". (Depending on the TV status, this unit will enter normal standby mode.)
- The "HDMI Standby Through" setting is set to other than "Off".
- When "Bluetooth Wakeup" in "6. Hardware" - "Power Management" is set to "On".
- When "USB Power Out at Standby" is set to "On"
Reference Information
Reference Information
Linked Operation with CEC-compatible Components
Link operation with a product conforming to the CEC of the HDMI standard.
Note that linked operation is not always guaranteed with all CEC devices.
Operation has been confirmed on the following devices (as of February 2015).
TV (Random order):
- Toshiba TV sets
- Sharp TV sets
Players/Recorders (Random order):
• Onkyo and Integra RIHD-compatible players
- Toshiba players and recorders
- Sharp players and recorders (only when used together with Sharp TV sets)
Caution: For linking functions to work properly, do not connect more RIHD-compatible components than the quantities specified below, to the HDMI jacks. Linking functions are not guaranteed when more RIHD-compatible components than the below mentioned quantities are connected. Furthermore, do not connect the AV receiver to another AV receiver/AV amplifier via HDMI.
• Blu-ray Disc/DVD players: up to 3
■ Blu-ray Disc/DVD recorders: up to 3
- Cable TV tuner, terrestrial digital tuner, and satellite broadcasting tuner: up to 4 units.
Checking whether the HDMI Linked Operation Settings Are Enabled
- Turn on the power of all connected components.
- Turn off the power of the TV, and confirm that the power of the connected components is turned off automatically with the link operation.
- Turn on the power of the Blu-ray Disc/DVD player/
recorder.
-
Start playback on the Blu-ray Disc/DVD player/recorder, and verify the following:
-
The AV receiver automatically turns on, and selects the input to which the Blu-ray Disc/DVD player/recorder is connected.
-
The TV automatically turns on, and selects the input to which the AV receiver is connected.
-
Following the instruction manual of the TV, select "Use the TV speakers" from the menu screen of the TV, and confirm that the audio is output from the speakers of the TV, and not from the speakers connected to the AV receiver.
- Select "Use the speakers connected from the AV receiver" from the menu screen of the TV, and confirm that the audio is output from the speakers connected to the AV receiver, and not from the TV speakers.
Caution:
- Even if you set to output audio on the TV speakers, audio will be output from the speakers connected to the AV receiver when you adjust the volume or switch the input on the AV receiver. To output audio from the TV speakers, redo the corresponding operations on the TV.
- In case of an RIHD connection with RI and RI EX audio control compatible components, do not connect the RI cable at the same time.
- On the TV, when you select anything other than the HDMI jack to which the AV receiver is connected, the input on the AV receiver will be switched to "TV".
- The AV receiver will automatically power on in conjunction when it determines it to be necessary. Even if the AV receiver is connected to an RIHD compatible TV or player/recorder, it will not power on if it is not necessary. It may not power on in conjunction when the TV is set to output audio from the TV.
- Linked system functions with the AV receiver may not work depending on the component model connected. In such cases, operate the AV receiver directly.
- When the player/recorder cannot be operated with the remote controller of the AV receiver, the corresponding component may not be programmed to support the remote controller operation of CEC. Program the remote control code of the component maker to the remote controller for using.
About HDMI
HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) is a digital
interface standard for connecting TVs, projectors, Blu-ray Disc/DVD players, set-top boxes, and other video components. Until now, several separate video and audio cables have been required to connect AV components. With HDMI, a single cable can carry control signals, digital video and digital audio (2-channel PCM, multichannel digital audio, and multichannel PCM).
The HDMI video stream (i.e., video signal) is compatible with DVI (Digital Visual Interface) (*1), so TVs and displays with a DVI input can be connected by using an HDMI-to-DVI adapter cable. (This may not work with some TVs and displays, resulting in no picture.)
This unit supports HDCP (High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection) (*2), so it can display picture only on HDCP-compatible components.
HDMI of the unit supports the following functions. Audio Return Channel, 3D, x.v.Color, Deep Color, LipSync, 4K (Passthrough)
Audio Formats Supported by The Unit:
- 2-channel linear PCM (32 - 192 kHz, 16/20/24 bit)
- Multichannel linear PCM (up to 7.1 ch, 32 - 192 kHz, 16/20/24 bit)
- Bitstream (Dolby Atmos, Dolby Digital, Dolby Digital Plus, Dolby TrueHD, DTS, DTS-HD High Resolution Audio, DTS-HD Master Audio)
• DSD (2 channels)
Your Blu-ray Disc/DVD player must also support HDMI output of the above audio formats.
About Copyright Protection:
The unit supports Revision 1.4 and Revision 2.2 (HDMI OUT MAIN and HDMI IN1 to 3 only) of the HDCP (High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection) (*2), a copy-protection system for digital video signals. Other devices connected to the unit must also support HDCP.
^1 DVI (Digital Visual Interface): The digital display interface standard set by the DDWG (*3) in 1999.
*2 HDCP (High-bandwidth Digital Content Protection): The video encryption technology developed by Intel for HDMI/DVI. It is designed to protect video content and requires a HDCP-compatible HDMI/DVI receiver to display the encrypted video.
*3 DDWG (Digital Display Working Group): Lead by Intel, Compaq, Fujitsu, Hewlett Packard, IBM, NEC, and Silicon Image, this open industry group's objective is to address the industry's requirements for a digital connectivity specification for high-performance PC and digital displays
Reference Information
Caution:
- There are some content that can be played only with HDCP Rev. 2.2 compatible devices. To play such content, connect an HDCP Rev.2.2 compatible TV or player to the HDMI OUT MAIN jack or HDMI IN1 to 3 jacks of the unit.
- The HDMI video stream (i.e., video signal) is compatible with DVI (Digital Visual Interface), so TVs and displays with a DVI input can be connected by using an HDMI-to-DVI adapter cable. (Note that DVI connections only carry video, so you will need to make a separate connection for audio.) However, reliable operation with such an adapter is not guaranteed. In addition, video signals from a PC are not supported.
- The HDMI audio signal (sampling rate, bit length, etc.) may be restricted by the connected source component. If the picture is poor or there is no sound from a component connected via HDMI, check its setup. Refer to the connected component's instruction manual for details.
Home network (LAN)
The connection of several components via cables enabling the mutual communication is called a network.
At households, many families create (generally, the term "build" is used) a network to connect PC and gaming machines to the Internet and to exchange data between PC.
The network established in a relatively narrow area such as one household is called a LAN (Local Area Network). In this manual, a term "home network" (network for a family) is used instead of "LAN", so this LAN becomes more familiar.
By connecting this unit with the network server such as a PC, playing music files in the network server (in the PC) is possible. Moreover, by connecting to the Internet, listening to the Internet radio is also possible.
This unit, PC, and Internet are not directly connected. When connecting with a PC and/or Internet, several components (network components) are necessary.
Components necessary for establishing a home network (LAN):
Components necessary for the home network (LAN) for using the NET function of this unit are as follows.
Router
A router is a device that controls information (data) flow between the unit, PC, and the Internet.
As a network term, the flow of information (data) is called
"traffic". The router has a role to control the information flow as the traffic control, between connected components.
- A router with a built-in 100Base-TX switch is recommended.
• In addition, if your router has the DHCP function,
facilitating the network setting becomes possible.
• Some routers have a built-in modem, and some Internet
Service Providers (ISP) require you to use specific routers.
Please consult your ISP or PC dealer if you are unsure.
CAT5 Ethernet cable
The Ethernet cable is a cable that actually connects components that comprise the network. There are straight type and cross type Ethernet cables.
- Use a shielded CAT5 Ethernet cable (straight-type) to connect the unit to your home network.
Consult your cable store for details of Ethernet cable.
■ Network server (When PC etc./network server is used)
Component that stores music files and provides the unit with those files at the time of playback.
- Requirements for use with this unit depend on the component that is used as a network server.
- Conditions for pleasant playback of music files on the unit depend on the using network server (PC performance). See instruction manuals of using components.
■ Modem (when Internet radio is used)
Device that connects home network (LAN) and Internet There are many kinds of modems depending on the forms of Internet connection.
In addition, when connecting to the Internet, it is required to conclude an agreement with a company that provides Internet connection service, called ISP (Internet Service Provider).
Use a modem that is recommended by your ISP company for the Internet connection.
There are some devices that have both router and modem functions.
Within above network components, prepare a router, Ethernet cable, and network server when the NET function "network server" is used.
For enjoying the NET function "Internet radio", it is necessary to use the router, Ethernet cable, and modem (and agreement with ISP).
Server Requirements
Server playback
This unit can play digital music files stored on a PC or media server and supports the following technologies:
- Windows MediPlayer 11
• Windows MediPlayer 12
• DLNA-certified media server
The network server must be connected to the same network as this unit.
Up to 20,000 folders can be displayed, and folders may be nested up to 16 levels deep.
Caution: Depending on the media server, the unit may not recognize it, or may not be able to play its music files.
■ Remote playback
Remote playback is the function that enables this unit to play music files saved in different components by operating the DLNA-compliant controller component and PC in the home network.
• Windows MediaPlayer 12
- DLNA-certified (within DLNA Interoperability Guidelines version 1.5) media server or controller component.
* The setting varies depending on the media server or controller
components. Refer to your components' instruction manual for details.
If the operating system of your personal PC is Windows ^® 8/Windows ^® 7, Windows Media ^™ Player 12 is already installed. For more information, see the Microsoft web site.
USB Storage Device Requirements
- USB Mass Storage device class (but not always guaranteed).
• FAT16 or FAT32 file system format. - If the USB storage device has been partitioned, each section will be treated as an independent device.
- Up to 20,000 folders can be displayed, and folders may be nested up to 16 levels deep.
- USB hubs and USB storage devices with hub functions are not supported. Do not connect these devices to the unit.
Caution:
- If the media you connect is not supported, the message "No Storage" will be displayed.
• Sound files that are protected by copyright cannot be played. - When the USB audio player and this unit are connected, the
Reference Information
audio player screen and the screen of the unit may be different. In addition, control functions of the audio player (classifying and sorting music files and adding information, etc.) are not available on this unit.
- Do not connect a PC to the USB port of the unit. Inputting sound to the USB port of the unit from a PC is not possible.
- Media inserted to the USB card reader may not be available in this function.
- Some USB storage devices and its contents may require some time to be read.
- Depending on the USB storage device, proper reading of the contents and proper supply of the power supply may not be possible.
- Onkyo accepts no responsibility whatsoever for the loss or damage to data stored on a USB storage device when that device is used with this unit. We recommend that you back up your important music files beforehand.
- Performance of the hard disk that receive power from the USB port of the unit is not guaranteed.
- If you connect a USB hard disk drive to the USB port of the unit, we recommend that you use its AC adapter to power it.
- When an audio player that are operated with batteries is used, make sure that the batteries have enough remaining power.
- This unit does not support USB storage devices with security functions.
Supported Audio Formats
- For server playback and playback from a USB storage device, this unit supports the following music file formats.
- Music files of the following formats that can be played depend on the network server. For example, when using Windows Media ^® Player 12, not all music files in the PC can be played. The music files that can be played are the ones registered to the Windows Media ^® Player 12 library.
- Variable bit-rate (VBR) files are supported. However, playback times may not be displayed correctly.
- This unit supports the gapless playback of the USB storage device in the following conditions.
When WAV, FLAC and Apple Lossless files are continuously played back with the same format, sampling frequency, channels and quantization bit rate. - Remote playback does not support the gapless playback.
- For playback via wireless LAN, the sampling rate of 88.2 kHz or higher, DSD and Dolby TrueHD are not supported.
Caution:
- With remote playback on this unit the following formats are not supported:
- FLAC, Ogg Vorbis, DSD and Dolby TrueHD.
■ MP3 (.mp3/.MP3)
• Supported formats: MPEG-1/MPEG-2 Audio Layer 3
• Supported sampling rates: 8 kHz, 11.025 kHz, 12 kHz, 16 kHz, 22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz
- Supported bitrates: Between 8 kbps and 320 kbps. Incompatible files cannot be played.
■ WMA (.wma/.WMA)
WMA stands for Windows Media Audio and is an audio compression technology developed by Microsoft Corporation. Audio can be encoded in WMA format by using Windows Media ^® Player.
• Supported sampling rates: 8 kHz, 11.025 kHz, 16 kHz, 22.05 kHz, 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz
- Supported bitrates: Between 5 kbps and 320 kbps. Incompatible files cannot be played.
• WMA Pro/Voice formats are not supported.
■ WMA Lossless (.wma/.WMA)
• Supported sampling rates: 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 88.2 kHz, 96 kHz
• Quantization bit: 16 bit, 24 bit
■ WAV (.wav/.WAV)
WAV files contain uncompressed PCM digital audio
- Supported sampling rates: 8 kHz, 11.025 kHz, 12 kHz, 16 kHz, 22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 64 kHz, 88.2 kHz, 96 kHz, 176.4 kHz, 192 kHz
• Quantization bit: 8 bit, 16 bit, 24 bit
* For playback from a USB storage device, sampling rates of 176.4 kHz and 192 kHz are not supported.
* For playback from a USB storage device, 5.1 ch is not supported.
AAC
(.aac/.m4a/.mp4/.3gp/.3g2/.AAC/.M4A/.MP4/.3GP/.3G2)
• Supported formats: MPEG-2/MPEG-4 Audio
- Supported sampling rates: 8 kHz, 11.025 kHz, 12 kHz, 16 kHz, 22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 64 kHz, 88.2 kHz, 96 kHz
- Supported bitrates: Between 8 kbps and 320 kbps. Incompatible files cannot be played.
■ FLAC (.flac/.FLAC)
FLAC is a file format for lossless audio data compression.
- Supported sampling rates: 8 kHz, 11.025 kHz, 12 kHz, 16 kHz, 22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 64 kHz, 88.2 kHz, 96 kHz, 176.4 kHz, 192 kHz
• Quantization bit: 8 bit, 16 bit, 24 bit
* For playback from a USB storage device, sampling rates of 176.4 kHz and 192 kHz are not supported.
* For playback from a USB storage device, 5.1 ch is not supported.
■ Ogg Vorbis (.ogg/.OGG)
• Supported sampling rates: 8 kHz, 11.025 kHz, 16 kHz, 22.05 kHz, 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz
• Supported bitrates: Between 32 kbps and 500 kbps.
• Incompatible files cannot be played.
■ LPCM (Linear PCM)
• Supported sampling rates: 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz
• Quantization bit: 16 bit
* Only for playback via DLNA.
■ Apple Lossless (.m4a/.mp4/.M4A/.MP4)
- Supported sampling rates: 8 kHz, 11.025 kHz, 12 kHz, 16 kHz, 22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 48 kHz, 64 kHz, 88.2 kHz, 96 kHz
• Quantization bit: 16 bit, 24 bit
■ DSD (.dsf/.DSF)
• Supported sampling rates: 2.8224 MHz, 5.6448 MHz
* For playback from a USB storage device, 5.6448 MHz is not supported.
■ Dolby TrueHD (.vr/.mlp/.VR/.MLP)
• Supported sampling rates: 48 kHz, 64 kHz, 88.2 kHz, 96 kHz, 176.4 kHz, 192 kHz
* Only sampling rates of 48 kHz is supported for playback from USB
* Playback via DLNA is not supported.
* For playback from a USB storage device, 7.1 ch is not supported.
Radio Wave Caution
The AV receiver uses a 2.4 GHz radio wave frequency, which is a band used by other wireless systems as 1 and 2 described below.
-
Devices which use a 2.4 GHz radio wave frequency
-
Cordless phones
- Cordless facsimiles
- Microwave ovens
• Wireless LAN devices (IEEE802.11b/g/n)
• Wireless AV equipment
• Wireless controllers for game systems
• Microwave oven-based health aids
• Video transmitter
• Specific type of external monitor and LCD display
Connections
Initial Setup
Playing Back
Advanced Manual
Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
Reference Information
- Less common devices which use a 2.4 GHz radio wave frequency
• Anti-theft systems
• Amateur radio stations (HAM)
- Warehouse logistic management systems
• Discrimination systems for train or emergency vehicles
If these devices and the AV receiver are used at the same time, the audio may be undesirably stopped or disturbed due to a radio wave interference.
Suggestions for improvement
- Switch off the devices which emit the radio wave.
- Place the interfering devices away from the AV receiver.
- The AV receiver uses radio wave, and a third person can receive the wave on purpose or accidentally. Do not use the communication for important or fatal matters.
- We assume no responsibility whatsoever for any error or damage of network environment or access device resulting from the use of this apparatus.
Confirm with the provider or access device maker for more information.
Scope of Operation
Use of the AV receiver is limited to home use.
(Transmission distances may be reduced depending on communication environment.)
In the following locations, poor condition or inability to receive radio waves may cause the audio to be interrupted or stopped:
- In reinforced concrete buildings or steel framed or iron framed buildings.
• Near large metallic furniture.
• In a crowd of people or near a building or obstacle. - In a location exposed to the magnetic field, static electricity or radio wave interference from radio communication equipment using the same frequency band (2.4 GHz) as the AV receiver, such as a 2.4 GHz wireless LAN device (IEEE802.11b/g/n) or microwave oven.
- If you live in a heavily populated residential area (apartment, townhouse, etc.) and if your neighbor's microwave oven is placed near your AV receiver, you may experience radio wave interference. If this occurs, move your AV receiver to a different place. When the microwave oven is not in use, there will be no radio wave interference.
En-68
Radio Wave Reflections
The radio waves received by the AV receiver include the radio wave coming directly from the devices and waves coming from various directions due to reflections by walls, furniture and building (reflected waves). The reflected waves (due to obstacles and reflecting objects) further produce a variety of reflected waves as well as variation in reception condition depending on locations. If the audio cannot be received properly due to this phenomenon, try moving the location of the wireless LAN device a little. Also note that audio may be interrupted due to the reflected waves when a person crosses or approaches the space between the AV receiver and the wireless LAN device.
- We assume no responsibility whatsoever for any damages resulting from the use of this apparatus except in the cases deemed acceptable under the applicable laws and regulations.
- Operation in all environment is not guaranteed for wireless LAN. The communication may not be possible or have desirable communication speed.
Precautions
- Do not use this apparatus near an electronic device handling high-accuracy controls or weak signals. Doing so may cause an accident due to a malfunction of the device.
- Do not use this apparatus in use prohibited location such as an aircraft equipment or a hospital. Doing so may cause an accident due to a malfunction of an electronic device or an electro-medical apparatus. Follow the instructions of the medical facilities.
■ Electronic device which requires cautions
Hearing aid, pace maker, other medical electronic devices, fire alarm, automatic door, and other automatic control device.
When using a pace maker or other medical electronic devices, confirm with the medical electronic device maker or dealer for the effect of the radio wave.
Remote Control Codes
| ■ Television (A to E) | |
| A.R. Systems 10037, 10556 | |
| ACCENT 10037 | |
| Acoustic Solutions 11667, 11585, 11523, 11037 | |
| Action 10650 | |
| Adcom 10625 | |
| Addison 10653, 11150 | |
| Admiral 10093 | |
| AEG 12197, 11037, 12239 | |
| Affinity 13717, 13870, 13577 | |
| Aftron 13478 | |
| Aiko 10037 | |
| Aim 10037 | |
| Akai 12676, 10812, 10037, 10672, 10208, 10714, 11523, 13067, 12414, 13183, 10178, 10556, 12197 | |
| Akiba | 10037 |
| Akito | 10037 |
| Akura | 12289, 10037, 11667, 10714, 10668, 11585, 10171, 11037, 11498, 11687, 11983, 12239 |
| Alba | 12676, 11037, 10037, 10668, 10714, 11585, 13005, 13067, 13790, 11667, 12104, 12561 |
| Alfide | 10672 |
| Alien | 11037 |
| Allstar 10037 | |
| Amstrad | 10037, 10171, 11037 |
| Anam | 10037, 10650 |
| Andersson | 12676, 11585 |
| Anitech | 10037 |
| Ansonic | 10668, 10037 |
| AOC | 11589, 12769, 11365, 13720, 12014, 12087, 13790, 10093, 10178, 10625, 11150 |
| Apex Digital | 12397 |
| Apollo 12239 | |
| Ardem | 10714, 10037 |
| Arena 10037 | |
| Ario | 12397 |
| Aristona | 10556, 10037 |
| ART 11037 | |
| Art Mito | 11585, 11667 |
| AS | 11667, 11585, 11523, 11037 |
| Asberg | 10037 |
| Astra | 10037 |
| ATD | 10698 |
| Atlantic | 10037 |
| Atvio | 13636 |
| Audiosonic | 10714, 12104, 10037, 13067, 11983 |
| Audio-Technica | 10000, 10093, 10150, 11150 |
| Audiovox 11769 | |
| Audioworld | 10698 |
| Auria | 12087, 12014 |
| Autovox 12676 | |
| Aventura | 10171 |
| Axxon 10714 | |
| Azuki | 12239 |
| B & O 10620 | |
| Baier | 12239 |
| Baird | 10208 |
| Bang & Olufsen | 10620 |
| Barco | 10556 |
| Base | 10698 |
| Basic Line | 10037, 10668, 11037, 10556 |
| Bauer 12197 | |
| Baur 10037, 10512, | 10195 |
| BBK | 12098, 11523 |
| Beaumark | 10178 |
| Beijing 10208, 10812 | |
| Beko | 10714, 12125, 10037, 12239 |
| Bell & Howell | 10017 |
| Belson | 10698, 11667 |
| Belstar 11037 | |
| BenQ | 12563, 11562, 11523 |
| Beon | 10037 |
| Berthen | 10556, 10668 |
| Bestar | 10037 |
| Bexa | 12493 |
| BGH | 14070, 14029, 10898, 12414, 12098 |
| Black Diamond | 11037 |
| Blaupunkt | 10195, 12426 |
| Blue Sky | 10714, 10037, 11037, 10668, 10556, 10625 |
| BlueDiamond | 12426 |
| Bluetech | 12561 |
| bogo | 12561 |
| BPL | 10208, 10037 |
| Brandt | 10625, 11585, 10714 |
| Brinkmann | 10037, 10668 |
| Brionvega | 10037 |
| Britania 12414 | |
| BuBuGao | 12098, 11523 |
Reference Information
| Bush | 11037, 10037, 12676, 10668, 10714, 13790, 13005, 11667, 11687, 11983, 10556, 12125, 10208, 11585, 12104, 10698, 11589, 12673, 12964 |
| Byd:sign | 12209 |
| Cameron 11523 | |
| Camper | 10037 |
| Carad | 11037, 10668 |
| Carena | 10037 |
| Carrefour | 10037 |
| Cascade | 10037 |
| Casio | 10037 |
| Cathay | 10037 |
| CCE 13782, 14091, | 10037 |
| Celcus | 12676, 11585 |
| Celebrity | 10000 |
| cello | 12673 |
| Centrum | 11037 |
| Centurion | 10037 |
| Changhong | 13434, 12769, 11498, 10508, 10208 |
| Chiawin | 10810 |
| Chimei 12769 | |
| CHL | 13067 |
| Chung Hsin | 11150 |
| Chunyun | 10000, 11150, 11687 |
| Cinema | 10672 |
| Clarivox 10037 | |
| Clatronic | 10037, 10714 |
| Clayton 11037 | |
| CME | 10037, 10512 |
| CMX | 13332, 13067 |
Reference Information
| Coby 13478, 12315, | 13627 |
| Commercial Solutions 1 | 1447 |
| Condor 10037 | |
| Conia 11498, 11523, | 11687 |
| Conrowa 10698 | |
| Contec 10037 | |
| Cosmel 10037 | |
| CPTEC 10625 | |
| Crosley 10000 | |
| Crown 10037, 10714, | 10208, 10672,11037, 10668 |
| Crown Mustang 10672, | 10898 |
| Crypton 11667 | |
| Currys Essentials 12486 | |
| Curtis 12855, 13577, | 12466, 12352,13895, 12397,13636, 13382,14035 |
| Curtis Mathes 10093 | |
| Cyberpix 11667 | |
| Daenyx 10672 | |
| Daewoo 10634, 10037, | 10672, 10556,12098, 10178,11150, 12125 |
| Dansai 10037, 10208 | |
| Dantax 11037, 12676, | 10714, 11667 |
| Datsura 10208 | |
| DAWA 10037 | |
| Daytek 10672 | |
| Daytron 10037 | |
| De Graaf | 10208 |
| Decca | 10037 |
| Dell | 11863 |
| Denver | 12197, 13067,10037, 12239 |
| Desmet | 10037 |
| Devant 12098 | |
| DGM 12239 | |
| Diamant 10037 | |
| Diamond | 10698, 10672 |
| Dick Smith Electronics | 10698 |
| Digatron 10037 | |
| Digihome | 12676, 11667 |
| Digiline 10037, 10668 | |
| Digimate | 12239 |
| Digisonic | 11826 |
| Digitor | 10698, 10037 |
| Digitrex | 13067 |
| Dikom | 12561 |
| diVision | 12197, 12239 |
| Dixi | 10037 |
| DNS | 13434 |
| Domeos 10668 | |
| Donghai 10037, 10668, | 11037 |
| Drean 10037 | |
| DSE | 10698 |
| Dual | 12197, 11037, 12676, 11667, 10037, 11585, 10714 |
| Dumont | 10017 |
| Durabrand | 10171, 10178, 10714, 11037 |
| Dux | 10037 |
| D-Vision 12197, 10037, | 10556 |
| DX Antenna | 13817 |
| Dynatron | 10037 |
| Dynex | 12049 |
| E.S.C. | 10037 |
| Easy Living | 12104 |
| ECE | 10037 |
| ECG | 12197, 12125 |
| Eiki | 10735 |
| Elbe | 10037, 10556 |
| Electroband | 10000 |
| Electrograph | 11755 |
| Electrohome | 11670 |
| Electrolux | 11585 |
| Electron | 12466, 12855 |
| Elektra 10017 | |
| Element | 13559, 11687, 12183, 12964, 13907, 11886, 12256 |
| Elfunk | 11037 |
| ELG | 10037 |
| Elin | 10037 |
| Elite | 13867, 10037 |
| Emerson | 11864, 11394, 10171, 11886, 10178, 10037, 13623, 12183, 10668, 10714, 13559 |
| e-motion | 12426 |
| Enox. | 12673 |
| Envision 11589, 11365, 12087, 12014, 11506 | |
| Epson | 11379 |
| EQD | 12014, 12087 |
| EQD Auria | 12014, 12087 |
| Erisson | 13183 |
| Erres | 10037 |
| ESA | 10812, 10171 |
| Essentials | 12486 |
| Euroman | 10037 |
| Europa | 10037 |
| Europhon | 10037 |
| Evesham Technology | 11667 |
| Evotel | 12561 |
| Excello | 11037 |
| Exquisit | 10037 |
■ Television (F to J)
| F&U | 12676 |
| FairTec 11585 | |
| Favi | 13382 |
| Fedders Lloyd | 13639 |
| Ferguson | 10625, 11037, 13005, 10037, 12426, 10195, 11585, 12676 |
| Fidelity 10037, 10512, | 10171 |
| Finlandia | 10208 |
| Finlux | 11667, 12676, 10714, 10037, 10556 |
| Firstline | 10714, 10037, 10668, 11037, 10208, 10556 |
| Fisher | 11585, 10208 |
| Flint | 10037 |
| Fluid | 12964, 13907 |
| Formenti | 10037 |
| Fortress | 10093 |
| Fraba | 10037 |
| Friac 10037 | |
| Frigidaire | 11826 |
| Fujimaro | 11498, 11687 |
| Fujimaru | 11687 |
| Fujitsu 10809 | |
| Fujitsu Siemens | 10809 |
| Funai | 13817, 10171, 11394, 10000, 11037, 10714, 10668, 11864 |
| Funai United | 12676 |
| Furrion 13332 | |
| Gaba 11037 | |
| Galaxi | 10037 |
| Galaxis | 10037 |
| Gateway | 11755 |
Reference Information
| GE 11447, 10178, | 10735, 10625,10093, 11454 |
| GEC 10037 | |
| General Electric 11447, 10178,10735, 10625,10093, 11454 | |
| Genesis 10037 | |
| Genexxa 10037 | |
| GFM 10171, 11864, | 11886 |
| Gibraltar 10017 | |
| Gibson 11826 | |
| Gintai 11150 | |
| Godrej 11585 | |
| GoGen 12676, 11585 | |
| Goldfunk 10668 | |
| GoldStar 10178, 10037,10714, 13183,11150 | |
| Goodmans 10037, 11037,10634, 11667,10668, 11523,11585, 11687,11983, 10714,10556, 10625,12426, 12676 | |
| Gorenje 11585, 12676 | |
| Gradiente | 10037 |
| Graetz 10714 | |
| Gran Prix | 12197 |
| Granada | 10037, 10208 |
| Grandin 10037, 10714, | 10668, 11037,10556, 12125 |
| Grundig 10195, 11223 | |
| 12125, 12239,10556, 10037,11523, 11667,13067, 10672,12561, 12676 | |
| Grunkel | 11523 |
| GVA | 12098, 13067 |
| Haier | 12876, 11749, 12309, 13382, 11753, 13620, 13613, 13429, 10698, 11983, 12293, 13790, 13987, 10037, 10508 |
| Hallmark 10178 | |
| Handic | 12676 |
| Hankook 10178 | |
| Hannspree 11826 | |
| Hanseatic | 10037, 10634, 10714, 10625, 10556 |
| Hantarex | 12197, 10037 |
| Hantor 10037 | |
| Harwood 10037 | |
| Hauppauge | 10037 |
| Havermy 10093 | |
| HB | 10714 |
| HB Ingelen | 10714 |
| H-Buster 13620, 13419 | |
| HCM | 10037 |
| Heran | 11826 |
| Herosonic | 11826 |
| Highline | 10037 |
| Hikona | 11983 |
| Hinari 10037, 10208 | |
| HiPlus | 11826 |
| Hisawa | 10714 |
| Hisense | 12846, 12098, 13519, 12183, 10556, 13123, 10508, 14029, 10208, 13382 |
| Hitachi | 11643, 12676, 11576, 11585, 11037, 11691, 13317, 11667, 10634, 13639, 10037, 10679, 12170, 12846, 10150, 10178, 10508, 11150 |
| Hitachi Fujian | 10150 |
| Hitec | 10698 |
| Hiteker 13118 | |
| Hoher | 10714, 13434 |
| Hongmei 10093 | |
| Hornyphon 10037 | |
| Hua Tun | 11150 |
| Hypson | 10037, 10714, 10556, 10668, 11037 |
| Hyundai 10698, 12414, 12676, 11037, 11523 | |
| Iberia | 10037 |
| ICE | 10037 |
| iLo | 11394 |
| Imperial 10037 | |
| Indiana | 10037 |
| Ingelen | 10714 |
| Ingo Devices | 12239 |
| Inno Hit | 11585, 11037 |
| Innova 10037 | |
| Insignia | 12049, 11423, 10171 |
| Integra | 11807, 13100, 13500 |
| Inteq 10017 | |
| Interbuy | 10037 |
| Interfunk | 10037, 10512 |
| Internal | 10556 |
| Intervision | 10037 |
| Irradio | 10037 |
| IRT | 10698 |
| Isis | 12676 |
| Isukai 10037 | |
| iSymphony | 13429, 13382, 13118 |
| ITS | 10037 |
| ITT | 12675, 12125, 12676, 10208, 11523 |
| ITT Nokia | 10208 |
| ITV | 10037 |
| James | 13183 |
| Jay-tech | 13067 |
| JC Penney 10178 | |
| JCB | 10000 |
| JCM | 12256 |
| Jinfeng 10208 | |
| Jinxing | 10556, 10037, 10698 |
| JMB | 12676, 10634, 10556, 12426 |
| JTC | 13067 |
| Jubilee 10556 | |
| JVC | 11774, 11653, 11601, 11818, 10653, 12321, 12271, 11428, 13650, 11670, 12676, 14070, 10650, 10093, 10508 |
■ Television (K to N)
| Kaisui | 10037 |
| Karcher | 12125, 10714 |
| Kathrein | 10556 |
| KDS | 11498, 11687 |
| Kendo | 11037, 11585, 12676, 10037 |
| Kennex | 11037 |
Reference Information
| Kioto 10556 | |
| Kiton 10037, 10668 | |
| KLL 10037 | |
| Kneissel 10037, 10556 | |
| Kolin 11610, 10150, | 11755, 10037, 11150 |
| Kolster 10037 | |
| Konig 10037, 10512 | |
| Konka 12881, 13419, | 10037, 10714 |
| Korpel 10037 | |
| Kosmos 10037 | |
| Kunlun 10208 | |
| Kuppersbusch 12676 | |
| L&S Electronic 10714 | |
| Lavis 11037 | |
| Leader 12876 | |
| Lecson 10037 | |
| Legend 12397, 12309 | |
| Lenco | 12676, 11983, 10037, 11037 |
| Leyco | 10037 |
| LG | 11840, 11860, 11423, 12731, 12182, 12358, 10178, 12362, 13941, 12424, 10037, 10714, 10017, 10556, 10698, 11753 |
| Liberton 13183 | |
| Liesenkotter | 10037 |
| Lifetec | 10668, 10037, 11037, 10714 |
| Linetech 12676 | |
| Linsar | 12676, 11667, 11585 |
| Lloyd | 13639 |
| Lodos | 11037 |
| Loewe | 10512, 10633, 10037 |
| Logic | 11585 |
| Logik | 13432, 13005, 12486, 11037, 10698, 11585, 11687 |
| Logix | 10668 |
| Luma | 10037, 11037 |
| Lumatron | 10037, 10668 |
| Lumenio | 10037 |
| Lux May 10037 | |
| Luxor | 12676, 11037, 10208 |
| LXI | 10178, 10017 |
| Madison 10037 | |
| MAG 11687, 11498 | |
| Magnavox | 13623, 11866, 12372, 11454, 11506, 10171, 11365, 11755, 11867 |
| Magnum | 10714, 10037 |
| Manesth | 10037 |
| Manhattan | 10037, 11037, 10668 |
| Marantz 10037, 10556 | 11454 |
| Mark 10037, 10714 | |
| Marks & Spencer | 12673 |
| Mascom 12197, 12125 | |
| Masters | 10037 |
| Mastro | 10698 |
| Masuda | 10037 |
| Matsui | 10037, 10195, 10208, 12486, 11037, 10714, 11667, 12676, 10556, 12561 |
| Matsushita | 10650 |
| Maxent | 11755 |
| Maxess | 12493 |
| Meck | 10698 |
| Mediator | 10037, 10556 |
| Medion | 12676, 10714, 10037, 10668, 11037, 11585, 11667, 10512, 12239, 13067, 10556, 10698, 12563 |
| Megatron | 10178 |
| MEI 11037 | |
| Melectronic | 10037, 10195, 10634, 10512, 10714 |
| Memorex | 11687, 11037, 11670, 10178, 10150 |
| Memory 11983 | |
| Mercury 10037 | |
| Mermaid | 10037 |
| Metronic | 10625 |
| Metz | 11037, 10668, 10195 |
| MGA 10150, 10178 | |
| Micromaxx | 10037, 10668, 10714, 11037 |
| Microsonic | 13419 |
| Midland | 10017 |
| Mikomi | 11585, 11667 |
| Minato | 10037 |
| Minerva | 10195 |
| Ministry Of Sound | 11667 |
| Minoka 10037 | |
| Miray | 12414, 13183, 10898 |
| Misakai | 10171 |
| Mitsubishi Electric | 11250, 12313, 10150, 10178, 10512, 11797, 10093, 10556, 10037, 11150, 11037, 11171 |
| Mivar | 10609 |
| Moree 10037 | |
| Morgan's | 10037 |
| Moserbaer | 11585 |
| Motorola | 10093 |
| MTC | 10512 |
| MTlogic | 10714, 12104 |
| Mudan | 10208 |
| Multitec | 11037, 10037, 10668 |
| Multitech | 10037 |
| Murphy 12673 | |
| Mx Onda | 11983, 11498, 11687 |
| Myryad | 10556 |
| Mystery | 13047 |
| NAD | 10037, 10178 |
| Naiko 10037 | |
| Nakimura | 10037 |
| National | 10208, 10508 |
| Naxa 12104, 13382 | |
| NEC | 11797, 13257, 12293, 12461, 11585, 10037, 10178, 10508, 10653, 11150 |
| Neckermann | 10037, 10556 |
| NEI | 10037, 11037 |
| Neoka 11826 | |
| Neon | 12673 |
| Netsat 10037 | |
| NetTV 11755 | |
| Neufunk | 10037, 10556, 10714 |
| Nevir 12676 |
En-72
Reference Information
| New Acoustic Dimension | 10037, 10178 |
| New Sonic 11826 | |
| New Tech 10037, 10556 | |
| Newave 10093, 10178 | 11150 |
| NEX 13861 | |
| Nexus Electronics 12183 | |
| Nikkai 10037 | |
| Nikkei 12197, 10714 | |
| Nikko 10178, 10017 | |
| Nimbro 12104 | |
| Noblex 14029 | |
| Nokia 10208 | |
| Norcent 11365, 11589 | |
| Nordmende 13419, 13861, 10037, 10195, 11585, 13835, 10714, 11667 | |
| Normerel 10037 | |
| Nortek | 10668 |
| Novatronic 10037 | |
| Novex | 11523 |
| Novita | 11585 |
| NPG | 13434 |
■ Television (O to S)
| O.K.Line | 11037 |
| Oceanic | 10208 |
| OK Line 11037 | |
| OK. | 13434, 12676, 13047 |
| Okano | 10037 |
| OKI | 11667, 12676, 12125, 13434, 11585 |
| Olevia | 11610 |
| Omni | 10698 |
| Onei | 11667 |
| Onida | 10653, 12414 |
| Onimax | 10714 |
| Onix 10698 | |
| Onkyo | 11807, 13100, 13500 |
| Onn | 12125, 11667 |
| Opera | 10037, 10714 |
| Optimus | 10650, 10679 |
| Optoma | 12796 |
| Optonica | 10093 |
| Orava 11037 | |
| Orbit | 10037 |
| Orion | 12108, 10037, 12676, 10556, 10714, 11037, 11667, 13540, 13650 |
| Orline | 10037 |
| Ormond 10668, 11037 | |
| Osaki 10037, 10556 | |
| Osio 10037 | |
| Osume 10037 | |
| Otic | 11983, 11498, 11687 |
| Otto Versand | 10037, 10512, 10093, 10556, 10195 |
| Pacific | 10714, 11037, 10556 |
| Palladium 10037, 10714, 10556 | |
| Palsonic | 12461, 10698, 13067, 10037 |
| Panama | 10037 |
| Panasonic | 11636, 11480, 11291, 10650, 11650, 13825, 12170, 10037, 10093, 10150, 10178, 10208, 10508 |
| Panavideo | 13825 |
| Panavision | 10037 |
| Panavox | 13835 |
| Panda | 10698, 10208, 10508 |
| PARK | 12104 |
| Penney | 10178 |
| Peony | 10208 |
| Perdio | 10037 |
| Perfekt | 10037 |
| Philco 10171, 13426, | 12414, 11394, 10037, 10178, 13639 |
| Phillips | 11887, 11867, 10037, 12372, 12800, 10556, 13614, 11506, 11744, 12768, 12680, 11454, 10639, 11866, 10017, 10512, 13623, 10171, 12769, 11365, 11394, 10000, 10178, 11589 |
| Phocus | 10714 |
| Phoenix 10037 | |
| PHOENIX Apollo | 12239 |
| Phonola | 10037, 10556 |
| Pioneer | 10679, 11457, 10037, 10698, 11636, 10512, 12171 |
| PJ | 11506 |
| Planar | 10679, 14247, 11589 |
| Plantron | 10037 |
| Playsonic | 10714, 10037 |
| Polaroid | 11523, 11769, 11498, 11687, 11767, 12676, 14035, 12125, 11826 |
| Powerpoint | 10037, 10698 |
| Premier 13419, 13183 | 13793 |
| Prestiz | 13419 |
| Prima | 11753, 10037, 11749, 12461, 10698 |
| Prinston | 11037 |
| Pro Vision | 10037, 10556, 10714, 12197 |
| Profitronic | 10037 |
| ProLine | 10625, 10634, 10037, 11037, 12676 |
| Proscan | 11447, 12183, 12256, 13577, 13382, 13332, 13717, 13895, 12746, 13636, 14035 |
| Prosonic | 10714, 12676, 12125, 10668, 12197, 10037, 11523, 11585, 11667 |
| Protech | 10037, 10668, 11037 |
| Proton | 10178 |
| Proview | 11687, 11498 |
| Proxima | 10735 |
| Pulsar | 10017 |
| Pye | 10037, 10556 |
| Q.Bell 12561 | |
| Quadro | 11667 |
| QuantumFX | 12337 |
| Quasar | 11291, 13899, 10650 |
Reference Information
| Quelle 10037, 10512, | 11037, 10195, 10668 |
| Radiola 10037, 10556 | |
| Radiomarelli 10037 | |
| Radionette 10714 | |
| RadioShack 10178, 10037 | |
| Radiotone 10037, 10668, | 11037 |
| RCA 12746, 12434, | 12932, 11447, 12247, 13577, 11781, 10625, 12187, 13382, 10679, 13332, 13717, 10093, 13793, 12183, 12855, 13419, 10000, 10178, 10618, 11454, 13426, 13636 |
| Realistic 10178 | |
| Recco 10898, 13183 | |
| Reconnect 13183 | |
| Recor 10037 | |
| Rectiligne 10037 | |
| Red Star 10037 | |
| Reflex 10037, 10668, | 11037 |
| RefleXion 12239 | |
| Relisys 11585 | |
| Relon | 11826 |
| Remotec | 10037, 10093, 10171, 11150 |
| Reoc | 10714, 12197 |
| Revox 10037 | |
| RFT | 10037 |
| R-Line | 10037 |
| Roadstar | 11037, 10037, 10714, 10668 |
| Rolsen | 12098, 13067, 13434 |
| Rowa | 10898, 13047, 10698, 11038, 13001, 10037 |
| RTF | 10037 |
| Runco 10017 | |
| Saba | 10625, 12676, 10714 |
| Saga | 12197 |
| Sagem | 10618 |
| Saivod | 10668, 11037, 10037, 11667 |
| Salora 12197, 12676, | 12239, 12125, 13067, 10208 |
| Sampo | 11755, 10898, 13419, 10093, 10171, 10178, 10650 |
| Samsung | 12051, 10812, 11632, 10618, 11458, 11630, 12953, 10037, 10556, 10650, 10178, 10208, 11150 |
| Sandstrom 12197, 13047 | |
| Sansui | 13540, 11670, 13564, 10037, 10898, 10171, 10714, 13559 |
| Sanyo 11142, 10208, | 11585, 12676, 12461, 12994, 10735, 11974, 12881, 12769, 13488, 11498, 11365, 10508, 11037, 11150, 11667, 13861 |
| Sanyuan 10093 | |
| Save | 10037 |
| SBR | 10037, 10556 |
| Sceptre | 13899, 12528, 12337 |
| Schaub Lorenz | 10714, 12676, 12125, 12197, 11667, 12289 |
| Schneider | 10037, 10714, 10556, 11037, 10668, 11585, 12676 |
| Schontech | 11037 |
| Scotch | 10178 |
| Scott | 10178, 11983 |
| Sears | 10171, 10178 |
| Seaway | 10634 |
| Seelver 10556, 11037 | |
| SEG 12673, 11037, | 10037, 10668, 12125, 11523, 10634, 13434 |
| SEI | 10037 |
| Seiki | 13953, 12964, 13559, 10178 |
| Seiko Epson | 11379 |
| Sei-Sinudyne | 10037 |
| Semp | 11743, 13793 |
| Semp Toshiba | 11743, 13793 |
| Sencor | 13067, 12197, 10714 |
| Senzu 12493 | |
| Serie Dorada | 10178 |
| Serino 10093 | |
| Shanghai | 10208 |
| Sharp 12360, 11659, | 10818, 10093, 12951, 11393, 12676, 13867, 10650, 11165, 11423 |
| Sheng Chia | 10093, 11150 |
| Shinelco | 12104 |
| Shintoshi | 10037 |
| Shivaki 12197, 10178, | 10037 |
| Siam | 10037 |
| Siemens | 10195, 10037 |
| Siera | 10556, 10037 |
| Silva | 10037 |
| Silva Schneider | 12197, 10037, 12125 |
| SilverCrest | 12676, 11037 |
| Sinudyne | 10037 |
| SKY | 10037 |
| Sky Brasil | 10037 |
| Skyworth | 12899, 12963, 12889, 12769, 10037, 10698 |
| SLX | 10668 |
| Sogo | 13067 |
| Solavox | 10037 |
| Soniko | 10037 |
| Soniq | 12493, 13005 |
| Sonitron | 10208 |
| Sonneclair | 10037 |
| Sonoko 10037 | |
| Sonolor | 10208 |
| Sontec | 10037 |
| Sontech | 11983 |
| Sony | 12778, 10810, 11825, 10000, 11651, 11551, 11625, 11505, 11317, 10150, 11150, 10093, 11167 |
| Sounddesign | 10178 |
| Soundwave | 10037, 11037, 12673 |
| SOVOS | 12239 |
| Sowa | 10178, 11150 |
| Soyea 10698, 11743 |
Reference Information
| Soyo 11826 | |
| Spectroniq 11498, 11687 | |
| Squareview 10171 | |
| SR Standard 10037, 11037 | |
| Starion 11037 | |
| Starlite 10037 | |
| STI 13793 | |
| Strato 10037 | |
| SunBriteTV 12337, 12528, 11610 | |
| Sunic Line 10037 | |
| Sunkai 10037, 11523 | |
| Sunny 10037 | |
| Sunstar 10037 | |
| Sunstech 12676 | |
| Sunwood 10037 | |
| Superior 11585 | |
| Superscan 10093, 10171 | |
| Supersonic | 10208, 11753, 12104 |
| SuperTech 10037, 10556 | |
| Supra 10178 | |
| Supreme | 10000 |
| SVA | 11498 |
| Svasa | 10208 |
| Swisstec | 12106, 12104 |
| Sylvania 10171, 11864, 11886, 11394 | |
| Symphonic | 10171, 11394 |
| Synco | 11755, 11826, 10000, 10093, 10178 |
| Syntax 11610 | |
| Sysline | 10037 |
| ■ Television (T to Z) | |
| Tacico 10178, 11150 | |
| Tai Yi | 11150 |
| Talent 10178 | |
| Tandy 10093 | |
| Tashiko | 10650, 11150 |
| Tatung | 10037, 11150, 11687 |
| Tauras | 12197 |
| TCL | 13047, 13183, 12434, 13001, 10898, 11038, 12414, 13426, 12675, 10698 |
| TCM | 10714 |
| Teac | 10037, 11037, 10698, 10714, 11755, 10898, 10178, 10668, 10171, 10512, 11983, 13005 |
| Tec | 10037 |
| Tech Line | 10037, 10668, 11585 |
| Technica | 11037, 12106, 12426 |
| Technical 12676, 11667 | |
| Technics | 10017, 10556, 10650 |
| Technika | 12426, 12106, 12197, 11667, 11983, 12676, 13005, 12125, 13067 |
| TechniSat | 10556 |
| Technisson | 10714 |
| Techno | 11585 |
| Technosonic | 10556, 10625 |
| Techwood | 12676, 11667, 11037 |
| Tecnimagen | 10556 |
| Teco | 10093, 10178, 10653, 11523, 11687 |
| Tedelex 10208 | |
| Teknika | 10150 |
| TELE System | 11585, 12125 |
| Telecor | 10037 |
| Telefunken | 10625, 12676, 12414, 10698, 12239, 11585, 11667, 10037, 10714 |
| Telefusion | 10037 |
| Telegazi | 10037 |
| Telemagic | 10735 |
| Telemeister 10037 | |
| Telesonic 10037 | |
| Telestar | 10037, 10556 |
| Teletech | 10037, 10668, 11037 |
| Teleview | 10037 |
| Tennessee | 10037 |
| Tensai | 10037, 11037 |
| Terris | 11667 |
| Tesco | 12426 |
| Tesla | 11037, 10037, 10556, 10714 |
| Tevion | 10714, 12426, 10668, 11037, 12125, 10037, 10556, 11498, 11585, 11667, 11687, 12197, 12289 |
| ThemeScene | 12796 |
| Thomas | 10625 |
| Thomas America | 10625 |
| Thomson 10625, 13047, 12675, 11447, 10037 | |
| Thorn | 10037, 10512 |
| Tiane | 10093 |
| TMK | 10178 |
| TNCi 10017 | |
| Tokai | 10037, 10668, 11037 |
| Tokaido 11037 | |
| Tophouse | 10672, 10698 |
| Topline 10668, 11037 | |
| Toshiba 11508, 11524, | 11656, 13323,12676, 12598,10508, 12724,13570, 11743,10650, 10618,12108, 11037,10093, 10195,11150, 11169 |
| Tosonic | 11508 |
| TRANS-continents | 10037, 10556,10668, 11037 |
| Transonic | 10037, 10698,10512 |
| Triad | 10556 |
| Trio | 11498, 11687 |
| Triumph | 10037, 10556 |
| Tucson | 12676 |
| TVE | 12239 |
| TVTEXT 95 10556 | |
| Uher | 10037 |
| Ultravox | 10037 |
| UMC 12106, 12426 | |
| Unic Line 10037 | |
| Uniden 12122, 12676, | 11667 |
| United | 10714, 11037,10037, 10556,11523, 11983,12125, 13434 |
| Universal 10037, 10714 | |
| Universum 10037, 11037, | 10512, 10668,10618, 10195 |
| Univox 10037 | |
| V7 Videoseven | 11755 |
| Vanguard | 10037 |
| VD-Tech | 13067, 13332 |
Reference Information
| Venturer 13005 | |
| Vestel 11037, 11585, | 10037, 12676, 10668, 11667 |
| Vexa 10037 | |
| Victor 11428, 10000, | 10093, 10150, 11150, 10650, 10653 |
| Videocon 10508, 10037 | |
| Videoseven 11755 | |
| VideoSystem 10037 | |
| Vidikron 10735 | |
| Vidtech 10178 | |
| Viewsonic 12014, 12745, | 12087, 13706, 11755, 11627, 12049, 11365 |
| Viore 12352, 13382, | 13118, 13429, 12104 |
| Visa 10037 | |
| Vision 11826, 10037 | |
| VisionPlus 12426, 12106 | |
| Visual Innovations 12106 | |
| VIZIO | 11758, 13758, 12707, 12757, 13415, 12512, 13174, 12209 |
| Vortec | 10037 |
| Voxson | 12197, 10178, 10037, 11667 |
| VU | 12098, 11365 |
| Walker | 12676, 11667, 11585 |
| Waltham | 10037, 11037, 10668 |
| Wansa | 12098 |
| Wards | 10178, 10017, 10000 |
| Watson 11037, 10037, | 10668, 10714 |
| WeCube | 11860 |
| Weqa | 10037 |
| Welltech | 10714 |
| Weltstar | 11037 |
| Westinghouse | 11712, 13579, 13382, 13949, 11826, 12293, 11755, 12397 |
| Westwood 11585 | |
| Wharfedale | 11983, 11667, 10037, 10556 |
| White Westinghouse | 10037 |
| Wilson | 10556 |
| Windsor | 11037, 10668 |
| Windy Sam | 10556 |
| Wintel | 10714 |
| Wyse | 11365 |
| Xenius | 11667, 10634, 11585, 12676 |
| Xiahua | 11753, 10037, 11749, 12461, 10698 |
| Xiron 11983, 11037 | |
| XLogic | 10698 |
| Xoceco 11753, 10037, | 11749, 12461, 10698 |
| Xogego | 11753, 10037, 11749, 12461, 10698 |
| Xoro | 13067 |
| Xpeer | 12051 |
| XRYPTON | 10037 |
| Yamaha 11576, 10650 | |
| Yamishi | 10037 |
| Yokan 10037 | |
| Yoko | 10037 |
| YU-MA-TU | 10037 |
| Zenith | 10017, 10178, 11423, 10000, 12731, 11365, 12358, 12362 |
| Zepto 11585 | |
| Ziggo | 11818 |
| Zonda | 10698 |
■ TV DVD Combination
| Akai | 32966 |
| Alba | 32966 |
| Black Diamond | 30713 |
| Blue Sky | 30713 |
| Bush | 30713, 32966 |
| Celcus | 32966 |
| Centrum 30713 | |
| Crown 30713 | |
| Dantax | 32966 |
| Digihome | 32966 |
| Dual 32966, 30713 | |
| Elfunk | 30713 |
| Emerson 30675 | |
| Ferguson | 30713, 32966 |
| Finlux | 32966 |
| Funai 30675 | |
| Goodmans | 30713, 32966 |
| Grandin 30713 | |
| Grundig 30539, 32966 | |
| Hitachi | 32966, 30713 |
| Hyundai | 32966 |
| Insignia | 32095 |
| JMB | 32966 |
| JVC | 32966 |
| Kuppersbusch | 32966 |
| Linetech | 32966 |
| Linsar 32966 | |
| Logik 30713 | |
| Luxor 32966, 30713 | |
| Matsui | 30713, 32966 |
| Medion | 32966 |
| Mitsubishi Electric | 34004 |
| OK. | 32966 |
| OKI | 32966 |
| Orava 30713 | |
| Orion | 30713 |
| Panasonic | 32859 |
| Philips | 30539 |
| Polaroid | 32966 |
| ProLine | 32966 |
| Prosonic | 32966 |
| Saba 32966 | |
| Salora 32966 | |
| Sanyo | 32966 |
| SEG | 30713 |
| Sharp | 32966, 30630 |
| Sony | 30864 |
| Soundwave | 30713 |
| Sylvania | 30675, 30630 |
| Symphonic 30675 | |
| Technica | 30713 |
| Technical | 32966 |
| Techwood | 32966 |
| Telefunken | 32966 |
| Teletech | 30713 |
| Thomson | 30551 |
| Toshiba | 32966 |
| United | 30713 |
| Universum | 30713 |
| Walker | 32966 |
| Waltham | 30713 |
| Weltstar | 30713 |
| Xiron 30713 |
DVD
| 3D LAB | 30539 |
| Accurian | 30675 |
| Acoustic Solutions | 30730, 30713 |
| AEG | 30675, 31643, 30770, 31233 |
| Aitro 32095 |
Reference Information
| Aiwa 30533 | |
| Akai 32966, 30770, | 31233, 30675 |
| Akura 31233 | |
| Alba 32966, 30713, | 30539, 30730 |
| Amitech 30770 | |
| Amphion MediaWorks 30872 | |
| Amstrad 30713, 30770, | 32139 |
| AMW 30872 | |
| Ansonic 30831 | |
| Anthem 32820 | |
| Anthem Statement 32820 | |
| Aristona 30539, 30646 | |
| Arrgo 31023 | |
| AS 30730, 30713 | |
| ASDA 32213 | |
| Audio Authority 32555 | |
| Audix 30713 | |
| Autovox 30713 | |
| Awa | 30730, 30872 |
| Axion 30730 | |
| Basic Line | 30713 |
| Beko | 30831 |
| Bel Canto Design | 31571 |
| Belson | 32139 |
| Berthen | 31643 |
| Best Buy | 32139 |
| Black Diamond 30713 | |
| Blu:sens | 31233 |
| Blue Parade | 30571 |
| Blue Sky | 30713 |
| Brainwave | 30770 |
| Brandt | 30551, 30503 |
| Bush | 30713, 30730, 30831, 32966 |
| Byd:sign | 30872 |
| California Audio Labs | 30490 |
| Cambridge Audio | 32808 |
| CCE | 30730 |
| Celcus | 32966 |
| Centrum | 30713, 30675 |
| Changhong | 30627 |
| Cinea 30831 | |
| Cineral | 30730 |
| Cinetec | 30713, 30872 |
| CJ Digital | 31643 |
| Classic | 30730 |
| Clatronic | 30675, 31233 |
| Clayton | 30713 |
| CMX | 31643 |
| Coby | 32494, 30730 |
| Codex | 31233 |
| Continental Edison | 30831, 30872 |
| Craig | 30831 |
| Crown | 30713, 30770 |
| Cybercom | 30831 |
| CyberHome | 31023 |
| Daenyx | 30872 |
| Daewoo 30770, 30872, 30490 | |
| Dansai | 30770 |
| Dantax | 30713, 30539, 32966 |
| Datsun | 31233 |
| Daytek | 30872 |
| Dayton Audio | 30872 |
| DCE | 30831 |
| Decca | 30770 |
| Denon | 31634, 32258, 30490, 32748, 33851 |
| Denver | 31643 |
| Dewo | 31634 |
| Dick Smith Electronics | 32095, 30675 |
| Digihome | 32966, 30713 |
| DigiLogic | 30713 |
| DiK | 30831 |
| Dikom | 32494 |
| Disney | 30675, 30831 |
| DK Digital | 30831, 32095, 31643 |
| Donghai 31233 | |
| Dragon | 30831 |
| DSE | 32095, 30675 |
| Dual | 30831, 30730, 30713, 32966, 31023 |
| Durabrand | 30713, 30675, 31023, 30831 |
| Dynex | 32596 |
| E:max | 30770, 31233, 31643 |
| ECC | 30730 |
| Electrocompaniet | 32545 |
| Elfunk | 30713 |
| Elin | 30770 |
| Elite 32854 | |
| Elta | 30770, 31643, 31233 |
| Eltax | 31233 |
| Emerson | 30675, 30591, 32213 |
| Enterprise | 30591 |
| Epworth 30533 | |
| EuroLine | 30675, 31233, 31643 |
| Ferguson | 30713, 32966 |
| Finlux | 32966, 30770, 30591, 30741 |
| Firstline | 30713 |
| Funai 30675 | |
| GE | 30522 |
| General Electric | 30522 |
| GFM | 30675 |
| G-Hanz 32213 | |
| G-HanzS | 32213 |
| Go Video | 31044, 30741 |
| GoGen | 32139 |
| GoldStar | 30741, 30591 |
| Goodmans | 30713, 30730, 32966 |
| GoWell | 31643 |
| GPX | 30741 |
| Gran Prix | 30831 |
| Grandin 30713, 31233 | |
| Grundig 30539, 30551, | 30713, 31643, 32966 |
| Grunkel | 30770, 30831 |
| GVG | 30770 |
| H & B 30713, 31233 | |
| Hanseatic | 30741 |
| Harman/Kardon | 30582, 33228, 32927 |
| HE | 30730 |
| Hello Kitty | 30831 |
| Hen° | 30713 |
| Hitachi | 30573, 32966, 30713, 31664 |
| Hoher 30713, 30831, | 31643 |
| Home Electronics | 30770, 30730 |
| Home Tech Industries | 31643 |
| Humax | 30646 |
| HYD | 31233 |
| Hyundai 32966 | |
| Ingersoll | 31023 |
| Inno Hit 30713 | |
| Insignia 32095, 32596, | 32428, 30675, 30741 |
| Integra | 30627, 32147, 31769, 31634, 30571, 30503, 31612 |
| Irradio | 31233, 30646 |
| ITT | 31233 |
| Jamo 32358 | |
| JDB | 30730 |
| JMB 32966 | |
| JVC | 30623, 31602, 32365, 32612, 32855, 32966 |
Reference Information
| Kansas Technologies 31233 | |
| Kendo 30713, 30831 | |
| Kennex 30713, 30770 | |
| Kenwood 30534, 30490 | |
| KeyPlug 31643 | |
| Kiiro 30770 | |
| KingVision 31643 | |
| Kuppersbusch 32966 | |
| Leiker 30872 | |
| Lenco 30713, 30770 | |
| Lenoxx 32213 | |
| Lexicon 32545 | |
| LG 30741, 32811, | 31602, 30591,31233 |
| Lifetec 30831 | |
| Linetech 32966 | |
| Linsar 32966 | |
| LM | 31643 |
| Lodos 30713 | |
| Loewe 30741, 30539 | |
| Logik | 30713 |
| Lumatron | 30713, 30741 |
| Lunatron | 30741 |
| Luxman | 30573 |
| Luxor | 32966, 30713 |
| Magnavox | 30675, 31354,30503, 30539,30646, 31506,33488, 30713 |
| Manhattan 30713 | |
| Marantz | 30539, 32481,32414, 33444 |
| Mark | 30713 |
| Marquant | 30770 |
| Matsui 30713, 32966 | |
| Maxim 30713, 30872 | |
| MBO | 30730 |
| McIntosh | 31273 |
| MDS | 30713 |
| Mecotek 30770 | |
| Medion | 30831, 32966, 30741, 30630 |
| Memorex 30831, 32213, 33153 | |
| Metz | 30713, 30571 |
| Micromedia | 30503, 30539 |
| Micromega | 30539 |
| Microsoft | 31708, 32083, 32202, 30522 |
| Microstar | 30831 |
| Minax | 30713 |
| Minoka 30770 | |
| Mitsubishi Electric | 31521, 34004, 30713 |
| Mizuda 30770 | |
| Mustek 30730 | |
| Muvid | 31643 |
| Mystral 30831 | |
| NAD | 30741 |
| Naiko | 30770 |
| NEC | 30741, 31602 |
| Neom | 31643 |
| Nevir | 30831, 30770 |
| New Acoustic Dimension | 30741 |
| Nisato | 31233 |
| Noblex | 31233 |
| Norcent | 30872 |
| Nordmende | 30831 |
| Nortek 31643 | |
| OK. | 32966 |
| OKI | 32966 |
| Omni | 32139 |
| One For All | 32555 |
| Onkyo 30627, 32147, 30503, 31769, 31612, 30571, 31634 | |
| Oppo | 32545, 30575 |
| Optimus 30571 | |
| Orava 30713 | |
| Orbit | 31643, 30872 |
| Orion | 30713, 31233 |
| Ormond | 30713 |
| Pacific 30831, 30713 | |
| Packard Bell | 30831 |
| Palladium | 30713 |
| Panasonic | 31641, 30490, 33641, 31579, 33580, 33862, 32710, 32859, 32523, 30503 |
| Philco 30675 | |
| Philips 32056, 30539, | 31354, 32789, 30646, 32434, 31506, 32334, 31340, 30503, 33488, 30675, 32084, 30713 |
| Pioneer 31571, 30571, | 30631, 31531, 32442, 32847, 30142, 32854 |
| Play It | 31643 |
| Polaroid | 32966 |
| Polk Audio 30539 | |
| Portland 30770 | |
| Powerpoint | 30872 |
| Presidian 30675 | |
| Prinz | 30831 |
| Prism | 30831 |
| Pro Vision | 30730 |
| ProLine 31643, 32966 | |
| Proscan | 30522 |
| Proson | 30713 |
| Prosonic | 32966 |
| Pye | 30539, 30646, 30675 |
| Radionette | 30741 |
| Radiotone | 30713 |
| RCA | 30522, 32213, 30571, 31769, 32532 |
| RE-BL 32555 | |
| REC | 30490 |
| Red | 32213 |
| Red Star | 30770 |
| Richmond | 31233 |
| Roadstar | 30713, 30730 |
| Ronin | 30872 |
| Rotel | 30623 |
| Rowa | 30872 |
| Saba | 30551, 31643, 32966 |
| Saivod | 30831 |
| Salora 32966, 30741 | |
| Samsung | 30199, 30573, 33195, 32069, 31635, 32942, 32369, 32329, 32489, 31044, 30490, 32107 |
| Sanyo | 32966, 30713, 31233 |
| ScanMagic | 30730 |
| Schaub Lorenz | 30770, 31643 |
| Schneider | 30539, 30646, 30831, 30713 |
| Schontech 30713 | |
| Scott | 31233 |
| Seeltech | 31643 |
| SEG | 30713, 30872 |
| Semp | 30503 |
| Semp Toshiba | 30503 |
| Sharp | 32250, 30630, 32966, 30675, 33313, 30713 |
| Sherwood | 30741, 30770, 32820, 33837 |
| Shinsonic | 30533 |
| Signatek 32139 | |
| Silva Schneider | 30831, 30741 |
| SilverCrest | 31643 |
| Skantic | 30713, 30539 |
| Skymaster 30730 |
En-78
Reference Information
| SM Electronic 30730 | |
| Smart 30713 | |
| Sonashi 30831 | |
| Soniq 30831 | |
| Sony 31516, 31633, | 30533, 31033,30864, 31070,31548, 32861,31536, 32839,32180, 30772 |
| Sound Color 31233 | |
| Soundwave 30713 | |
| Spectra 30872 | |
| SR Standard 30831 | |
| Sunkai 30770 | |
| Sunstech 30831, 32139 | 32966 |
| Superior 31643 | |
| Supratech 32139 | |
| SV2000 30675 | |
| Sylvania 30675, 30630 | |
| Symphonic 30675 | |
| Sytech 30831 | |
| Tandberg 30713 | |
| Targa | 30741 |
| Tascam 31818 | |
| Tatung | 30770 |
| TBoston | 32139 |
| Tchibo | 30741 |
| TCM | 30741 |
| Teac 30571, 30675, | 30741, 31818,32139, 34004 |
| Technica 30713 | |
| Technical | 32966 |
| Technics 30490 | |
| Technika 30770, 30831 | |
| Technosonic | 30730 |
| TechnoStar | 31643 |
| Techwood | 30713, 32966 |
| Telefunken | 30551, 32966 |
| Teletech | 30713 |
| Tensai 30770 | |
| Theta Digital | 30571 |
| Thomson | 30551, 30522, 30831 |
| Thule Audio | 30551 |
| Tokai | 31233 |
| Tosaki | 32006 |
| Toshiba | 30503, 33157, 33857, 32006, 32277, 32705, 31769, 32966, 32551 |
| TRANS-continents | 30831, 30872, 31233 |
| Transonic | 30730 |
| Trent | 31643 |
| Trevi | 30831 |
| TruTech 30675 | |
| TVE | 30713 |
| United 30713, 30675, | 30730, 31233, 31643 |
| Universum | 30713, 30741, 30591 |
| Urban Concepts | 30503 |
| Venturer | 31769 |
| Vestel | 30713 |
| Vitek | 30831 |
| VIZIO | 32563 |
| Voxson | 30730, 30831 |
| Waitec | 30730, 31233 |
| Walker | 32966 |
| Waltham 30713 | |
| WB Electronics | 32555 |
| Welkin | 30831 |
| Wellington 30713 | |
| Wellstar | 30713 |
| Wharfedale | 30713 |
| Wilson | 31233, 30831 |
| Windsor | 30713 |
| Windy Sam | 30573 |
| Woxter | 32139 |
| Xbox | 32083, 31708, 32202, 30522 |
| Xiron | 30713 |
| XMS | 30770 |
| X-View | 31233 |
| Yamada | 30872, 32139 |
| Yamaha | 30497, 32298, 30539, 30817, 30490, 31354, 33871, 30646, 33837 |
| Yamakawa | 30872 |
| YBA | 30872 |
| Yukai 30730 | |
| Zenith | 30741, 30591, 30503 |
■ Blu-ray Disc
| Anthem 32820 | |
| Anthem Statement | 32820 |
| Cambridge Audio | 32808 |
| Denon | 32258, 32748, 33851 |
| Electrocompaniet | 32545 |
| Elite | 32854 |
| Funai | 30675 |
| Harman/Kardon | 33228, 32927 |
| Insignia 32596, 32428, 30675 | |
| Integra | 32147, 32900, 32910, 33100, 33101, 33500, 33501 |
| JVC | 32365, 32612, 32855 |
| Lexicon 32545 | |
| LG | 31602, 32811, 30741 |
| Magnavox | 30675 |
| Marantz 32414, 33444 | |
| Mitsubishi Electric | 34004 |
| Onkyo | 32147, 32900,33101, 33501,32910, 33100,33500 |
| Oppo | 32545 |
| Panasonic | 31641, 33862,33580, 33641,32859, 32523,32710 |
| Philips | 32789, 32434,32084 |
| Pioneer 32442, 32847, | 32854, 30142 |
| RCA | 32532 |
| Samsung | 30199, 33195 |
| Sharp 32250, 33313 | |
| Sherwood | 32820, 33837 |
| Sony 31516, 32180, | 30772 |
| Sylvania 30675 | |
| Tascam 34004 | |
| Toshiba 32705, 33157, | 33857, 32551 |
| VIZIO | 32563 |
| Yamaha | 32298, 33871,33837 |
DVD-R
| Accurian | 30675 |
| AEG | 30675 |
| Akai | 30675 |
| Aristona | 30646 |
| CyberHome | 31023 |
| Denon | 30490 |
| Dick Smith Electronics | 30675 |
| DSE | 30675 |
| Emerson | 30675 |
| Funai | 30675 |
Reference Information
| Go Video 30741 | |
| GPX 30741 | |
| Hitachi 31664 | |
| Humax 30646 | |
| Insignia 32095 | |
| Irradio 30646 | |
| JVC 30623, 32612 | |
| LG 30741 | |
| Loewe 30741 | |
| Magnavox 30675, 30646, 31506 | |
| Medion 30741 | |
| NEC 30741 | |
| Panasonic 30490, 31579, 33580, 32710, 32859, 32523 | |
| Philips 30646, 31340, 31506, 32334, 30539, 32056 | |
| Pioneer 30631 | |
| Pye 30646, 30675 | |
| RCA 30522 | |
| Samsung 31635, 32942 | 33195, 32107, 30490, 32069, 32489 |
| Schneider 30646 | |
| Sharp 33313, 30630, 30675, 30713 | |
| Silva Schneider | 30741 |
| Sony | 31070, 31033, 32861, 31516, 31536, 32839, 32180, 31633 |
| Sylvania | 30675 |
| Targa | 30741 |
| Tchibo | 30741 |
| TCM | 30741 |
| Thomson 30551 | |
| Toshiba 32277, 32551, 30503 | |
| Universum | 30741 |
| Yamaha | 30646 |
| Zenith | 30741 |
VCR
| DirecTV | 20739 |
| Humax | 20739 |
| Loewe | 21062 |
| Metz | 21062 |
| Optimus | 21062 |
| Panasonic | 21062, 20616 |
| Philips | 20739 |
| Quasar | 21062 |
| RCN | 20739 |
| ReplayTV 20616 | |
| Sonic Blue | 20616 |
| Sony | 20636 |
| TiVo | 20739, 20636 |
■ Cable Set Top Box (A to E)
| ABN | 03322, 02897, 02979, 03340, 03407, 03849 |
| Access Communications | 01376, 00476 |
| ACT | 02950 |
| Adams Cable TV | 01376 |
| ADB | 02586, 01920, 01585, 01927, 01481, 01998, 02254, 02302, 02437, 03028 |
| Akado 02043 | |
| Aland | 02030, 02437 |
| Alands Datakommunikation | 02030, 02437 |
| Alcom | 02030, 02437 |
| Alice | 01585 |
| Allegiance Communications | 00476, 01376 |
| Allen TV Cable | 00476 |
| Altibox | 02437, 02030 |
| Amino 01615, 01898, | 01481, 02482,01998, 02302,03028 |
| Anguang Network | 03936 |
| Anhui Network | 03936 |
| Arcadyan 02952 | |
| Arion | 03336 |
| Armstrong 01376, 00476 | |
| Arris | 02187, 01982,01998, 02378 |
| Arvig Communication Systems | 01376, 01982,01998, 02345 |
| Astound Broadband | 01376, 01877,00476, 02479,04079 |
| AT&T | 00858 |
| AT&T U-verse | 00858 |
| Atlantic Broadband | 01877, 01376 |
| ATMC | 01376, 01982,03028 |
| Austar | 00276 |
| B tv 02681, 03442 | |
| Baja Broadband | 00476, 01376 |
| BBTV | 02980 |
| Beijing | 04010 |
| Belgacom TV | 02047, 02132 |
| Bell | 01998 |
| Bell Aliant | 01998 |
| Bell ExpressVu | 01998 |
| Bell Fibe TV | 01998 |
| Bend Broadband | 01376, 00476,02187 |
| BesTV | 04196 |
| Bevcomm | 01898, 00476 |
| BGCTV 03278, 00476 | |
| BIG.BOX | 03465 |
| Blue Ridge Communications | 01877 |
| Bluewin | 02271 |
| Bouygues Telecom | 03007 |
| Boxer | 03607 |
| Bright ClouDigital | 03961 |
| Bright House | 01877, 01376, 00476 |
| British Telecom | 02294 |
| Broadstripe | 00476, 01376 |
| BSI | 02979 |
| BT | 02294 |
| BT Vision 02294 | |
| Buckeye Cable System | 01376, 00476, 01877, 02187 |
| C&M | 03407, 03319, 02962, 02979 |
| Cable America | 01376, 01877 |
| Cable Axion Digital | 01376, 00476 |
| Cable HK | 01374 |
| Cable One | 01376, 00476, 01877 |
| Cablecom 01582 | |
| Cablecom Mexico | 00476, 01376 |
| Cablemas 01376, 01877 | |
| Cablevision | 01877, 01376, 03336, 00476 |
| Cabovisao | 02436, 02493 |
| Caiway 02015, 03607, | 02762, 00660, 02447 |
| Caiyun Digital | 03961 |
| CalTel Connections | 02254, 02586 |
| Canal Digital | 02030 |
| Canby Telcom | 01481, 02302 |
| Cass Cable | 00476, 01376 |
| CC9 | 02703, 02752, 03474 |
| CCAP | 01877 |
| CCS 03322 | |
| Celrun 03442, 02682 | |
| CenturyLink | 01998 |
| Channel Master | 03118 |
| Charter | 01877, 01376, 00476, 02187, 03560 |
| Chengde Guangtong | 03936 |
| Chengdu Cable | 03953 |
| Chengdu Telecom | 04196 |
Reference Information
| China Telecom 04196, 03937 | 2913, |
| 03937 | |
| China Unicom 04366, 04196 | |
| Chongqing Cable 03954 | |
| Chongqing Cable Networks | 03954 |
| CHT 03647, 01917 | |
| Chunghwa 03647, 01917 | |
| Cincinnati Bell 01877, 01376 | |
| Cisco 01877, 00858, | 03028, 01982, |
| 02132, 02345, | |
| 02589, 01883, | |
| 01998, 01582, | |
| 02047, 02378, | |
| 02563, 02401, | |
| 02742, 03265, | |
| 02271, 02947, | |
| 03452 | |
| Citycable 03451, 03477 | |
| CJ 03322, 02897, | 02979, 03340, |
| 03407, 03849 | |
| CJ Digital 02979, 02897, | 03322, 03340, |
| 03407, 03849 | |
| CJ HelloVision 03322, 02897, | 02979, 03340, |
| 03407, 03849 | |
| Claro 01376, 00476 | |
| ClubInternet 02132 | |
| CMA Communications 01376 | |
| CMB | 03389, 02979, |
| 03498 | |
| CMBTV | 03498 |
| CNS | 02980, 02350 |
| Cogeco | 01376, 01982, |
| 00476 | |
| Com Hem | 00660, 02447, |
| 02832, 02015 | |
| Comcast | 01982, 01376, |
| 00476, 01877, | |
| 03560, 02187 |
| Comporium | 01877, 03560, 02187 |
| Consolidated Communications | 01877, 01376, 01998, 02302, 03048 |
| Coship | 01991, 02950, 03278, 04162, 04408, 04196 |
| Cosmic | 02897 |
| Cox | 01877, 01376, 00476 |
| CTS | 02703, 03474 |
| Daeryung | 01877 |
| Darty Box | 02436 |
| DASAN | 02683 |
| Delta | 03607, 02015, 00660, 02447, 02762 |
| DEN | 02726 |
| Deutsche Telekom | 02132 |
| Digeo | 02187 |
| Digi | 02762, 03479 |
| Digicable 03382, 02479 | |
| DigitAlb | 02493 |
| Director | 00476 |
| Dmg | 03835 |
| DNA | 02832, 00660, 02030 |
| Dom.ru TV | 02493 |
| Dream Satellite TV | 02493 |
| DSD | 03340 |
| DST | 03389 |
| Du | 02401 |
| DV | 02979 |
| Eagle Communications | 01376, 02187 |
| EastLink | 01376, 00476 |
| Echostar | 02955, 03452 |
| Elion | 03916 |
| Entertain | 02132 |
| Entone | 02302, 03048 |
| ER Telecom | 02493 |
| eTb | 04281 |
| Evolution 02479, 02746, | 04079 |
| Extra TV | 02132 |
| ■ Cable Set Top Box (F to J) | |
| Fastway | 03382 |
| FCTV | 01782, 02703 |
| Fidelity Communications | 01376 |
| Finnet | 02030, 02832 |
| First Media | 03783 |
| Freebox | 01976 |
| Frontier Communications | 02378 |
| Fujian Broadcast & TV Network Group | 04195 |
| Fujian Broadcast and TV | 04195 |
| Gangwon Broadcasting Network | 03407 |
| Gansu Cable | 04236 |
| GCI | 01376 |
| GCS | 03322 |
| GDCATV 02980, 03131, | 03132 |
| Gehua | 03278, 00476 |
| General Communications | 01376 |
| General Instrument | 00276, 00476 |
| 03666 | |
| Gospell | 04205 |
| Grande Communications | 01877, 03560, 01376 |
| Great Plains Communications | 01376 |
| Guangdong Cable | 02980, 03131, 03132 |
| Guangxi Broadcasting | 02897, 03407, 03961 |
| Guangxi Broadcasting Network | 02897, 03407, 03961 |
| Guangzhou Cable | 02945 |
| Guizhou Broadcasting Network | 03946 |
| Hana TV | 02681, 03442 |
| Hathw@y | 02043, 02726 |
| Hawaiian Telcom | 03028 |
| HBC | 01376, 01877,01982, 02979,03322, 03340,03849 |
| HCN | 02979, 03340 |
| HD+ 03607 | |
| HDT 03465 | |
| Hebei Broadcasting | 04026, 03967 |
| Hebei Broadcasting Network | 04026, 03967 |
| Hebei Digital TV | 04205 |
| Hello TV | 03322 |
| HelloD | 02979 |
| Henan Cable | 04034 |
| HickoryTech 01898, 02302 | |
| Hikari TV 03237 | |
| Himawari TV | 01760 |
| Homecast | 02977, 02979,03389 |
| Hong Kong Cable | 01374 |
| Hrvatski Telekom | 02132 |
| HSHONG | 03965, 03937,04026 |
| Huashu | 04034 |
| Huawei | 02994, 03278,03937, 01991,02913, 04281,01982 |
| Humax | 03607, 02762,02043, 02447,00660, 01981,01983, 02620,02832, 03560,02165, 02683,02701, 02889,02715, 02962,03051, 03053,03075, 03319,03849 |
| Hunan Cable Net | 04205 |
| HYA | 02989 |
| Hyroad | 02979 |
Reference Information
| HyTV 02979, 03340 | |
| Hyundai Digital Technology | 03465 |
| HZRTV 02960 | |
| I-Cable 01374 | |
| i-CAN 01585, 02437 | |
| I-Digital 03319, 02979 | |
| IMBTVN 04106 | |
| INESA 03865 | |
| Innovative Systems 01898 | |
| Inotel 02437 | |
| Inter Mountain Cable 01877, 02479, 04079 | |
| Invitel 02437 | |
| InviTV 02437 | |
| iTSCOM 02703 | |
| ITV 02979, 03389, | 04196, 03498 |
| J:COM 01760, 02703, | 03925, 01782, 02701, 02700, 02715, 02752, 03051, 03053 |
| Jambox | 02030 |
| JBC | 02979, 03322, 03340, 03849 |
| JCN North | 02703, 01760, 03474 |
| Jerrold | 00276, 00476 |
| Jiangsu Cable Network | 04022 |
| Jilin Broadcasting | 04009 |
| Jilin Cable | 04009 |
| Jinan Radio and Television Network | 04206 |
| Jishi Media | 04009 |
| Jiuzhou | 01991 |
| JP PTT 01615 | |
| JXCN 03948 |
| Cable Set Top Box (K to N) | |
| Kabel Deutschland | 03514, 01981,01983, 02165,03607, 02620 |
| KabelBW | 02889, 01981, 01983 |
| KabelNoord | 02015 |
| Kaon | 02493, 02889, 02746, 03407, 04409, 02682, 02979, 03389 |
| kbro | 02350, 03139 |
| KCN-TV | 02703 |
| KCT | 01760, 02703, 02752, 03474 |
| KCTV 02979, 03340, | 03389, 03849, 03322 |
| KCTV JEJU | 02979, 03340, 03389, 03849 |
| KCTV-KJ | 02979, 03340, 03389, 03849 |
| KDMC | 03319, 02979 |
| Kiryung 03498 | |
| Kiss | 02132, 02271 |
| KoolConnect | 01481 |
| KPN | 02952, 02437 |
| Kreatel | 02030 |
| KT | 02683, 03478 |
| Lattelecom | 02030 |
| LG | 03340, 02682, 03407, 02979, 03389, 03319 |
| LG U+ | 02682 |
| Linksys 02271 | |
| Lishui Huashu | 04034 |
| Longyan Broadcasting Cable & Tv | 04195 |
| Lumos Networks | 01998, 03028 |
| Magio Sat | 02132 |
| Magnet 01615 | |
| Maige TV | 03937 |
| Massillon Cable | 00476, 01376 |
| Matanuska Telephone Association | 01481, 02254, 02482, 02586 |
| Mediacom | 01376, 00476, 01982, 01877 |
| Mediastream | 01376, 00476 |
| Mega 02683 | |
| Mega TV | 02683 |
| Megacable | 01376, 00476 |
| Meo | 02401 |
| MetroCast Cablevision | 01376, 01982, 00476 |
| Mi-Connection | 01877 |
| Midcontinent | 01376, 00476, 01982 |
| Communications | |
| Mid-Hudson Cable | 00476, 01376 |
| Minerva Networks | 03118 |
| MIO | 02275, 02802 |
| mio TV | 02275, 02802 |
| Mitsubishi Electric | 03274 |
| MOD | 03647, 01917 |
| Motorola | 01376, 00476, 02378, 02437, 01998, 02030, 00858, 01982, 02952, 00276, 01562, 02275, 03916, 01585, 04034, 02401 |
| Movistar 01585, 03288 | |
| Moxi | 02187 |
| Moyo 03611 | |
| MTS | 01998, 03611, 01615, 01481, 01898 |
| MyLGTV | 02682 |
| NET | 01883 |
| NewWave | 00476, 01376, 02187 |
| Communications | |
| NIB | 03322 |
| Ningde Cable TV | 04195 |
| Noos | 02436 |
| Northland Communications | 01376 |
| Novus 01376, 00476 | |
| Now TV | 02009, 02014 |
| NTL | 01060, 00276 |
| NTT | 03237, 03274 |
| NTV Plus | 02762 |
| NU Telecom | 01998, 03028 |
| Numericable | 02436 |
| Cable Set Top Box (O to S) | |
| O2 | 02586 |
| OCN | 03865 |
| Oi TV | 03452, 03454, 04165 |
| Olleh TV | 02683, 03478 |
| Olleh-Skylife | 02683, 03478 |
| Ono | 01562 |
| Open IPTV | 01615 |
| Optimum | 01877 |
| Optimus Clix | 02437 |
| Optus 00276, 01060 | |
| Orange 02407 | |
| Oriental Cable Networks | 03865 |
| Pace | 01376, 01060, 02620, 01982, 01877, 01998, 00858, 01582, 01883, 03454, 02294, 02401 |
| Panasonic | 02703, 02752, 03474, 01760, 01782, 01982 |
| Parasat | 03479 |
| Paul Bunyan Communications | 02254, 02586 |
| PCCW | 02009, 02057 |
| Philips | 01582, 02378, 03560, 02294 |
| Pioneer | 01782, 01877, 03925, 02700 |
| Pioneer Telephone | 02254, 02302 |
| Portugal Telecom | 02401 |
| Premiere | 02620 |
| Primacom | 02889 |
| Primestar | 02030 |
| PrimeTel | 03611, 02030, 02437 |
| PrimeTV | 02030 |
| PT | 02401 |
En-82
Reference Information
| PTCI 01376 | |
| PX 03348 | |
| QooK TV 02683, 03478 | |
| Qook-Skylife 02683, 03478 | |
| Qrix 03465, 02979 | |
| QuickLine 02493 | |
| Qwerty 01898, 01481, | 01615 |
| Qwerty.TV 01898 | |
| RCN 01376, 00476, | 03560 |
| Reach Broadband 01376, 01877, | 01982 |
| Reliance 02556 | |
| RIO Media 02030 | |
| Rogers 01877, 01376 | |
| Rostelecom 03611 | |
| Sagem 02407, 02436, | 03288 |
| Sagemcom 03514, 02407, | 02436, 03007, |
| 03288 | |
| Samsung | 03322, 02979, |
| 03319, 01877, | |
| 02407, 02015, | |
| 03340, 03407, | |
| 03451, 03442, | |
| 03477, 02610, | |
| 02955, 01060, | |
| 02683, 03514, | |
| 03783, 02589, | |
| 02889, 02962, | |
| 03265, 03849, | |
| 03928, 01982, | |
| 01987 | |
| SaskTel | 01998 |
| SBN | 03965 |
| Scientific Atlanta | 01877, 00858, |
| 01982, 02401, | |
| 02345, 01987, | |
| 02047, 02436, | |
| 03028, 02378 | |
| SCTV | 02493 |
| SCV | 02950 |
| Seokyung 03340 | |
| Service Electric | 01376, 00476, 01982 |
| SetaBox | 01917 |
| Shaanxi Broadcasting | 03965 |
| Shanghai | 03865 |
| Shanghai OCN | 03865 |
| Shanxi Broadcasting Network | 03965 |
| Shaw | 01376, 01877, 00476, 02187, 01982 |
| Shenzhen Broadcasting | 01991, 04162 |
| Shenzhen Digital TV | 01991, 04162 |
| Shijiazhuang Broadcasting | 04026 |
| Shimanto CATV | 02752 |
| Sichuan Broadcasting | 03953 |
| SingTel | 02275, 01998, 02802 |
| Siti Digital 03664 | |
| SK Broadband | 03442, 02681 |
| SK Btv | 02681, 03442 |
| Sky Austria | 02620, 02447, 02832 |
| Sky Deutschland | 02620, 02447, 02832 |
| SkyCable | 02950, 03521, 03527, 04177 |
| SkyLife | 02683, 03478 |
| Skyworth 03298, 02960, | 03278, 01991, 03521, 04177, 03946, 04162 |
| Smartlabs | 03611 |
| Smile Content | 02437 |
| SMT | 03527 |
| SMtronics 03319 | |
| Sogetel | 01998, 02482 |
| Sonaecom 02437 | |
| Sonera 00660 | |
| Source Cable | 01376, 00476 |
| Starcat 02703, 01782 |
| StarHub | 01927, 00276 |
| Stipte | 01898 |
| Stofa | 02015 |
| Suddenlink | 01877, 01376, 01982, 03560, 00476 |
| Supercable 00276 | |
| Supercanal 01376, 00476 | |
| Suwon Cable | 03319 |
| Suzhou Cable Network | 04022 |
| SVA 03865 | |
| Swisscom | 02271 |
| SXBCTV | 03965 |
| Cable Set Top Box (T to Z) | |
| TalkTalk | 02994 |
| Tbaytel | 03028 |
| Tbroad 03319 | |
| TCC | 04409, 04408 |
| TCN | 03340, 02703 |
| T-Com | 02132 |
| TDC | 02271 |
| TDS Telecom | 03028 |
| Technicolor 01982, 02994,03288 | |
| TechniSat | 03316 |
| Tele2 | 00660, 02447 |
| Telecentro | 00476, 01376 |
| TeleColumbus | 02889 |
| Telefonica 01585, 03028,03288, 02586 | |
| Telekom Deutschland | 02132 |
| Telenet | 01920, 03451,03477 |
| Telewest | 01987 |
| Telia 02030 | |
| Telmex | 01376 |
| TELUS | 03028 |
| TFN | 03127, 03139 |
| T-Home | 02132 |
| Thomson 01582, 01981,01982, 01983,03007, 02407 | |
| T-Hrvatski Telekom | 02132 |
| Tianjin Broadcast & TV Network | 04010 |
| Tianjin Broadcasting | 04010 |
| Time Warner | 01877, 01376,00476, 02187 |
| TiVo | 03560, 03265 |
| ToongTV | 03322 |
| Top | 03766 |
| TopTV | 01991 |
| TP 02407 | |
| Trans PX | 00276 |
| True Visions | 03075, 02762 |
| TVB | 01615 |
| TVS Cable | 01376, 01877,01982 |
| U+ | 02682 |
| U+ tvG | 02682 |
| UCATV | 02703, 01760 |
| Unitymedia | 02955, 02610,03451, 03477 |
| UPC | 01582, 03451,03477, 00660,01060 |
| UPC Cablecom | 01582, 03451,03477 |
| US Electronics | 00276 |
| U-verse | 00858 |
| Vector | 02030 |
| VeeTV 03231 | |
| Verizon | 02378 |
| Viasat | 02030 |
| Videotron | 01877, 02947 |
| Viken Fibernett | 02030, 02437 |
| Virgin Media | 01987, 02563,01060, 03265,00276 |
| Visionetics 01374 | |
| Vivo | 03288 |
Reference Information
| Vodafone 02401 | |
| Volia 02493 | |
| Volia Cable 02493 | |
| Voo 02742 | |
| VTR 01376 | |
| wasu 04034 | |
| Wave Broadband 01376, 00476,02479, 04079 | |
| Wavevision 01376, 01877,01982 | |
| Wbox 02832 | |
| WEHCO Video 01376 | |
| Welho 02832 | |
| WellAV 03479 | |
| WestmanCommunications | 01376, 00476,02187 |
| WideOpenWest 01376 | 01877,02187 |
| Windjammer Cable 00476, 01376,01877 | |
| WNC | 03118 |
| WOW! | 01877, 01376,00476, 02187,02479 |
| Xfinity | 01376, 01982,00476, 01877,03560, 02187 |
| Xuyi Radio & TV | 02897 |
| YBN | 03322 |
| YCV | 02703, 01760 |
| Youview | 02994 |
| Yunnan Broadcasting | 03961 |
| Yuxing | 02014 |
| Zhong Hua Dian Xin | 01917 |
| Ziggo | 02589, 03607,02015, 02762,00660, 02401,02447 |
| Zinwell | 03139 |
| Zito Media | 01376, 01982 |
| ZTE | 04196 |
■ Satellite Set top Box
| @sat | 01300 |
| @Sky | 01334 |
| 1.Sky 03538 | |
| Acoustic Solutions 01284 | |
| ADB | 02553, 00887, 01887 |
| AEG 02738, 02813 | |
| Agora | 01284 |
| Airis | 02813, 03012 |
| Airtel 02248 | |
| Akai | 02938 |
| Akira 02738 | |
| Akta | 01986 |
| Akura | 01626 |
| Alba | 01284, 02034, 02568 |
| Allvision | 01334 |
| Altech UEC | 02059, 02097, 03517 |
| Amiko | 04197 |
| Amstrad | 00847, 01662, 01175, 01693, 02467 |
| AMTC | 02738, 02813 |
| Ansonic | 02418 |
| Aonvision | 02279 |
| Apro 01672 | |
| Argos | 02568 |
| Arion | 03374, 04348 |
| Arnion | 01300 |
| Arris | 00869 |
| AS | 01284 |
| ASA | 00740 |
| ASCI | 01334 |
| ASDA 01284 | |
| AssCom | 00853 |
| Astrell | 01986, 02418 |
| Astro | 00173, 01838, 02627, 00658, 03838, 01099, 01100, 02026 |
| Atevio | 02928 |
| Atlanta | 02418, 03320 |
| Atom | 02289 |
| Audiola | 03012, 02418 |
| Audioline | 01672 |
| Aurora 00879 | |
| Austar | 00879 |
| Austriasat | 01195, 01197, 02957, 03374, 01561, 01631, 02631 |
| Auvisio | 02932, 02738, 02813 |
| Avanit | 00299, 01631 |
| Awa | 02418 |
| Axil | 02418, 01413, 01777, 02738, 03424 |
| Axitronic | 01626 |
| AZ America | 01631 |
| AZBox 02719 | |
| B.net | 01672 |
| B@ytronic | 00740 |
| Beijing 03299 | |
| Bell | 00775 |
| Bell ExpressVu | 00775 |
| Bell Fibe TV | 00775 |
| Bell Satellite TV | 00775 |
| Belson | 02418 |
| BENsat 02957, 02938 | |
| Best Buy | 02728, 02842 |
| BIG TV | 04312 |
| BIOSTEK | 02738 |
| BiS Television | 01986 |
| Black Diamond | 01284 |
| Blaupunkt | 00173 |
| Blu:sens | 02938 |
| Boca 02026, 02458, | 02797, 02308, 02813 |
| Boshmann | 01413, 01631 |
| Botech | 02738, 03749 |
| Boxer | 02443, 01692, 01957, 04024 |
| Brainwave | 00658, 01672 |
| BSkyB 01175, 01662, | 00847 |
| Bulltech | 02738 |
| Bush 01935, 02376, | 01284, 02813, 01672, 03346, 03439, 02034, 03652, 01291, 01626, 02418, 02568 |
| Cablecom 01195, 01197 | |
| Caiway | 02443, 00253 |
| Canal Digitaal | 02631, 00853, 02466, 02957 |
| Canal Digital | 02553, 01780, 00853, 01334 |
| Canal+ | 00853, 02657, 01195, 01197, 01986 |
| CanalSat | 00853, 02657 |
| Century | 03110, 00856 |
| CGV | 02034, 01413, 01986 |
| Chess | 02026, 01334, 01626 |
| Cignal | 02289, 02835, 02836 |
| CityCom | 00299, 00658, 02957 |
| Clarke-Tech 03320 | |
| Claro | 03787, 03790 |
| Classic | 01291, 01284, 01672 |
| Clatronic | 01413, 02738 |
| Clayton 01626 | |
| CME | 00173 |
| CMX | 02205, 02932 |
| Cobra 02728, 03012 | |
| Com Hem 01176, 01915 |
Reference Information
| Comag 02797, 02026, | 02458, 02813,02308, 01413 |
| Comsat 01413 | |
| Comwell 01956 | |
| Continent 01986 | |
| Coship 03787, 03790, | 01672, 02525,03574 |
| Cosmos TV 01545 | |
| Croner 02813 | |
| Crown 01284 | |
| Crypto 03012 | |
| Crystal 03012, 01416 | |
| Cyfra+ 00853, 01409 | |
| Cyfrowy Polsat 02262, 02527,00253, 00853 | |
| Dantax 01626 | |
| Danystar 02938 | |
| DASAN 03321 | |
| D-box 01114 | |
| DCR 03517 | |
| Delta 02443 | |
| Denver 02418, 02738 | |
| Deutsche Telekabel | 01195, 01197 |
| Dgtec | 01631, 02418 |
| Dick Smith Electronics | 02418, 02813 |
| Dicra 02738, 02842, | 03012 |
| Digenius | 00299, 00740 |
| Digi | 01416, 01195,01197, 02026 |
| Digi Raum Electronics | 02622 |
| Digi Romania | 01416 |
| Digitality | 01334, 02813 |
| Digihome | 02034, 01284,01935 |
| DigiLogic | 01284, 02034 |
| DigiQuest | 02278, 02738,01300, 01631 |
| Digital | 02308 |
| DigitAlb 01195, 01197 |
| DigitalBox | 02540, 01631, 02289, 01100, 03240 |
| DigitSat-e | 02842 |
| Digiturk | 03517, 02097 |
| Digiwave | 01631 |
| Dikom | 02938, 02842 |
| Dilog | 01957, 01780 |
| DiPro | 02278 |
| DirecTV | 01377, 01442, 00099 |
| Dish Mexico | 00775 |
| Dish Network | 00775 |
| DishHD 04090 | |
| Dishpro 00775 | |
| DishTV | 01300, 02604, 01780 |
| Di-Way 02289 | |
| DMT 03321 | |
| DMTech | 02738 |
| DNA | 01780, 01957, 01176, 02144 |
| Donghai | 02938 |
| Doro 01672 | |
| DragonSat | 02928 |
| DRE | 02622 |
| Dream | 01237 |
| Dream Multimedia | 01237, 01652, 01923 |
| Dream Satellite TV | 01416, 03374 |
| DSE | 02418, 02813 |
| D-Smart | 02231 |
| DSTV 00879, 02059, | 02060 |
| DTI Electronics | 02938 |
| DTK Deutsche Telekabel | 01195, 01197 |
| DTV | 03572 |
| Dual | 02034 |
| Durabrand | 01284, 02034 |
| Dyon 02738, 02813 | |
| Easy-One | 03240 |
| Echostar | 00775, 02262, 02527, 00853, 01409 |
| Eco-Star | 01413 |
| Edision | 01631 |
| Ekotech | 03422 |
| Elap | 01413 |
| Elbe | 02418 |
| Electron | 01956 |
| Elisa 01322, 02455 | |
| Elless 00740 | |
| Elta | 02738 |
| Embratel 02796, 03787 | |
| Energy Sistem | 02418, 01631, 02289, 02813 |
| Engel | 03749, 01611, 01672 |
| Etisalat | 02443 |
| Europhon | 00299, 01334 |
| Europsat 01611, 01413 | |
| Eurosky | 00740, 00299 |
| Eutra | 00740 |
| Evesham Technology | 02034 |
| Eycos | 03374 |
| F&U | 03012 |
| Fagor | 01611 |
| FaVal | 03422 |
| Ferguson | 02638, 01291, 01803, 01935, 02034 |
| Finepass | 01780 |
| Finlux 01626, 02034 | |
| Finnet | 01780, 01957 |
| FinnSat 00740, 01195, 01197, 01351 | |
| FMD 01413 | |
| Fortec Star | 01631 |
| Foxtel | 01356, 00879, 01176 |
| Freesat | 01692, 02928, 03266, 01986, 02376 |
| Freesat+ 02443, 03266 | |
| freeview | 02982 |
| Fte Maximal | 02289 |
| Fuba | 02750, 00173, 00299, 03726 |
| Fuji Onkyo | 02728, 01631 |
| Funai United | 03012 |
| Galaxis | 00853, 00879 |
| Galaxy 01956 | |
| Galaxy Innovations | 02799, 04197 |
| General Instrument | 00869 |
| General Satellite | 03064, 02622 |
| Gi | 02799, 04197 |
| GigaBlue | 03663 |
| GigaTV | 02738 |
| Globo 02026, 01334, | 00740, 01429, 02957, 01626 |
| GMMZ 03538 | |
| Go | 01780 |
| GoGen 02738 | |
| GOI | 00775 |
| Gold Box | 00853 |
| Gold Vision | 01631 |
| Golden Media | 04197 |
| GoldMaster | 01334, 02928 |
| Goodmans | 01284, 02376, 02034, 03652, 02568, 03346, 03439 |
| Gradiente | 00887, 03110, 00856 |
| Gran Prix | 00740 |
| Grandin | 01626 |
| Grocos 01409 |
Reference Information
| Grundig 00173, 00847, | 02376, 01291,02034, 00853,02813, 01284,01780, 02738,03424, 00879,01672, 02568,03346 |
| GVT 03789 | |
| Haier 02418 | |
| Hailo 02289 | |
| Hallo 01626 | |
| Handan 01780, 01957 | |
| Hanseatic 01099, 01100 | |
| Hauppauge 01672 | |
| HD Box 02928 | |
| HD+ 02797, 02443, | 01429, 02569,03095 |
| HDT 01416, 01255, | 03321 |
| Hirschmann 00173, 00299, | 02026, 00740 |
| Hitachi 02034, 01284 | |
| Homecast 02525 | |
| Hornet 01300 | |
| HTS 00775 | |
| Huawei 03787 | |
| Huaxian Radio andTelevision Network | 04041 |
| Hubei Chutian | 04041 |
| Hubei Radio &Television Network | 04041 |
| Hughes NetworkSystems | 01442, 01377 |
| Humax | 01176, 02443,01427, 01808,02736, 01882,01915, 03140,02231, 02408,02144, 02616,02754, 01377,03517, 01989,02289, 03321,01255 |
| Hyundai | 01416 |
| Hyundai Digital Technology | 01416, 01255,03321 |
| ibox | 01652 |
| IceCrypt | 04197, 02838,02928 |
| ID Digital | 01176 |
| ID Sat | 02289, 01334,01631 |
| i-Joy | 02938 |
| Illusion | 01631 |
| Imagin 01195, 01197 | |
| Imperial 01195, 01197, | 01334, 01429,01672 |
| InDigital | 01416 |
| Indovision 01989, 00856, | 01887, 02108,00887, 01255 |
| iNETBOX | 01652, 01237 |
| Inno Hit 01626, 02728 | |
| Innova 00099 | |
| Intv | 04348 |
| Inverto 03095 | |
| inVion | 02418 |
| iotronic | 01413 |
| IP Vision | 02455 |
| IPM | 03567 |
| IQ | 02813 |
| IQ Prism | 02813 |
| ISkyB | 00887 |
| ITT | 02418 |
| Jaeger 02797, 01334 | |
| Jameson | 02813 |
| Jerrold 00869 | |
| Jiuzhou 03140 | |
| JVC | 00775, 01284 |
| Kabel Deutschland | 01195, 01197, 01672, 01882, 01915 |
| KabelBW | 01882, 01915, 01195, 01197, 01429 |
| KabelNoord | 00253, 02443 |
| Kamosonic | 02738 |
| Kaon | 01300, 02231 |
| Kathrein | 01561, 02569, 00658, 00173, 03658, 01416, 02263 |
| Kenwood | 00853 |
| Konig | 02289, 01631, 00173 |
| Koscom | 01956 |
| KPN 01986 | |
| Kreiling 00658, 01626 | |
| Kreiselmeyer | 00173 |
| KT | 03321 |
| L&S Electronic | 01334 |
| Labgear | 03424 |
| LaSAT 00740, 00299 | |
| Lava | 01631 |
| Lazer | 02738 |
| Leiker | 02728 |
| Leiko 01626 | |
| Lemon 01334 | |
| Lenoxx | 01611 |
| LG | 03321 |
| Lifesat | 00299 |
| LinkBox 02957 | |
| Linsar | 01284, 02842 |
| Listo | 01626, 02813 |
| Lodos | 01284 |
| Logik 02034, 01284, | 01906, 02842,01803, 03652 |
| LogiSat | 02797, 02026,02813, 02458 |
| Lorenzen | 00299 |
| Lowry | 02938 |
| Luxor | 01935, 02034 |
| M vision | 03562 |
| M7 | 02631 |
| Macab 00853 | |
| Magic TV | 02982 |
| Majestic | 03012, 02738,02842 |
| Manhattan | 01300 |
| Maplin | 02034 |
| Marusys | 02799, 03543 |
| Mascom | 02738 |
| Maspro 00173, 03099 | |
| Matsui | 01284, 00173,01626 |
| Maximum | 01334, 02813,01672, 01986 |
| Mediabox | 00853 |
| MediaSat 00853 | |
| Mediascape | 02289, 02835,02836 |
| Mediaset | 02750, 02278,01427, 02736,02739 |
| Medion 00299, 00740, | 01626, 01334,02026, 02797 |
| Mega TV | 03321 |
| MegaSat | 01631, 02034,02813, 02289,00740, 02738 |
| Melita | 01416 |
| Meo 02466 | |
| Mercury | 03422 |
Reference Information
| Metronic 01986, 02418,02738, 01334,01631, 01413,01672, 01935,02278 | |
| Metz 00173 | |
| Micro 02797, 02813 | |
| Micro electronic 02308 | 02813 |
| Micromaxx 00299 | |
| Microstar 00299 | |
| Miraclebox 02928 | |
| Mitsai 02738 | |
| Morgan's 02026 | |
| Motorola 00869, 03110,00856, 03469 | |
| Movistar 02527, 02262,02263 | |
| MTEX 03539 | |
| Multichoice 00879, 02059,02060 | |
| Murphy 02034 | |
| Mx Onda 02938 | |
| myfreeviewHD 02982 | |
| Mysat 02738 | |
| MySky Italia | 02467 |
| MySky New Zealand | 01356, 02211 |
| Nagra | 02262 |
| NanoXX | 01631 |
| NC+ | 00853, 01409 |
| NEOTION | 01334 |
| NET | 02262 |
| Netgem | 01322, 02455 |
| Netsat | 00099, 00887 |
| Neuf TV | 01322 |
| Neuling | 02458, 02026 |
| Nevir | 02938, 02728 |
| Next | 02231 |
| Next Level | 00869 |
| Nextvision | 01956 |
| NextWave | 01956 |
| Nilox | 02278 |
| Nokia | 00853 |
| Nordmende | 01611 |
| Noru 02938 | |
| Nova | 02475, 00879 |
| NPG 02289, 01413, | 01631 |
| NTV Plus | 01307, 01692, 02443 |
| Octagon 02928 | |
| Olleh TV 03321 | |
| Olleh-Skylife | 03321 |
| Onn | 02034, 01284 |
| Openbox 01956, 02928 | |
| Opensat 02957, 01956, | 02719 |
| Opentech | 02525 |
| Opentel | 02525 |
| Optex 01626, 01413, | 01611, 03012 |
| Opticum | 02957, 02797, 02932 |
| Optus 01356, 00879 | |
| Orbis | 01334 |
| Orbitech 01195, 01100, | 01197, 01099, 01351 |
| Orchid | 02289 |
| Orion Express | 01986 |
| Orton | 02957 |
| P&T Luxembourg | 01322, 02455 |
| Pace | 00847, 00887, 01356, 02754, 01682, 01175, 01693, 02475, 00853, 02231, 02467, 02631, 02657, 03469, 03790, 01377, 01662, 02097, 02211, 02059, 02060, 02466, 02796, 02160 |
| Pacific | 01284 |
| Palcom 01611, 00299, | 01409 |
| Palsonic 02813 | |
| Panasat | 00879 |
| Panasonic | 03494, 00847, 03099 |
| Panda | 00173 |
| peeKTon | 02418 |
| Philips | 00099, 00853, 02561, 01499, 01442, 02466, 01114, 01672, 02619, 02211, 03110, 03469, 00173, 00856, 00887, 02631 |
| Phoenix | 01956, 02418 |
| Phonotrend | 01780 |
| Pino | 01334 |
| Pioneer | 00853 |
| Pixel Magic | 02982 |
| PLDT | 02835, 02836, 02289 |
| PMB 01611 | |
| Polsat 02262, 02527, | 00253, 00853 |
| Portugal Telecom | 02466 |
| Premiere 01429, 01114, | 01195, 01197 |
| PremiumX | 03374 |
| Primacom | 01176, 01195, 01197 |
| Pro Basic | 00853 |
| ProLine | 01284 |
| PSI | 03539 |
| PT | 02466 |
| QooK TV 03321 | |
| Qook-Skylife | 03321 |
| Quelle | 00299 |
| Qwest | 01377 |
| RadioShack | 00869 |
| Radix | 01255 |
| Raduga TV | 01986, 02957 |
| RCA | 01291, 01442, 02108 |
| RCS | 01416 |
| Rebox | 02928 |
| RiksTV | 01692 |
| Rimax | 02938 |
| RIO Media | 01780 |
| Roadstar 00853 | |
| Rollmaster | 01413 |
| Ross | 02540 |
| SAB | 01956, 01631, 04197, 01300 |
| Saba | 00740, 02205 |
| Sagem | 01692, 01690, 01114, 02553, 01307 |
| Sagemcom | 01692, 04024, 03789 |
| Saivod | 02418 |
| Samart DTH | 03576, 03574 |
Reference Information
| Samsung 03063, 00253, | 01442, 01377,02467, 01682,01989, 03266,00853, 01662,02525, 03321,03784, 03834,03838, 01255,01693 |
| Sansui 01545 | |
| Sanyo 01626 | |
| Sat Control 01300 | |
| Sat Industrie 01611 | |
| SAT+ 01409 | |
| SatCatcher 01956 | |
| Satforce 03374 | |
| Satplus 01100 | |
| SatyCon 01631 | |
| Schaub Lorenz 02034, | 02418 |
| Schneider 02842 | |
| Schwaiger 01672, 01429, | 02308, 02458,01631, 02797,02813, 00740,01334, 02957 |
| Schwaiger CS 01631 | |
| Scott 02738 | |
| SCS 00299, 00740 | |
| Sedea | 01626 |
| Sedea Electronique | 01626 |
| SEG | 01626, 01284,02034 |
| Sencor | 02813 |
| Servimat | 01611 |
| Set-One 03240, 02728 | |
| Shark | 01631 |
| Sharp | 01935, 02034 |
| Shaw Direct | 00869 |
| Sherwood 01409 | |
| Shinelco 02738, 02278, | 02938 |
| SHOI 02938 | |
| Siemens | 00173, 01657,01429, 02418,01626, 01334,01672 |
| Sigmatek | 02418, 02813,02738 |
| SignalMAX | 01956 |
| Silva | 00299 |
| Silva Schneider | 00740 |
| SilverCrest | 02026, 02308,02458, 02932 |
| SKY | 01662 |
| Sky Austria 02754, 02443,01429, 01114,01915, 01195,01197 | |
| Sky Brasil | 01377, 03110,00887, 00856,00099, 01499,02619 |
| Sky Deutschland | 02754, 02443,01429, 01114,01915, 01195,01197 |
| Sky Ireland 01175, 01662,00847 | |
| Sky Italia | 01693, 02467,00853 |
| Sky Mexico | 00856, 02619,00887, 01377,03469 |
| Sky New Zealand | 02211, 00887,00856, 01356 |
| SKY PerfecTV! 03099,02616,03049 | |
| Sky UK 01175, 01662,00847 | |
| SkyCable | 01631, 01957 |
| SkyLife | 03321, 01255 |
| Skylink | 02957, 01545, 02443, 02928, 01195, 01197, 01986 |
| Skymaster | 01409, 02205, 01611, 02728, 02932, 01545, 01334 |
| Skymax | 01413 |
| Skypex | 00740 |
| Skyplus | 01334, 02026, 00740, 01175 |
| SkySat | 01100 |
| Skytec | 02928 |
| Skyvision 02797, 01334 | |
| SkyWay | 02928 |
| Skyworth | 01631, 02835, 02836 |
| SL | 00740, 02026, 00299, 01672 |
| SM Electronic | 01409 |
| Smart | 01631, 01413, 03095, 02289, 00740, 00299 |
| Sogo | 02842 |
| Sonera | 01780, 01957 |
| Sony 01558, 00847, | 00853, 03049 |
| Spiderbox 03562 | |
| Star | 00887 |
| Star Choice | 00869 |
| Starmax 02638 | |
| Steinner 02738 | |
| Stream System | 01300 |
| Strong | 01409, 02235, 01626, 02278, 02418, 02813, 00879, 03424, 00853, 01300, 03374, 01284, 01682 |
| Sun Box | 03571 |
| Sun Direct 02525 | |
| Sunny 01300 | |
| Sunstech | 02738 |
| Supernova | 00887 |
| Supratech | 01413 |
| Systec | 01334 |
| Sytech 02418, 02842, | 03012 |
| S-ZWO 03374 | |
| TATA Sky | 03575 |
| TBoston 02418 | |
| TDS Telecom | 00775 |
| Teac | 01957, 01322, 02813 |
| Technical | 01626 |
| Technicolor | 03469, 03790 |
| Technika | 01284, 01672, 02034 |
| TechniSat | 01197, 01195, 01100, 01099, 01351, 03440, 02813, 01322 |
| Technoit 02278 | |
| Technosonic | 01672 |
| Technotrend | 01429, 01672, 02263 |
| Techwood 01284, 02034, | 01626, 01935 |
| Tecsat | 01986 |
| TEKCOMM | 02738 |
| Telasat | 02466 |
| TELE System | 02750, 01611, 01409, 02739, 03726, 02813 |
| Tele2 | 01195, 01197 |
| Telefonica 01692, 02262, | 02527, 02263 |
| TeleSAT 02631, 02466 |
En-88
Reference Information
| Telestar 01100, 01099 | 01334, 01197,02540, 01195,01351, 01626,01672 |
| Televes 01300, 01334 | |
| Televisa 00887 | |
| TelkomVision 04310 | |
| Telsey 02738 | |
| TelSKY 02540 | |
| Telstra 01356 | |
| TELUS 00775 | |
| Tesla 01626 | |
| Tevion 02205, 01409, | 01672, 02026,02813 |
| Thai 03573, 03539 | |
| Thomson 01291, 01935, | 01662, 00847,00853, 01175,02278, 01307,02160, 02619,03110, 03469 |
| Tiny 01672 | |
| Titan | 02205 |
| Tividi | 01429 |
| TiVo | 01377, 01442 |
| TivuSat | 02750 |
| T-Mobile | 02631, 02443,01545 |
| TNT SAT | 01692, 01195,01197, 01986 |
| Tokai 02938 | |
| Tonna | 01611, 02458 |
| Topfield | 01545, 01986,01208, 02838 |
| Toshiba | 01803, 01284,01429 |
| TPS 01307 | |
| Transparent Video Systems | 01780, 01957 |
| TrekStor | 02738 |
| Triax | 01291, 01626, 00853, 01099, 01611, 01631 |
| Tricolor TV | 02622, 03064 |
| True Visions | 03140, 01208, 02408, 03784 |
| TT-micro | 01429 |
| TV Cabo | 02160 |
| TV Star 03012 | |
| TV Vlaanderen | 02631, 00853, 02466 |
| TVA Digital | 02895, 01692, 02262 |
| TVB 01989 | |
| TVonics | 01906, 01803 |
| Twinner 01611 | |
| UEC | 00879, 01356 |
| UfaNet | 01986 |
| UNE | 01692 |
| United 02842, 02278, | 03012, 01626, 02418 |
| Unitymedia | 01429, 01882, 01915 |
| Universum | 00173, 00299, 00740, 01099 |
| Unixbox 01652 | |
| UPC | 01780, 02443 |
| UPC Cablecom | 01195, 01197 |
| UPC Direct | 02443 |
| Vantage | 02797 |
| Variosat 00173 | |
| VEA | 02418 |
| Vectra 01195, 01197 | |
| Vestel | 01626, 01284, 02231, 02034, 03517 |
| VH Sat | 00299 |
| Via Embratel | 03787, 02796 |
| Viasat | 01682, 01197, 01195, 02235, 00253 |
| Videocon 03077 | |
| Vietnam Television Corporation | 03834 |
| Viola Digital | 01672 |
| Vision | 01626 |
| VisionNet | 01631 |
| Visiosat 01413 | |
| Vistron | 00740 |
| Vitecom 01413 | |
| Viva 00856 | |
| Vivax | 02418 |
| Vivo 02262, 02895, | 01692, 02527 |
| Volcasat | 02418 |
| Voom | 00869 |
| VTC | 03834 |
| Vu+ | 03458, 02799, 03543 |
| Walker | 02034 |
| Wavelength | 01413 |
| Wharfedale | 01935, 02034, 01284, 01906 |
| Winix | 02278 |
| Wintel | 00299 |
| Wisi | 00740, 00173, 00299, 02957, 01986 |
| Woxter | 02418, 02813 |
| Xoro | 02813, 02738, 03012, 03422 |
| Xtreme 01300 | |
| Xtrend 03320 | |
| Yakumo 01413 | |
| Yes | 00887, 01887 |
| Youview | 03140 |
| ZapMaster | 00740 |
| Zehnder | 01777, 03422, 01334, 01413, 02289, 03424, 02034, 00740, 01631 |
| Zenega 02604 | |
| Zenith | 00856, 03110, 03469 |
| Ziggo | 02443, 01499, 01657, 00253 |
| Zircon | 02957 |
| Zodiac | 03726 |
| Zon | 02160 |
| Zon Optimus | 02160 |
■ Video - Accessory
| A.C.Ryan | 02709, 03350 |
| ABS | 01272 |
| Acer | 01272 |
| Alienware | 01272 |
| Apple | 02615 |
| ASRock 01272 | |
| Boxee 03693 | |
| Ceton | 01272 |
| Claritas 01272 | |
| CyberPower | 01272 |
| Daily Media | 01272 |
| Dell | 01272 |
| Digitech 02260 | |
| D-Link 03671, 03693, | 02186 |
| Elonex | 01272 |
| Eminent | 03215, 02260 |
| Emtec 02709 | |
| Fantec | 03350, 02709 |
| Fujitsu Siemens | 01272 |
| Funai | 03339 |
| Gateway | 01272 |
| G-Box Midnight | 04440 |
| Hewlett Packard | 01272 |
Reference Information
| hFX 01272 | |
| Howard Computers 01272 | |
| HP 01272 | |
| Hush 01272 | |
| iBUYPOWER 01272 | |
| iconBIT 03350, 02709 | |
| ICY Box 03350 | |
| iNext 03350 | |
| Iomega 02558 | |
| ISTAR 02260 | |
| JadooTV 02260 | |
| Keedox 04442 | |
| LG 03373 | |
| Linksys 01272 | |
| Magnavox 03339 | |
| MedeBer 02709 | |
| Media Center PC 01272 | |
| Micca | 03669 |
| Microsoft | 01272, 01805, 04000 |
| Mind | 01272 |
| Netgear | 03324, 04401, 03292 |
| NiveusMedia | 01272 |
| Northgate | 01272 |
| Omniverse | 04421 |
| Packard Bell | 01272 |
| Panasonic | 03760 |
| Philips | 01272 |
| Pivos | 04339 |
| PopBox | 02260 |
| Popcorn Hour | 02260 |
| RCA | 03335 |
| Ricavision | 01272 |
| Roku 03061, 02371 | |
| Seagate | 02698 |
| Sony 02713, 01272 | |
| Stack 9 01272 | |
| Sumvision 04339 | |
| Systemax | 01272 |
| Tagar Systems | 01272 |
| Toshiba | 01272 |
| Touch | 01272 |
| TrekStor | 02723 |
| Trust | 01272 |
| VIA Technologies | 01272 |
| Viewsonic | 01272 |
| VIZIO | 03670 |
| Voodoo 01272 | |
| Western Digital | 02558 |
| Waxter | 02709 |
| Xbox 01805, 04000, | 01272 |
| Xtreamer | 02723 |
| ZT Group | 01272 |
CD
| A.V.International | 70157 |
| ADVANTAGE | 70032 |
| AH! | 70157 |
| Aiwa | 70157 |
| Arcam 70157 | |
| Atoll | 70157 |
| Atoll Electronique | 70157 |
| Audio Research | 70157 |
| Audiolab | 70157 |
| Audiomeca | 70157 |
| Audioton 70157 | |
| AVI | 70157 |
| Balanced Audio Technology | 70157 |
| BAT | 70157 |
| Cairn | 70157 |
| California Audio Labs | 70029, 70303 |
| Cambridge | 70157 |
| Cambridge Audio 70157 | |
| Carver | 70157 |
| CCE | 70157 |
| Curtis Mathes | 70029 |
| Cyrus | 70157 |
| Denon | 70766 |
| DKK | 70000 |
| DMX Electronics | 70157 |
| Dynaco 70157 | |
| Epworth 70157 | |
| Genexxa 70032, 70000 | |
| Goldmund 70157 | |
| Grundig | 70157 |
| Harman/Kardon | 70157, 73044 |
| HIFIAkademie | 70157 |
| Hitachi | 70032 |
| JVC | 70072 |
| Integra | 71817 |
| Kenwood | 70036, 70157 |
| Krell | 70157 |
| Linn | 70157 |
| Loewe | 70157 |
| Magnavox 70157 | |
| Marantz | 70157, 70029 |
| Matsui | 70157 |
| MCS | 70029 |
| Memorex | 70032 |
| Meridian | 70157 |
| Micromega | 70157 |
| Miro | 70000 |
| Mission 70157 | |
| Myryad | 70157 |
| NAD | 70721, 70000 |
| Naim 70157 | |
| New Acoustic Dimension | 70721, 70000 |
| NSM | 70157 |
| Onkyo 71817 | |
| Optimus | 70032, 70000 |
| Panasonic | 70303, 70029 |
| Philips | 70157 |
| Pioneer | 70032 |
| Polk Audio | 70157 |
| Primare | 70157 |
| Proton | 70157 |
| QED | 70157 |
| Quad | 70157 |
| Quasar | 70029 |
| Radiola 70157 | |
| RCA | 70032 |
| Restek | 70157 |
| Revox | 70157 |
| Rotel 70157 | |
| SAE | 70157 |
| Sansui | 70157 |
| SAST | 70157 |
| Siemens | 70157 |
| Silsonic | 70036 |
| Simaudio | 70157 |
| Sonic Frontiers | 70157 |
| Sony 70000, 70490 | |
| Sylvania | 70157 |
| TAG McLaren | 70157 |
| TAG McLaren Audio | 70157 |
| Tandy | 70032 |
| Tascam | 73095, 73511, 73533 |
| Teac | 73095, 73531, 73532, 73551 |
| Technics | 70303, 70029, 70207 |
| Thorens 70157 | |
| Thule Audio | 70157 |
| Universum | 70157 |
| Victor | 70072 |
| Wards 70032, 70000, | 70157 |
| Yamaha 70036, 70032, | 70490 |
| Zonda | 70157 |
Cassette Deck
| Aiwa | 40029 |
Reference Information
| Arcam 40076 | |
| Audiolab 40029, 40229 | |
| Carver 40029 | |
| Denon 40076 | |
| Epworth 40029 | |
| Grundig 40029 | |
| Harman/Kardon 40029 | |
| Inkel 40070 | |
| JVC 40244 | |
| Kenwood 40070 | |
| Magnavox 40029 | |
| Marantz 40029 | |
| Myryad 40029 | |
| Onkyo 42157 | |
| Optimus 40027 | |
| Panasonic 40229 | |
| Philips 40029, 40229 | |
| Pioneer 40027 | |
| Polk Audio | 40029 |
| Radiola | 40029 |
| RCA 40027 | |
| Revox | 40029 |
| Sansui | 40029 |
| Sony | 40243, 40170 |
| Tascam 73095 | |
| Technics 40229 | |
| Thorens 40029 | |
| Universum | 40029 |
| Victor | 40244 |
| Wards | 40027, 40029 |
| Yamaha 40097 |
■ Receiver
| Integra 52503 | |
| Onkyo 52503 |
■ Audio - Accessory
| Apple | 81115 |
| Jamo | 82228 |
| Onkyo 81993, 82990, | 82351, 82352,82353 |
| Polk Audio | 82228 |
IPTV
| ADB | 02586, 01585,01481, 01998,02254, 02302,02437, 03028 |
| Aland | 02030, 02437 |
| AlandsDatakommunikation | 02030, 02437 |
| Alcom | 02030, 02437 |
| Altibox 02437, 02030 | |
| Amino | 01615, 01898,01481, 02482,01998, 02302,03028 |
| Arcadyan | 02952 |
| Arkwest 02482, 01481, | 01998, 02302 |
| Arris | 01998, 02378 |
| Arvig Communication Systems | 01998, 02345 |
| AT&T | 00858 |
| AT&T U-verse | 00858 |
| ATMC | 03028 |
| B tv | 02681, 03442 |
| BBTV | 02980 |
| BEK Communications | 02254, 02302 |
| Belgacom TV | 02047, 02132 |
| Bell | 01998 |
| Bell Aliant | 01998 |
| Bell ExpressVu | 01998 |
| Bell Fibe TV | 01998 |
| BesTV 04196 | |
| Bluewin | 02271 |
| Bouygues Telecom | 03007 |
| British Telecom | 02294 |
| BT | 02294 |
| BT Vision | 02294 |
| Cabovisao | 02436 |
| CalTel Connections | 02586 |
| Canal Digital | 02030 |
| Canby Telcom | 01481, 02302 |
| Celrun 03442 | |
| CenturyLink | 01998 |
| Channel Master 03118 | |
| China Telecom | 04196, 02913, 03937 |
| China Unicom | 04366, 04196 |
| CHT | 03647, 01917 |
| Chunghwa | 03647, 01917 |
| Cisco | 00858, 03028, 02132, 02345, 02047, 02378, 01998, 02271, 03452 |
| ClubInternet | 02132 |
| CNS 02980 | |
| Consolidated Communications | 01998, 02302, 03048 |
| Coship | 04196 |
| Deutsche Telekom | 02132 |
| DNA 02030 | |
| Du | 02401 |
| Echostar | 03452 |
| Elion | 03916 |
| Entertain | 02132 |
| Entone | 02302, 03048 |
| eTb | 04281 |
| Evertek | 02302 |
| Finnet | 02030 |
| Freebox 01976 | |
| Frontier Communications | 02378 |
| GDCATV | 02980 |
| 03666 | |
| Guangdong Cable | 02980 |
| Guangxi Broadcasting | 02897 |
| Guangxi Broadcasting Network | 02897 |
| Hana TV | 02681 |
| Hathw@y | 02043 |
| Hikari TV | 03237 |
| HSHONG | 03937 |
| Huawei | 02994, 03937, 02913, 04281 |
| i-CAN | 02437 |
| Innovative Systems | 01898 |
| Inotel | 02437 |
| Invitel | 02437 |
| InviTV | 02437 |
| ITV | 04196 |
| Jambox | 02030 |
| JP PTT | 01615 |
| Kaon | 04409, 02682 |
| kbro | 03139 |
| Kiss 02132, 02271 | |
| KoolConnect | 01481 |
| KPN | 02952, 02437 |
| Kreatel | 02030 |
| KT | 02683 |
| LG | 02682 |
| LG U+ 02682 | |
| Linksys | 02271 |
| Lumos Networks | 01998, 03028 |
| Magio Sat | 02132 |
| Magnet | 01615 |
| Maige TV | 03937 |
| Matanuska Telephone Association | 01481, 02254, 02482, 02586 |
| Mega TV | 02683 |
| Meo | 02401 |
Reference Information
| MHTC 01481, 01998, | 02254, 02302,02482 |
| Minerva Networks 031 | 18 |
| MIO 02275, 02802 | |
| mio TV 02275, 02802 | |
| Mitsubishi Electric 032 | 74 |
| MM&G Enterprises 014 | 81, 01998,02302, 02482 |
| MOD 03647, 01917 | |
| Motorola 02378, 02437, | 01998, 02030,00858, 02952,02275, 03916,01585, 02401 |
| Movistar 01585, 03288 | |
| Moyo 03611 | |
| MTS 01998, 03611, | 01615, 01481,01898 |
| MyLGTV 02682 | |
| Now TV 02009, 02014 | |
| NTT 03237, 03274 | |
| NU Telecom 01998, 03 | 028 |
| Numericable | 02436 |
| Oi TV | 03452, 03454,04165 |
| Open IPTV | 01615 |
| Optimus Clix | 02437 |
| Orange | 02407 |
| Pace | 01998, 00858,03454, 02294,02401 |
| PCCW | 02009, 02057 |
| Philips | 02378 |
| Pioneer Telephone | 02254, 02302 |
| Portugal Telecom | 02401 |
| Primestar | 02030 |
| PrimeTel 02030, 02437, | 03611 |
| PrimeTV 02030 |
| PT | 02401 |
| Qwerty 01898, 01481, | 01615 |
| Qwerty.TV | 01898 |
| Reliance 02556 | |
| RIO Media | 02030 |
| Rostelecom | 03611 |
| Sagem 02407, 03288 | |
| Sagemcom | 02436, 02407, 03007 |
| Samsung | 02407 |
| SaskTel | 01998 |
| Scientific Atlanta | 00858, 02345, 02047, 02401, 03028, 02378 |
| SetaBox 01917 | |
| SingTel | 02275, 01998, 02802 |
| SK Broadband | 03442, 02681 |
| SK Btv | 02681, 03442 |
| Sky Austria | 02620 |
| Sky Deutschland | 02620 |
| Smartlabs | 03611 |
| Smile Content | 02437 |
| Sogetel | 01998 |
| Sonaecom | 02437 |
| SureWest | 01998, 01481, 02254, 02482, 02586 |
| Swisscom | 02271 |
| TalkTalk 02994 | |
| TCC | 04409 |
| TDC | 02271 |
| Technicolor | 02994 |
| Telefonica | 01585, 03028, 03288 |
| Telekom Deutschland | 02132 |
| Telia | 02030 |
| TELUS | 03028 |
| TeNeT | 01898 |
| T-Home 02132 | |
| Thomson | 03007, 02407 |
| TVB 01615 | |
| U+ tvG 02682 | |
| U-verse | 00858 |
| Verizon | 02378 |
| Viasat | 02030 |
| Viken Fibernett | 02030, 02437 |
| Vivo 03288 | |
| Vodafone | 02401 |
| WNC | 03118 |
| Youview | 02994 |
| Yuxing | 02014 |
| Zinwell | 03139 |
| ZTE 04196 |
■ IPTV PVR Combination
| ADB 01585, 02254, | 02437 |
| Altibox | 02437 |
| Amino | 01615, 01898 |
| Arcadyan | 02952 |
| Arris | 01998, 02378 |
| AT&T | 00858 |
| AT&T U-verse | 00858 |
| ATMC | 03028 |
| BBTV | 02980 |
| Belgacom TV | 02047, 02132 |
| Bell | 01998 |
| Bell Aliant | 01998 |
| Bell ExpressVu | 01998 |
| Bell Fibe TV 01998 | |
| Bluewin | 02271 |
| Bouygues Telecom 03007 | |
| British Telecom | 02294 |
| BT | 02294 |
| BT Vision | 02294 |
| Cabovisao | 02436 |
| Canal Digital | 02030 |
| CenturyLink | 01998 |
| CHT | 03647 |
| Chunghwa | 03647 |
| Cisco | 03028, 02132, 00858, 02047, 02345, 02271, 02378, 03452 |
| ClubInternet 02132 | |
| CNS 02980 | |
| Consolidated Communications | 01998 |
| Deutsche Telekom | 02132 |
| Du | 02401 |
| Echostar 03452 | |
| Elion | 03916 |
| Entertain | 02132 |
| Entone 03048 | |
| Freebox | 01976 |
| Frontier Communications | 02378 |
| GDCATV | 02980 |
| Glashart Media | 01615, 01898 |
| 03666 | |
| Guangdong Cable | 02980 |
| Hikari TV | 03237 |
| Huawei | 02994 |
| i-CAN | 02437 |
| Innovative Systems | 01898 |
| Invitel | 02437 |
| InviTV | 02437 |
| Kaon 04409 | |
| kbro 03139 | |
| Kiss 02132, 02271 | |
| KPN | 02952, 02437 |
| Linksys | 02271 |
| Lumos Networks | 01998 |
| Magio Sat | 02132 |
| Magnet | 01615 |
| Meo 02401 | |
| MetroNet | 01998 |
Reference Information
| Minerva Networks 031 | 18 |
| Mitsubishi Electric 032 | 74 |
| MOD 03647 | |
| Motorola 01998, 02437 | 02378, 02952,00858, 03916,01585, 02030,02401 |
| Movistar 01585 | |
| MTS 01998, 01615, | 01481, 01898 |
| NTT 03237, 03274 | |
| Numericable 02436 | |
| Oi TV 03452, 03454, | 04165 |
| Orange 02407 | |
| Pace 00858, 01998, | 03454, 02294,02401 |
| Philips 02378 | |
| Portugal Telecom 02401 | |
| PrimeTel 02437 | |
| PT 02401 | |
| Qwerty 01898 | |
| Sagem 02407, 03288 | |
| Sagemcom | 02436, 03007,02407 |
| Samsung | 02407 |
| SaskTel | 01998 |
| Scientific Atlanta | 00858, 02047,02401, 02345,03028, 02378 |
| Sky Austria | 02620 |
| Sky Deutschland | 02620 |
| SureWest | 01998 |
| Swisscom | 02271 |
| TalkTalk | 02994 |
| TCC | 04409 |
| TDC | 02271 |
| Telefonica | 01585, 03028,03288 |
| Telekom Deutschland | 02132 |
| TELUS | 03028 |
| T-Home | 02132 |
| Thomson | 03007 |
| U-verse | 00858 |
| Verizon 02378 | |
| Vodafone | 02401 |
| WNC | 03118 |
| Youview | 02994 |
| Zinwell | 03139 |
| SAT_PVR Combination | |
| @sat | 01300 |
| ADB 02553 | |
| AEG | 02738, 02813 |
| Airtel | 02248 |
| Altech UEC | 02097, 03517 |
| Amiko | 04197 |
| Amstrad | 01662, 01175, 02467, 01693 |
| Arion | 04348 |
| Astro | 03838 |
| Atevio | 02928 |
| Atlanta | 03320 |
| Austriasat | 01195, 01197, 02957, 02631 |
| Auvisio | 02932, 02738, 02813 |
| Avanit | 00299 |
| Axil | 03424 |
| AZ America | 01631 |
| AZBox | 02719 |
| B@ytronic | 00740 |
| Bell | 00775 |
| Bell ExpressVu | 00775 |
| Bell Fibe TV | 00775 |
| Bell Satellite TV | 00775 |
| BENsat | 02957 |
| Boca 02797, 02308, | 02813 |
| Botech | 02738, 03749 |
| Boxer | 01957 |
| BSkyB | 01175, 01662 |
| Bush 02034 | |
| Canal Digitaal | 02631, 02466, 02957 |
| Canal Digital | 02553 |
| Canal+ | 02657 |
| CanalSat | 02657 |
| CityCom | 02957 |
| Clarke-Tech | 03320 |
| Claro | 03790 |
| CMX | 02932 |
| Comag | 02797, 02813, 02308 |
| Coship | 03790 |
| Cyfrowy Polsat | 02527 |
| DCR | 03517 |
| Deutsche Telekabel | 01195, 01197 |
| Digenius 00740 | |
| Digi | 01195, 01197 |
| Digihome | 02034 |
| DigiQuest | 01300 |
| Digital | 02308 |
| DigitAlb | 01195, 01197 |
| DigitalBox | 02540, 03240 |
| Digiturk | 03517, 02097 |
| Dilog 01957 | |
| DirecTV | 01377, 01442, 00099 |
| Dish Mexico | 00775 |
| Dish Network | 00775 |
| DishHD | 04090 |
| Dishpro | 00775 |
| DNA 01957 | |
| DragonSat | 02928 |
| Dream Multimedia | 01237, 01923 |
| D-Smart | 02231 |
| DSTV | 02059, 02060 |
| DTK Deutsche Telekabel | 01195, 01197 |
| Dyon 02738, 02813 | |
| Easy-One | 03240 |
| Echostar | 00775, 02527 |
| Edision | 01631 |
| Elta | 02738 |
| Engel 03749 | |
| Etisalat | 02443 |
| Eurosky | 00740 |
| FaVal 03422 | |
| Ferguson | 02638 |
| Finnet | 01957 |
| Foxtel | 01356 |
| Freesat | 01692, 02928, 03266 |
| Freesat+ | 02443, 03266 |
| Fuji Onkyo | 01631 |
| Galaxy Innovations | 02799, 04197 |
| General Satellite | 03064 |
| Gi | 02799, 04197 |
| GigaBlue | 03663 |
| Globo | 02957 |
| Golden Media | 04197 |
| GoldMaster | 02928 |
| Goodmans | 02034 |
| Grundig | 02738, 03424 |
| GVT | 03789 |
| Handan | 01957 |
| HD Box | 02928 |
| HD+ | 02797, 03095 |
| Hirschmann | 00740 |
| Hitachi | 02034 |
| Hughes Network Systems | 01442 |
| Humax 02443, 01176, | 01377, 03517, 01427, 01808, 02231, 02408, 02754 |
Reference Information
| IceCrypt 04197, 02928 | |
| ID Sat 01334 | |
| Indovision 01989 | |
| iNETBOX 01237 | |
| Intv 04348 | |
| Inverto 03095 | |
| Jaeger 02797 | |
| JVC 00775 | |
| Kamosonic 02738 | |
| Kaon 01300 | |
| Kathrein 02569, 01561, 03658, 00658 | |
| Labgear 03424 | |
| LaSAT 00740 | |
| LinkBox 02957 | |
| LogiSat 02797, 02813 | |
| Luxor 01935 | |
| M vision 03562 | |
| M7 02631 | |
| Marusys | 02799, 03543 |
| Maspro | 03099 |
| Maximum 01334, 02813 | |
| Medion | 02797, 00740 |
| MegaSat | 01631, 02813, 02034, 02738 |
| Meo | 02466 |
| Mercury | 03422 |
| Micro | 02797, 02813 |
| Micro electronic | 02308 |
| Miraclebox | 02928 |
| Motorola | 00869 |
| Movistar | 02527 |
| Multichoice | 02059, 02060 |
| Mysat | 02738 |
| MySky Italia | 02467 |
| MySky New Zealand | 01356, 02211 |
| NEOTION | 01334 |
| Nova 02475 | |
| NTV Plus | 01307, 01692, 02443 |
| Octagon | 02928 |
| Openbox | 02928 |
| Opensat | 02957, 02719 |
| Opticum 02957, 02797, 02932 | |
| Orbitech | 01195, 01197 |
| Orton 02957 | |
| Pace | 01682, 01175, 02754, 02475, 02231, 01356, 02467, 02631, 02657, 03790, 01662, 02097, 02211, 02059, 02060, 02466, 02895 |
| Panasonic | 03099 |
| Philips | 01442, 02466, 00099, 02631 |
| Polsat 02527 | |
| Portugal Telecom | 02466 |
| PT | 02466 |
| Qwest | 01377 |
| Raduga TV | 02957 |
| RCA | 01442 |
| Rebox | 02928 |
| Ross | 02540 |
| SAB | 04197 |
| Sagem | 01692, 02553, 01307 |
| Sagemcom | 03789, 01692 |
| Samsung | 03063, 01442, 01682, 01989, 02467, 01377, 03266, 01662, 03784, 03838, 01693 |
| Sansui 01545 | |
| Sat Control | 01300 |
| Schwaiger | 02308, 00740, 02957 |
| SEG | 02034 |
| Set-One 03240 | |
| Sharp | 02034, 01935 |
| Shaw Direct | 00869 |
| Siemens | 01657 |
| SilverCrest | 02308, 02932 |
| Sky Austria | 02754, 02443 |
| Sky Brasil | 01377 |
| Sky Deutschland | 02754, 02443 |
| Sky Ireland | 01175, 01662 |
| Sky Italia | 02467, 01693 |
| Sky New Zealand | 02211, 01356 |
| SKY PerfecTV! | 03099 |
| Sky UK | 01175, 01662 |
| SkyCable | 01631, 01957 |
| Skylink | 02957, 01545, 02443, 02928, 01195, 01197 |
| Skymaster | 02932, 01545 |
| Skypex | 00740 |
| Skyplus | 00740, 01175, 01334 |
| Skytec 02928 | |
| Skyvision | 02797 |
| SkyWay | 02928 |
| Skyworth | 01631 |
| SL | 00740 |
| Smart | 03095, 01631 |
| Spiderbox 03562 | |
| Star Choice | 00869 |
| Starmax 02638 | |
| Stream System | 01300 |
| Strong | 03424, 01300, 02813, 01682, 02278 |
| Sunny | 01300 |
| TDS Telecom | 00775 |
| Teac | 01957 |
| Technicolor | 03790 |
| TechniSat | 01197, 01195, 03440 |
| Technotrend | 01429 |
| Techwood 02034 | |
| Telasat | 02466 |
| Telefonica 01692, 02527 | |
| TeleSAT 02631, 02466 | |
| Telestar | 02540, 01195, 01197 |
| TelkomVision | 04310 |
| TelSKY | 02540 |
| Telstra | 01356 |
| TELUS | 00775 |
| Thomson | 01662, 01175, 01935, 01307, 02160 |
| TiVo 01377, 01442 | |
| T-Mobile | 02631, 02443, 01545 |
| TNT SAT | 01692 |
| Topfield | 01545, 02838 |
| TPS | 01307 |
| Tricolor TV | 03064 |
| True Visions | 03784 |
| TV Cabo | 02160 |
| TV Vlaanderen | 02631, 02466 |
| TVA Digital | 02895 |
| TVonics 01906 | |
| UPC | 02443 |
| UPC Direct | 02443 |
| Vantage 02797 | |
| Vestel | 02231, 03517 |
| Via Embratel | 02796 |
| Viasat 01682, 01197, | 01195 |
| Vivo | 02895, 01692, 02527 |
| Vu+ | 03458, 02799, 03543 |
| Wisi 00740, 02957 |
En-94
Reference Information
| Xoro 02738, 02813, | 03422 |
| Xtreme 01300 | |
| Xtrend 03320 | |
| Zehnder 03422, 03424, | 01777, 02034, 00740 |
| Ziggo 02443 | |
| Zircon 02957 |
TV_DVD Combination
| AEG 12197, 12239 | |
| Affinity 13870, 13717 | |
| Akai 12676, 13067, | 12197 |
| Akura 12289, 11983, | 12239 |
| Alba 12676, 13005, | 13067, 12104 |
| Apollo 12239 | |
| Audiosonic 12104, 11983 | |
| Audiovox 11769 | |
| Azuki 12239 | |
| Baier | 12239 |
| Bauer | 12197 |
| Beko | 12239 |
| Black Diamond | 11037 |
| Blaupunkt | 12426 |
| Blue Sky | 11037 |
| BlueDiamond | 12426 |
| Bush | 13005, 12676, 11983, 12104, 10698, 11037 |
| Celcus | 12676 |
| cello | 12673 |
| Centrum | 11037 |
| Coby | 13627, 12315 |
| Crown | 11037 |
| Currys Essentials | 12486 |
| Curtis 12855, 12466, | 13895, 13636, 14035 |
| Dantax | 12676 |
| Denver 12197, 13067, | 12239 |
| DGM | 12239 |
| Digihome | 12676 |
| Digimate | 12239 |
| Digitrex | 13067 |
| diVision | 12197, 12239 |
| Dual | 12197, 12676, 11037 |
| Durabrand | 10171 |
| D-Vision | 12197 |
| Dynex | 12049 |
| Easy Living | 12104 |
| ECG | 12197, 12125 |
| Electrohome | 11670 |
| Element | 12964 |
| Elfunk 11037 | |
| Emerson | 11886, 11864, 11394, 10171 |
| e-motion | 12426 |
| Enox. | 12673 |
| Essentials | 12486 |
| Favi | 13382 |
| Ferguson | 13005, 12426, 11037, 12676 |
| Finlux | 12676 |
| Funai 11394 | |
| Goodmans 11983, 11037, | 11687, 12676, 12426 |
| Gran Prix | 12197 |
| Grundig | 12239, 12125, 12676 |
| Haier | 11753, 12309, 13429, 11749, 11983 |
| Hantarex | 12197 |
| Hikona | 11983 |
| Hisense | 13519 |
| Hitachi | 12676, 11037, 11667 |
| Hyundai | 12676 |
| Ingo Devices | 12239 |
| Insignia | 12049 |
| iSymphony | 13429 |
| Jay-tech | 13067 |
| JMB 12676 | |
| JTC | 13067 |
| JVC | 12271, 11670, 11774, 12676, 11601 |
| Kuppersbusch | 12676 |
| Lenco | 12676, 11983 |
| LG | 11860, 11423 |
| Linetech | 12676 |
| Linsar | 12676 |
| Logik | 13432, 13005, 12486, 11037, 11687 |
| Luxor 12676, 11037 | |
| Magnavox | 12372, 11866, 11454 |
| Marks & Spencer | 12673 |
| Mascom | 12197 |
| Matsui 12486, 12676, | 11037 |
| Medion | 12676, 12239, 13067 |
| Memorex | 11670 |
| Memory | 11983 |
| MTlogic | 12104 |
| Murphy | 12673 |
| Mx Onda | 11983 |
| Naxa | 12104, 13382 |
| Neon | 12673 |
| Nikkei | 12197 |
| Nimbro 12104 |
| Nordmende | 13835 |
| OK. | 13434, 12676 |
| OKI | 12676 |
| Orava | 11037 |
| Orion 11037, 12676 | |
| Otic | 11983 |
| Palsonic | 13067 |
| Panasonic | 11291, 12170, 11636, 11480 |
| Panavox | 13835 |
| Philips 13614, 12800, | 10556, 11454, 11394, 12372 |
| PHOENIX Apollo | 12239 |
| Polaroid | 11769, 11523, 12676 |
| Powerpoint | 10698 |
| Prima 11753 | |
| Pro Vision | 12197 |
| ProLine | 12676 |
| Proscan | 12256, 13895, 13636 |
| Prosonic | 12676, 12197 |
| QuantumFX | 12337 |
| RCA 12187, 12746, | 12932, 11447, 12247, 13382 |
| RefleXion | 12239 |
| Reoc | 12197 |
| Saba | 12676 |
| Saga | 12197 |
| Salora | 12197, 12676, 12239 |
| Sandstrom | 12197 |
| Sansui | 11670, 13564 |
| Sanyo | 12676, 13488 |
| Sceptre | 12528, 12337 |
| Schaub Lorenz | 12197, 12289 |
| Scott | 11983 |
| SEG 12673, 11037 |
Reference Information
| Sencor 12197 | |
| Sharp 10818, 12676, | 12360 |
| Shinelco 12104 | |
| Shivaki 12197 | |
| Skyworth 12963 | |
| Soniq 12493, 13005 | |
| Sontech 11983 | |
| Sony 12778, 10000 | |
| Soundwave 11037, 12673 | |
| SOVOS 12239 | |
| Supersonic 11753, 12104 | |
| Swisstec 12106, 12104 | |
| Sylvania 11886, 11864, | 11394, 10171 |
| Tauras 12197 | |
| Teac | 10698, 11983, 13005 |
| Technica 11037, 12426 | |
| Technical | 12676 |
| Technika 12426, 12197, | 12106, 11983, 13005 |
| Techwood | 12676 |
| Telefunken | 12239, 10698, 12676 |
| Teletech | 11037 |
| Tesco | 12426 |
| Tevion | 12426 |
| Thomson | 12675, 10625, 13047 |
| Toshiba | 13323, 12676, 11524, 11656 |
| TVE | 12239 |
| UMC 12426, 12106 | |
| United | 11037, 11983 |
| VD-Tech 13067 | |
| Venturer 13005 | |
| Vestel | 11037 |
| Viewsonic | 12049 |
| Viore | 13429, 12352, 12104, 13382, 13118 |
| VisionPlus | 12426 |
| Walker | 12676 |
| Waltham | 11037 |
| Weltstar 11037 | |
| Westinghouse | 11712 |
| Wharfedale | 11983 |
| Xiahua | 11753 |
| Xiron | 11983, 11037 |
| Xoceco | 11753 |
| Xogego | 11753 |
| Xoro | 13067 |
| Zenith | 10000, 10178 |
| Xogego | 11753 |
| Xoro | 13067 |
| Zenith | 10000, 10178 |
En-96
Integra®
Integra Division of
Onkyo U.S.A. Corporation
18 park Way, Upper Saddle River, N.J. 07458, U.S.A.
Tel: 800-225-1946, 201-818-9200 Fax: 201-785-2650
http://www.integrahometheater.com
Integra Division of
Onkyo Europe Electronics GmbH
Liegnitzerstrasse 6, 82194 Groebenzell, GERMANY
Tel: +49-8142-4401-0 Fax: +49-8142-4208-213
http://www.integra.eu
Integra Division of
Onkyo China PRC
302, Building 1, 20 North Chaling Rd., Xuhui District, Shanghai,
China 200032, Tel: 86-21-52131366 Fax: 86-21-52130396
http://www.integra.com.cn
Integra Division of
Onkyo Corporation
Kitahama Chuo Bldg, 2-2-22 Kitahama, Chuo-ku, OSAKA 541-0041, JAPAN
Tel: 072-831-8023 Fax: 072-831-8163
http://www.integraworldwide.com
SN 29402028PDF_EN
(C) Copyright 2015 Onkyo Corporation Japan. All rights reserved. Onkyo has the Privacy Policy. You can review it at [http://www.onkyo.com/privacy/].
F1506-0
- CONTENTS
- Features
- Front Panel
- Rear Panel
- En-4
- Display
- Step 1: Connections
- Connecting speakers
- Characteristics of speaker types
- Height speaker types
- Important:
- Instructions on how to connect speakers
- Connecting the TV and players
- HDMI cable connection
- Connecting Components without HDMI
- Video upconversion function
- 3
- Other connections
- AM/FM antenna connections
- Network connection
- Headphones connection
- Power cord
- Step 2: Initial Setup
- AccuEQ Room Calibration
- Source Connection
- Remote Mode Setup
- Network Connection
- Before Start
- Remote Mode Setup
- 4
- Make the following preparations.
- Select the method of Wi-Fi connection with the cursors and press Enter.
- ■ If you selected "Scan Networks"
- Select the SSID of the access point to be connected with the cursor buttons and press Enter.
- Select and set the authentication method.
- Enter Password: Enter the password of the access point to establish connection.
- Push Button: Use the automatic setting button of the access point to establish connection.
- Select "Yes, Start to Check" in the network connection confirmation screen.
- ■ When connection is successful
- ■ Terminating initial setup
- Audio output of connected players
- Step 3: Playing Back
- 1
- Basic Operations
- Turning the power on.
- Select the input on the unit.
- Select the desired listening mode.
- Network Functions
- Internet radio services
- dlna DLNA
- Home media
- USB
- AirPlay®
- ■ Playing music files from an iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad
- ■ Playing music files from a computer
- Bluetooth®
- ■ Pairing
- ■ Playing Bluetooth-enabled devices
- AM/FM Radio
- AM/FM frequency step setting
- Multi-zone
- ■ Sources you can playback
- Making Multi-zone Connection
- ■ a. Connecting with a pre-main amplifier in a separate room
- ■ b. Connecting with speakers in a separate room
- Performing Multi-zone Playback
- Playing Back
- To adjust the volume on the main unit
- To turn off the function
- Quick Setup Menu
- Information:
- Other useful functions
- To adjust the sound quality
- Checking the Input Format
- Playing Audio and Video from Separate Sources
- Others
- Troubleshooting
- Before starting the procedure
- The AV receiver turns off unexpectedly.
- There's no sound, or it's very quiet.
- There's no picture.
- En-22
- Video and audio are out of synch.
- Cannot play digital surround.
- Cannot output audio such as Dolby Atmos according to the format of the source.
- HDMI control does not function correctly.
- Cannot access to network.
- ■ Resetting the unit
- - How to reset:
- Specifications
- Amplifier Section
- Video Section
- Tuner Section
- Network Section
- Bluetooth Section
- General
- • HDMI
- • Video Inputs
- - Audio Inputs
- • Audio Outputs
- - Others
- Precautions
- For European Models
- Declaration of Conformity
- License and Trademark Information
- DOLBY
- HDMI
- CERTIFIED
- En-26
- Bluetooth
- ((SiriusXM))
- DISCLAIMER
- GNU License
- Important Notice Regarding Software
- Notice Regarding GNU GPL/LGPL-applicable Software
- GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
- TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
- END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
- En-30
- Delaware.
- Supplied Accessories
- How to use the remote controller
- Integra.
- AV Receiver
- DTR-20.7
- Advanced Manual
- Integra
- Details on AM/FM reception
- Tuning into a Radio Station
- ■ Tuning automatically
- En-2
- ■ Tuning manually
- ■ Tuning to the frequency directly
- Presetting an AM/FM Radio Station
- ■ Registration Procedure
- ■ Selecting a Preset Radio Station
- ■ Deleting a Preset Radio Station
- Using RDS (Australian models)
- ■ Displaying Radio Text (RT)
- ■ Searching by Type (PTY)
- ■ Listening to Traffic Information (TP)
- Playing Music Files on a USB Storage Device
- ■ Playing Back
- Listening to Internet Radio
- About Internet Radio
- Tuneln Radio
- ■ Regarding the TuneIn Radio Menu
- ■ Regarding the Tuneln Radio Account
- Pandora®—Getting Started (U.S., Australia and New Zealand only)
- ■ Create a New Station
- PANDORA
- Spotify
- ■ Notes for using the multi-zone function
- Spotify®
- SiriusXM Internet Radio (North American only)
- Using the keyboard screen
- Slacker Personal Radio (North American only)
- En-8
- Connections
- Initial Setup
- >Front Panel >Rear Panel >Remote Controller
- Registering Other Internet Radios
- ■ Registering a Station with PC
- En-10
- ■ Playing a Registered Radio Station
- ■ Deleting a Registered Radio Station
- Playing Music with DLNA
- About DLNA
- Configuring the Windows Media ® Player
- ■ Windows Medlayer 11
- ■ Windows McPlayer 12
- DLNA Playback
- Controlling Remote Playback from a PC
- Setting PC
- ■ Remote playback
- Playing Music Files in a Shared Folder
- About Shared Folder
- ■ Configuring the Sharing Options
- ■ Creating a Shared Folder
- Playing from a Shared Folder
- Operating Music Files with the Remote Controller
- About the Remote Controller
- Remote Controller Buttons
- Icons Displayed during Playback
- :Play
- Using the Listening Modes
- Selecting Listening Mode
- Listening Mode Types
- In alphabetical order
- All Ch Stereo
- Direct
- ■ Dolby Atmos
- ■ Dolby D (Dolby Digital)
- ■ Dolby D+ (Dolby Digital Plus)
- ■ Dolby Surround
- Dolby TrueHD
- ■ DTS
- ■ DTS 96/24
- ■ DTS Express
- ■ DTS-HD HR (DTS-HD High Resolution Audio)
- ■ DTS-HD MSTR (DTS-HD Master Audio)
- ■ DTS Neo:6
- ■ ES Discrete (DTS-ES Discrete)
- ■ ES Matrix (DTS-ES Matrix)
- Full Mono
- ■ Game-Action
- Game-Rock
- Game-RPG
- ■ Game-Sports
- Mono
- ■ Multich (Multichannel)
- Orchestra
- Stereo
- ■ Studio-Mix
- ■ T-D (Theater-Dimensional)
- TV Logic
- ■ Unplugged
- Selectable Listening Modes
- ■ Movie/TV button
- ■ Music button
- ■ Game button
- ■ Stereo button
- Advanced Settings (Setup Menu)
- How to Set
- Operation
- Overview of the Setup menu:
- Input/Output Assign
- TV Out
- HDMI Input
- Video Input
- Digital Audio Input
- Speaker
- Configuration
- Crossover
- Distance
- Level Calibration
- Audio Adjust
- DTS
- Theater-Dimensional
- Volume
- Source
- Name Edit
- Audio Select
- Listening Mode Preset
- Hardware
- Network
- 12V Trigger A
- 12V Trigger B
- 12V Trigger C
- Miscellaneous
- Operating Other Components with the Remote Controller
- Functions of Remote Mode Buttons
- Programming Remote Control Codes
- ■ Searching in the Setup Menu
- ■ Consulting the Remote Control Code List
- ■ Remapping the Colored Buttons
- ■ Resetting the Remote Mode Buttons
- TV operation
- Blu-ray Disc player/DVD player/DVD recorder operation
- VCR/PVR operation
- Satellite receiver / Cable receiver operation
- CD player operation
- Cassette tape deck operation
- To operate CEC-compatible components
- Advanced speaker connections
- Connecting Bi-amp Speakers
- ■ Connections
- Connecting and Operating Onkyo RI Components
- About RI Function
- ■ Rename the input selector
- ■ To program the RI remote control code
- iPod®/iPhone® Operation
- Control Function between the Unit and External Component
- RS232 port
- ■ IR jack
- ■ 12V trigger output jack
- Firmware Update
- About Firmware Update
- Updating the Firmware via Network
- Before Starting
- Update
- ■ If an Error Message is Displayed
- Error Code
- Updating the Firmware via USB
- Resetting the unit
- How to reset
- En-60
- ■ How to reset the remote controller
- Power
- ■ Cannot turn on the unit
- ■ The unit turns off unexpectedly
- Audio
- ■ There is no sound from the television
- ■ There is no sound from the connected player
- speakers
- Listening Mode
- Video
- Linked operation
- Tuner
- Network function
- ■ Cannot access the network server
- ■ Playback stops while listening to music files on the network server
- USB storage device
- ■ USB storage device is not displayed
- Wi-Fi (Wireless LAN) Network
- ■ Cannot access to Wi-Fi (Wireless LAN) network
- ■ Playback is interrupted and communication does not work
- Multi-zone Function
- ■ There is no zone output from the connected player
- Remote Controller
- ■ The remote controller does not work
- ■ Operating other Onkyo component by using a RI mote control code is not available
- ■ Cannot operate Onkyo components (o connection) and components of other makers
- Display and OSD
- ■ The display does not light
- ■ The on-screen menus do not appear
- RI Dock
- En-64
- Try reconnecting your iPod/iPhone.
- ■ There is no sound
- There is no video
- ■ The AV receiver's remote controller does not control, your iPod/iPhone
- ■ The unit unexpectedly selects your iPod/IPhone as the input source
- ■ Strange noises can be heard from the unit
- ■ When performing Automatic Speaker Setup, the measurement fails and the message "Ambient noise is
- too high." is displayed.
- ■ The Late Night function does not work
- ■ The Cinema Filter function does not work
- ■ Cannot connect to the AV receiver from a Web powser
- ■ Power consumption in standby mode
- Reference Information
- Linked Operation with CEC-compatible Components
- Operation has been confirmed on the following devices (as of February 2015).
- Checking whether the HDMI Linked Operation Settings Are Enabled
- Caution:
- About HDMI
- Audio Formats Supported by The Unit:
- About Copyright Protection:
- Home network (LAN)
- Components necessary for establishing a home network (LAN):
- Router
- CAT5 Ethernet cable
- ■ Network server (When PC etc./network server is used)
- ■ Modem (when Internet radio is used)
- Server Requirements
- Server playback
- USB Storage Device Requirements
- Supported Audio Formats
- ■ MP3 (.mp3/.MP3)
- ■ WMA (.wma/.WMA)
- WMA stands for Windows Media Audio and is an audio compression technology developed by Microsoft Corporation. Audio can be encoded in WMA format by using Windows Media ® Player.
- ■ WMA Lossless (.wma/.WMA)
- ■ WAV (.wav/.WAV)
- AAC
- (.aac/.m4a/.mp4/.3gp/.3g2/.AAC/.M4A/.MP4/.3GP/.3G2)
- ■ FLAC (.flac/.FLAC)
- FLAC is a file format for lossless audio data compression.
- ■ Ogg Vorbis (.ogg/.OGG)
- ■ LPCM (Linear PCM)
- ■ Apple Lossless (.m4a/.mp4/.M4A/.MP4)
- ■ DSD (.dsf/.DSF)
- ■ Dolby TrueHD (.vr/.mlp/.VR/.MLP)
- Radio Wave Caution
- Scope of Operation
- En-68
- Radio Wave Reflections
- Integra®
Brand : Integra
Model : DTR-20.7
Category : Receiver